Home

ILS User Manual

Contents

1. We de 88 gt Enstorsiveright x coogie eel Bl A v G Toos gt Welcome Admin 0001 r Defined Rey Category Copies m _ Union Reports New Title Copy Notes m _ Custom Edit Column Search Criteria Delete AR Interest Level Barcode gt starts with L cose j amo AR Points Date Modified Between a 02 16 2010 02 16 2010 Jaq Refresh AR Reading Level Export AR Test Num Show Me_ Classification Pa gt Preview 2 20 Barcode ws Budget Sort By x Call No m 3 20 Check Out by Climas Check Out Date Check Out Notes Cire type Ciros last year Circs this year to date Ciros total Circulation Date Control No 4 40 Copy Notes Copy Status Circulation v Catalog v Patron v Repot v Administration v Assets v Acquisitions v y a Insignia Library System For Silverlight Database Version 4 5 33 Done Internet 100 Page 163 of 291 Administration Module To create a new user defined report WONaAUPWNP Eb o e re N e 13 14 15 16 17 Click on Reports gt User Defined Select a category of report Copies provide information relating to holdings Patrons provide information relating to library users Titles provide information relating to bibliographic item records Equipment provides information relating to Assets Kits provides information relating to Kits that have been created in the Assets module
2. Y Y Y Y Y Y Y A Insignia Library System For Silverlight Database Version 4 5 32 Page 63 of 291 Catalog Module Publishers Staff can maintain profiles of publishers in the library system How to create a new publisher profile eM Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Publisher Click New Enter the information available Click Save Tip Publishers can be merged in the system This is useful when the same publisher has been added multiple times Merge Publishers The merge publishers feature enables publishers to be merged if more than one record referring to the same publisher exists To merge publishers Pees al 10 Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Publisher Click on the Merge tab Search for the first publisher to be merged From the search results on the left select the publisher s to be merged under another name by checking the box to the left of the publisher s name Click on the Add button located in the center of the screen Once there are at least two publishers in the Selected at least two box the new name to be merged under can be selected Search for and select the new publisher then press the Add button located near the bottom of the screen The new publisher should appear in the New box Click on the Merge button The publishers in the Selected box are now merged under the pub
3. Administratior v Assets Acquisitions v Version 5 1 3 Database Version 5 1 3 R10 DNA ui 6 8 10 1 12 Eb 13 14 15 16 17 Course Detail Information List of your courses and the patrons in them List of Teachers and their Classes A list of teachers and the classes the teach Textbook by Course Lists all textbooks by the course they are linked to The report includes the ISBN Title and number of copies for each textbook User can limit by the title of the textbook Textbooks checked out Lists all the textbooks checked out User may limit this report by individual patron homeroom grade and course Textbook Circulation Statistics Lists circulation statistics for textbooks User may limit the report by date range Textbook Copies Transfer Lists all the transfers of the textbooks in library Textbook Inventory Missing Items Generates a list of the textbook copies marked as missing Course Detail Information Lists course information textbooks used teacher and students enrolled in the course Textbook Inventory Status Displays current textbook inventory status Textbook Library Statistics List of all textbook library statistics Textbook Lost Damage Statistics Lists Textbooks that are damaged or marked as lost Textbooks Overdue List Lists all overdue textbooks This report can be limited to homeroom grade teacher g
4. ISBN Status In Process V will Be Ordered Admin 0001 Anticipated Date Available Date Reply Date Why Order Internal Comments v 28 02 2012 Wi 28 02 2012 LJ 28 02 2012 Created Created By Last Modified Last Modified By Page 71 of 291 Catalog Module To review a purchase request 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt New Request 2 Search for the request by title or select lt All gt to view all requests 3 Select the request to review and click Detail 4 The request can be marked as Will Be Ordered and the status may be changed to New To Be Processed or In Process as displayed in the following image 5 An anticipated arrival date for the item as well as an item availability date may be entered 6 Internal comments may also be added to a request 7 To delete a request click Delete To reply to a purchase request Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt New Request Search for the request by title or select lt All gt to view all requests Select the request to review and click Detail Enter the response into the reply box and click Reply PWNEP Tip The reply is sent to the email provided in the request to purchase Find Request Tite Comet Heading to rr Author Smith John ISBN 4657347585 Clone Y will Be Ordered Delete First Email Request By Alicia Wick Publisher
5. arcode Spine Label Type selection iv Items Only J Serials Only Cataloging module Barcode labels can also be Criteria SA printed directly from the Copy Information V Date Crested 02 05 2010 E 02 06 2010 es for the barcode LL Date Updated 201 _ Barcode r Call No D To print barcode labels Author 1 Click on Catalog gt Barcode Spine LI Title IV Created B Admin 0001 a Label oo O 2 Select the Items Only or Serials Only Issue checkbox to print the appropriate Tegs pan _ Copy Subset as X _ Library Insignia Libre v label _ Location New Books X Union 3 Specify the criteria for labels to be C Status Available pecity printed _ From List _ Include Copy No And Volume Number 3 1 Date created This is the most cases O FAS 1 A Order By Barcode m common criteria selected Layout Type Barcode 3X10 Avery 08920 y 3 2 Date updated Printer y 3 3 Barcode L Custom _ Empty bas LI Show Export Options Layout Configure Preview N Close Show Me 3 4 Call number a 3 5 Author 3 6 Title 3 7 Created By If the login name here is not the login of the user who created the records deselect this criteria 3 8 Copy Subset 3 9 Location 3 10 Status 3 11 From List This criteria enables multiple barcodes to be scanned or typed in to print 4 Select the row and column on the print sheet where printing
6. Caption Union Image Save Criteria Delet gt Accelerated Reader Usage L 08703 2012 a Booked items 8 LJ 08 03 2012 a Weeky ov Books Not Circulated Books Used In Library Circulation Analysis By Item Circulation Analysis By Student Circulation Statistics by Classification Circulation Statistics by Collection Type Circulation Statistics by Hour Circulation Statistics by Material Type Circulation Statistics By Patron Type Circulation Statistics by Vendor Circulation Statistics by Zip Code Circulation Statistics Report By Date Circulation status Claimed Returns Credit Deposit Withdraw History Cross Tab Circulation Checkouts Report __ Description Add to Favorites Preview _ Show Export Options Schedule Close Show Me Accelerated Reader Usage List of accelerated reader items usage from the library Booked items Lists booked items Books Not Circulated List of books that have not been circulated Books Used in Library Lists books that have been counted as in house use Whenever an item is checked in that has not been checked out it is counted as in house use 5 Circulation Analysis by Item Lists the circulation statistics of items in the library such as the title cataloged the copies added checked out lost overdue and in library use This report also displays the amount spent 6 Circulation Analysis by Student Lists the circulation statistics
7. Topt Matches 2 Displaying titles 1 2 Patron ILL items To view the patron information 1 Goto the OPAC URL 2 Click on the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 3 Click on ILL tab 4 This list displays all the current ILL items Patron Fine To view patron fines 1 Goto the library URL 2 Click on the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 3 Click on Fine tab Page 277 of 291 50 Per Page y Page 14 4 1 gt gt I 4 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC Outstanding fines will be listed here Loan History Tab in My Account To view the loan History 1 Gotothe library URL 2 Click on the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 3 Click on Loan History tab 4 The default is a year from today 4 1 To change the date click on the calendar and select the date 5 Click on search 6 Click on the preview to view a printable list of items Fine History To view fine history 1 Goto the library URL 2 Click on the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 3 Click on Fine History tab 7 The default is a year from today 4 2 To change the date click on the calendar and select the date 4 Click Search 5 Click on the preview to view a printable list of items Computer Booking Computer booking can be set up by patrons if enabled in the ILS To enable this feature click on Administration gt Library Setting gt C
8. Uie w We Click on Patrons gt Groups In the dropdown menu select the group you want to edit Click Edit Make any changes required Click Save Page 116 of 291 Patrons Module Patron Archive The Patron Archival feature enables patron records to be deleted stored in archive and unarchived or deleted at a later date This is helpful if a patron is inactive but the library does not want to lose their patrons information This feature is enabled by the administrator through Administration gt System Setting gt Custom Setting gt Archive Patron set to a value of 1 To list archived patrons 1 Click Patron gt Find Add Patron 2 Select Archive as the search type 3 Click on Find to display all archived Patrons Tip To remove or add patrons back into the system select the patron click on Delete to permanently remove them or click Unarchive to restore them to the ILS Tip Once patrons are removed from archive they are deleted permanently from the system and cannot be recovered Cleaning and Merging Patron Records ILS offers the ability to clean up patron records as well as merge duplicate patron records To clean up the patrons when importing from a SIS 1 Click on menu Patrons gt Clean Patron Data 2 Students in the left grid are from the district student information system 3 Students in the right grid are in the Insignia database imported from the old library system 4 Ifa student has a book che
9. Click on Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks Search for the title Select the title Click on the Holding tab Click Apply Multicopies Checkmark the values that will be changed and enter the new value Click the Ok button to save changes Tip Check the apply to union button if you want to change those values for all the copies in the District Textbook Titles and Courses This feature links together titles to keep track of which textbooks are required for which course To link titles with courses 0 00 NES Click on Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks Click on the Titles Courses tab Select a course from the list on the left side of the screen Click Edit Check the textbooks to be linked from the list on the right Click Link Tip To remove textbooks from courses follow steps 1 5 and click Unlink Advanced A 8 c Code Name Title i gt Bio30 gt Biology 30 Bison Bernie ly Authority Classification IC Titles Courses MEE E Ec Titles for Move Title Chem3C Chem30 Math30 Math30 tink unlink Refresh Show Me Title Author Hamilton smith john Accounting 10 Dexter Bruce Accounting 20 Dexter Bruce Accounting 30 Dexter Bruce Biology 10 Bison Bernie Biology 20 Bison Bernie Edit Delete Biology 201 Bison Bernie Biology 30 Bison Bernie looloolobloblol Chemistry 10 Chapper Charlie Chemistry 20 Chapper Charlie Chemis
10. Hide Collection Type Turn this feature on to hide all collection types in the OPAC Patron If this setting is checked the patron s profile will show in the OPAC Page 201 of 291 Loan If selected items that have been checked out will appear in the OPAC Reserve If enabled the reserve list will appear in the OPAC Fine If enabled outstanding fines will appear in the OPAC Loan History If enabled loan history will appear in the OPAC Fine History If enabled fine history will appear in the OPAC Self Computer Booking If enabled Self Computer Booking will appear in the OPAC Register If enabled the online self registration feature will be available in the OPAC What s New Administration Module Set what boxes are to appear on the What s new tab along with the order they appear in Page size Specify the number of records to be shown per page Default Skin Set the default skin color to be displayed in the OPAC Show One Library If checked show only the library name in the list Allow Access Attachment Turn on to allow attachments to be added to records Default Search Sort Set how What s new tab boxes are to be sorted Page 202 of 291 Administration Module Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPAC II Silverlight OPAC Setting Session timeout 180 gt Page size 50 records per page Default Skin Green Edit Relevance Weight Title
11. Save Cancel Default Close Book Condition Percentage Y Show Notifications in checkout Allow Floating Collection Show Me_ Undefined 100 Send Notification when ratio of holds to copies exceeds 3 a 7 New 100 Show patron homeroom information on the reserve list Good 100 Smart Barcode Checkout Fair 100 Enable Local Patron Only Poor 100 Damage Page 174 of 291 Administration Module Configuring Due Date Settings All of the due date settings in configuration appear in Circulation Tab 1 Due Date Settings gt Circulation Tab I Due Date shouldn t be beyond the Card Expiry date If this checkbox is selected the due date for any item will not be beyond the date their card expires Term Due Date Set this value so that item loan periods cannot extend beyond it Due Date After Renew Renewal date is either from today plus the renewal period or from the due date plus the renewal date Display overdue message If checked system gives a popup message when book is overdue when patron card or name is scanned it the checkout interface Show Overdue Time If selected provides an hourly time for overdue returns on gt Library Setting gt Ce Circulation RAMITA A AE o de ES Fine Lost Charges 1 50 times of book price Processing fee Replacement Cost Overdue fine should be included if a book is lost Sa Maxi Overdue or Damage Fine should be less than 2 times of book pri
12. To view the added icons in the Quick Toolbar log out and log in or click on Refresh in the browser Page 13 of 291 Getting Started Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Buffe mM ABE OD ys tees BOS O om ee do J aoe Y SubFeature Enabled Order IE ShortcutKey Firefox Sho Safari Shori Chrome Sho Out of Browser Advanced Y 1 Search a 2 Circulation Default l j Close man Alerts Authority o HEJ Booking List Check In v Classification oa Check Out Booking AR 200g o Check Out CollectFine ds Check Out Reserve Homeroom Check Ou o u Inquiry Loan History A Outreach a Renew COPED aD cat cd od laa od Reserve SelfComputerBookinc HEJ SRP Gift o Version 5 2 0 Database Version 5 2 0 New Edit Mode New Edit Mode enables changes to be made to a window Important points to remember about creating or editing information in a window 1 New or Edit must be selected to change or modify 2 Once New or Edit mode has been selected the user cannot exit the current window without saving or canceling 3 Any bold caption indicates information must be entered in the associated field before the record can be saved 4 When editing the information is locked by the cur
13. check box 6 Select the new due date and scan in the barcode Tip If you would like to access the regular check out window for a patron select that patron and then click on the STD Checkout button to take you to that window Tip If you would like to adjust the amount of patrons showing in the viewable window please select the column and row count you want and then click apply Tip The patron s information and loan history are accessible from this window by clicking on the Patron Info or Loan History button Tip An item can be labeled as a Temporary Item by clicking on the temporary button which will prompt for minimal cataloging information This is a quick way to partially catalog an item for a patron to check out Page 32 of 291 Circulation Module Check In To check in items 1 Click on Circulation gt Check In 2 Scan the item barcode Repeat for multiple items Tip If an item is on reserve a message appears confirming the item is on reserve Tip If barcode is missing select the Browse button denoted by the find the item and click on check in Items checked in appear in different colors Red item is overdue Green item is on reserve Purple item is from another library branch Blue item is a Temporary or Interlibrary loan item m Please confirm this issue will be put on reserve for jel Humphrey 865 7802 Print Daniel Print Email Pick up location Insignia
14. v Grace Period v Library Holidays When checking out a book that has not been checked in Homeroom check out sort by _ Automatically Check in First Name Give information and let user make choice Last Name V Reserve automatically expire after 30 days Override Password _ E Override Pswd Circulation Date is from today Plus lo days _ Allow check out textbook not in schedule _ Delete Temp Item After Checkin Self checking time out 30 s Delete ILL Item After Checkin Book times per dax 5 V Change Library When Book Checkin From Mobile Times per month 30 Check receipt Print All v Play sound after checkin Y Play sound after checkout Print today s checkouts _ Play sound after scan patron Confirm Page 176 of 291 Administration Module Circulation Trap Settings gt Circulation Trap Tab II Setting when to Delete Loan History Loan history can be deleted based on the amount of days it has been held To set the amount of days to maintain loan history enter the amount of days in the field labeled Days etting gt Con Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPACII Silverlight Circulation Setting Reset Patron Barcode During Checkout _ Show Kit Detail Edit Delete Loan History After 0 Days _ Ignore Circ Constraint When Checkout Textbook Save Cancel Default Cl Ly LJ Auto Waive Reserve Charge Waive Charge if Cancel Reserve within 60 Minute
15. Age Definition Refresh Preview Close Acquisitions P p y Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 21 Page 78 of 291 Aged Titles Catalog Module The aged titles tab lists the titles sorted by publication year This interface enables the user to mark items to be weeded Search Circulation Advanced apo UN Authority 031 WOR 031 02 PAC p J 070 1 som Classification 123 67 MAT 133 5 133 5 133 5 133 5 133 5 133 5 133 5 133 5 152 1 Fow 155 9 BRO e J 158 1 ARN Ah ol 158 1 ARN O 158 12 cui Administration w Assets x Acquisitions v Incomplete Titles Catalog Patron Report Administration Library Statistics Assets Acquisitions Analysis By Dewey D Material Type Title The world almanac for kids 20 Ripley s Believe it or not odd inary peop Backstage at a newscast Beam shaping and control with nonlinear Cat and Rat the legend of the Chinese z Window Help Logout Author Packard Mary Somervill Barbara A Young Ed Change Password Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 Incompleted Title O 0001000000243 In LODO1000000561 In 0001000001045 In 0001000001963 In 0001000001879 Lost the legend of the C Cat and Rat the legend of the Chinese z Cat and Rat the legend of the Chinese z Cat and Rat Cat and Rat the legend of the Chinese z the legend of the Ch
16. Aged Titles Incompleted Title O Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 21 Analysis by Dewey Classification The Analysis by Dewey tab provides a collection count based on Dewey classification Search Circulation Authority 3 Classification Acquisitions v Catalog Patron Report Administration Assets Acquisitions SA Cae Analysij RY Dewey Collection By Decade Analysis By Age Window Help Logout Change Password Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 Aged Titles Incompleted Title gt A The Hundred Divisions Philosophy amp psychology Religion 0 78 0 55 Social sciences Language 5 03 0 28 Natural sciences amp mathematics Technology Applied sciences The arts Literature amp rhetoric Geography amp history 10 93 5 17 3 74 2 81 3 74 The Hundred Divisions Totals Computer File Magazine Video 33 21 0 00 66 05 0 00 0 32 0 42 Totals Refresh Preview Close Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 21 Page 77 of 291 Catalog Module Collection by Decade The Collection By Decade tab gives the collection count by decade Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Change Password Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 Filtering Criteria Analysis By Age Aged Titles Incompleted Title gt 7 all 1940 1950 1960 1970 1980 1990 2000 201
17. Choose how attached patron records are named Drary Setting Ci Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPACII Silverlight Library Card Expiry Date Default Expiry Date Same as Issue Date I The End of Academic Year Valid Period Default Value 1 Year s L Base on grade 14 Student Grade Pictures V Show Picture EED Default Picture Name Patron Barcode _ Patron ID _ Save patron picture in following path Search Patron by Sort the Patron By Circ Type Constraints LJ FirstName Family Based Search By LastName Patron Based Default Patron ID Patron Default Password Default Patron Barcode Barcode L HomePhone Auto number D First Name Last Initial User ID Student ID C First Name Last Name Default Value Provincial ID Le First Initial Last Name Recommended Items Last Name First Name S o Last Name First Initial _ Find District Patron Default Page 186 of 291 Administration Module Edit Save Cancel Default Close Show Me Administration Module Configuring Default Patron Information Patron Default Password Select one of the three options as the patron password default for all new patrons being added Default Patron ID Select one of the three options as the default patron login ID password for all new patrons being added Default Patron Barcode Select one of the three options as the default patron
18. Circulation Library Waukee Public Sally Forbes Inventory Kiosk Show Me Add Patrons Maintenance Media Manager Patrons Print Reports Purchase Search Web OPAC View who is checking out the book Assigning Permission to Patrons and Groups To assign permissions to groups and patrons 1 OIDO pan Click on Administration gt Security Click on Permissions tab Select the permission from the dropdown list Click Edit Select the Patron Group To grant this permission to individual patrons click Add Patrons Specify the search criteria for patron and click on Find Select the patrons Click OK 10 Click Save Page 218 of 291 Administration Module Global Changes Important Global changes cannot be reversed It is strongly advised that a backup of the database is completed prior to using this feature Insignia Library System provides the ability to make global changes to change or clean up data in the program The list of global changes provided to the user enables changes to various sections of the program such as patron updates material changes and circulation updates Each selection will change the Criteria section of the screen with the limiting criteria to complete There are three sections of Global Change available 1 System Defined Global Changes 2 User Defined Changes 3 MARC Item Type Changes System Defined Global Changes The System defined global changes window prov
19. Circulation provides information relating to circulation statistics and information Text Book Copy provides information on textbooks in the system To work with a report created previously choose the corresponding category and title from the dropdown lists To create a new report click New Select the report columns to use by clicking in the corresponding box beside the fields and placing a number in them For example to create a report with Title Author and Call Number listed to have Title in the first column a number 1 must be in the box beside Title Set the search fields from the dropdown menus and enter criteria Input a title for the report To print in landscape format check Landscape To save this layout for future use click Save Print the report by clicking Preview and then on the printer icon Tip To select the size of the columns relative to the page enter a percentage beside the column name corresponding to the amount of space the column will take up on the page Tip For more customizability select the Custom checkbox and click New Page 164 of 291 Administration Module Administration Module Administration Module includes tasks such as maintaining security library setup inventory and global changes 239 50 setup and other system settings When logged in as library administrator e g admin only local library information can be modified When logged in as admin changes can be made us
20. ILL Fine Loan History Fine History Computer Booking Reading Program KE UME Communication li Danika a orry We could not locate your keys in the library Reply Message Notification This interface list all the notifications sent to the patron This includes email messages To view Notification 1 Gotothe library URL 2 Click on the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 3 Click on Notification tab 4 This tab lists all the notifications and messages that have sent to the patron Log out English 20080 4B Help Register a a Welcome To Buffett Elementary Logout Engleh A dia CIRC What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events Patron Reserves Loan ILL Fine Loan History Fine History Computer Booking Communication WE rA Networking Notification 1999 2012 Insignia Software Web Portal 5 2 0 Database Version 5 2 0 Page 281 of 291 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC Networking This feature allows patrons to add other patrons in the library into a friend list This would allow the patron s friends to view loans reserves and bookings To view networking 1 Gotothe library URL 2 Click on the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 3 Click on Networking tab To send a request to be friends 1 Gotothe library URL 2 Click on the My Account link
21. Other Tags field The range is separated by and individual tags are separated by a space Click Save To apply to some or all hosts select the servers and then click Apply Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration System Setting o Advanced ABC um Authority 006 Additional material characteristics R _ 007 Physical description fixed field R 010 Library of congress control number NR _ 013 Patent control information R 015 National bibliography number NR Classification Textbooks 3 aSelecitaga and sublicida you doin to innota Assets Acquisitions J Show Me i O 016 National bibliographic R 017 Copyright registration nuffber R 018 Copyright article fee code NR 020 International standard book number R 022 International standard serial number R 024 Other standard identifier R 025 Overseas acquisition number R 027 Standard technical report number R Lesa met tmi q Other Tags Ex 590 900 930 950 Window Tag Subfield ENTE Help Logout Password Buffett Eleme w 15 we wo Welcome Admin 0 C Amicus Mi BL Y Loc Y Mitinet _ Ohio Link _ Prospector _ Test Select All 23950 Hosts 1 Select None Select Default To specify subject headings types that should NOT be imported E IN Click on Catalog gt Setting gt MARC Import Options Select
22. See Patron Circ Types Override 28 95 158 183 Override Default Permission 28 P Parameters 226 Password 242 Password Change 242 Patron Additional Information tab 104 Patron Archive 117 Patron Barcodes 112 Patron Circ Types 168 Patron Circulation Type 168 Patron Family Links 106 Patron Fine Limit 169 Patron Group 115 Patron Inquiry 40 Patron Loan History 110 Patron Passwords 111 Patron Permissions on OPAC 198 Patron Reports 160 Patron Status 123 Patron Subsets 118 Patron tab 185 Patron tab Configuration 185 Patron Tab Configuration 185 Patron Tab in My Account 276 Patron Tracking 40 Patron Traffic 40 Page 287 of 291 Patrons 100 Patrons Module 100 Payments 146 Permissions 217 Power Global Changes 220 Power Search 267 Preview 101 Print Copies Button 61 print equipment barcodes 139 Projects 62 63 271 Publisher Find Add 64 Publishers 64 Purchase orders 144 Q Quick Catalog 69 Quick Cataloging 47 Quick Toolbar 13 243 259 Quotes 149 R Rebarcode Button 57 recall 61 Recall Button 61 Recall Period 167 See Item Circ Types Receiving Serials 81 Recommended List 74 Register 283 Relink Barcode Button 57 Remove 101 remove online databases 229 Renew Period 167 See Item Circ Types Reports 150 See Catalog Reports See Circulation Reports See Media Manager Reports
23. When the item is received go to Find Add Interlibrary Search and select the item 14 Scan a local barcode that user wish to affix to the item and click Ok Click on the Receive button ILL item spss Type New Book hd Wick Alicia 995 1567 Request By Find J Receive Date Request From x Request Date 27 08 2011 Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 21 Page 68 of 291 Catalog Module Quick Catalog The Quick Catalog feature allows items to be cataloged into the system with little information This is useful if the item is immediately entering circulation prior to creating a complete record This window can also be used to create Temporary items within the system To Quick Catalog an Item Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Quick Cataloging Click on New Uncheck the Temporary check box Enter the information available Click on save Gee OS Tip Items cataloged from quick catalog can only be searched and modified from the regular Cataloging interface by going to menu Cataloging gt Find Add Item ick Catalog 11 Record s Fou A Detail _ Temporary 1 11 Previous Next Title Quick Cataling Interface Author ISBN Circulation Type New Book Barcode Call No Price 0 00 Save Collection Type General x Copy qty q X Sua Material Type Book _ Non Searchable _
24. a Enter login information if prompted 3 Click on Networking tab Search for the patron in the search box at the top of the window 5 Click request to the right of the friends name from the grid of results P Tip To accept a friend go to the accept tab and select the patron and click the accept button Tip Friends can be grouped into patron defined Groups this allows a patron to group specific patrons together Tip Shared info center tab shows what is information is shared and by whom Log out Enalish GeOS 8 AM Help Register e Welcome To Buffett Elementary Logout English A li CIRC What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events Patron Reserves Loan ILL Fine Loan History Fine History Computer Booking Communication Notification Networking Search for First Name Buffett Elementary accept MEE TENES sr e e Friends Shared Info Center 1999 2012 Insignia Software Web Portal 5 Database Version al 2 o Page 282 of 291 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC Register The register feature in the OPAC allows a patron to sign up to the library for a library account Library staff is alerted to new patrons registering upon login At that time they can except the patron into the library and assign them a library card To register 1 Gotothe library URL 2 Click on the Register option in the top right 3 Enter the requ
25. 10 Author 5 Series 8 Notes 5 Subjects 5 Other Save Y Allow patron to change Personal information Y Power Advanced Search For School sl _ Allow Inter Library Loan _ Show One Library ae Y Show call number OPAC Search A AA A A Allow patron ta renew Maximum records returned from query 500 ow Me Y Allow patron to reserve gt Y Allow Access Attachment Y Allow patron to book IP Address Range To e V Browse subject and author index ty Address anger ers S Minimum search character 1 To IP Address Range 1 1 1 1 To 255 255 255 255 i IP Address Range ipv6 Search Page Show Wj Easy Default Search Y Kids Za a nen Patron vi Notification V Ki Loan V SRP Save MARC Kiosk V Online Databases Y A 5 Fine Reserve Project Simple Search Show gt Loan History Hide Collection Type Media Simple 1 Easy Fine History Allow Share Favorite List Peer To Peer L _ Auto Select Default Collection Type r Request Both E Service OPAC Default Search E Self Computer Booking Y Register ILL V Communication Events L2 Simple Z39 50 U Easy Kids JN NAAA S AS UUSIKSI LJ Show Search History in Search Edit _ Show Search History in Easy anne Sener _ Show Search History in Kids l sae J New Titles Cancel Most Circulated Close Recommended wO Show Me Top Rated Default Search Sort Authore Page 203 of
26. 136 Patron Customized Field 9 Name of Patron Customized Field 9 119 PatronBarcodePrefixFilter For Insignia Technical Team Only 159 PatronBarcodeSuffixFilter For Insignia Technical Team Only 22 PatronUniversalLibrarylD Set the value to a library ID for the patrons to belong to the system Leave empty for the patron to belong to local library 135 Show Other Library Patron Name In Copy Info Set the value to 1 to display other library s patron name in copy information Set the value to O to hide other library s patron name in copy information 160 ShowPhonelnfolnCheckoutWindow Set the value to 1 to display phone information in the checkout window Set the value to O to hide phone number information in the checkout window Projects 157 Projects Set the value to 1 to enable the projects module in the OPAC Set the value to O to hide the projects module Public Library 262 Is Public Library Set the value to O for a School Library Set the value to 1 for a public library Reports 259 Do Not Include Other Library Info In Report Set the value to O to include other library information in reports Set the value to 1 not include other library information in reports 56 Enable Report Schedule Set the value to 1 to enable reports to be scheduled Set the value to O to hide the schedule report feature 20 Item Circ Rpt No Price ReportsSet the value to 1 to hide prices displayed on items in circulation report Set the value to O to enable the
27. 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Administration Module Credit Deposit Withdraw History Report shows Credit Deposit and Withdrawal information Cross Tab Circulation Checkouts Report Lists different patron groups and the Collection types that they have checked out from for a total Checkout amount Cross Tab Circulation Report by Audience Lists the different audience groups and the Collection types that they have been checked out from to give user a total Checkout amount District Circulation Statistics Lists the circulation statistics for all the libraries in the district Fine amp Overdue Message This is a combination report of both the Fine and Overdue messages There are various parameters to limit by and also options to include or exclude on the report Fine Collected Lists the fines collected Fine Message Prints messages to be sent to patrons regarding fines Homeroom Status Lists number of checkouts by homeroom Homerooms with most Circulation Lists the homerooms with the highest circulation Item Circulation Statistics Lists circulation statistics for items Items Checked In This report lists items checked in on a specific date range Items Checked Out Historical Lists all circulating items with the name of the borrowing patron The report prints separate pages for each homeroom Items Checked Out to Other Libraries Lists all interlibrary loan
28. Lo a irsi Form Subdivisi v Previous Classification Subject 3 Next Topical Term Hats Fiction Sharing Fiction nm Geographic Suv man S Close General Subd AA 2 Show Me Chronological Simple Form Subdivisi y Other Subjects Author 1 Personal Name Date Author 2 SS Date Preview _ Author 3 Personal Name gt Date Save As Template Author 4 Personal Name gt Date y Other Authors Administration Assets Acquisitions Le 5 5 Insignia Library System For Silverlight Database Version 4 5 31 Done Internet 100 Page 51 of 291 Catalog Module 17 To specify subjects select the appropriate subject subfields from the dropdown list on the left or leave the default one and enter the subject 18 To add more than 4 subjects click on More Subjects 19 To specify authors pick the proper author subfields from the dropdown list on the left or leave the default one and enter the author last name first name and then date of birth optional As fields are being populated a dropdown list of existing authors will pop down and can be selected or continue typing to create new fields in the system 20 To add more than 4 authors click on More Authors 21 Ensure record is saved and copies have been added to the record Attaching Media files How to attach media files or web links to a MARC record 1 Find the appropriate MARC record using the search features in Catalog gt Find Add Item 2 Double click
29. Page 14 4 1 gt gt I Matches 1 Displaying titles 1 1 Cats little tigers in your house Call No 636 8 BRI Author Bridge Linda McCarter E Location Copies 1 MEISA From 03 05 2012 To 03 19 2012 Date Available 03 05 2012 l Cancel Save MARC Topt Matches 1 Displaying titles 1 1 50 Per Page y Page 14 4 1 gt I Patron Items on Loan To view the loan information 1 Gotothe OPAC URL 2 Click on the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 3 Click on Loan tab 4 This view displays lists all the current items on loan 5 Select an item and click on the Renew button to renew that item 6 Select an item and click on Save MARC to save a copy of that MARC record to file 7 Use the preview to a printable list of current items on loan ILL Fine Loan History Fine History Computer Booking Reading Program Communication Notification Networking Y Include Copy Info This Patron has 2 books out E Result in grid Matches 2 Displaying titles 1 2 Select All Deselect All Renew Preview Save MARC 50 Per Page y Page 14 4 1 gt Biology 30 Call No TXT BIO30 Library i Barcode T0001000000600 Times Renewed 0 Renew Save MARC Due Date 02 23 2012 Replacement Cost 40 00 Topt Chickadee Call No MAG 999 Barcode L0001000002731 Times Renewed 0 Renew Save MARC Due Date 08 30 2015
30. Select All _ Deselect All Host W And Or And Not Advanced Find ane L ABQ And Or And Not p a amicus Find Authority Y Loc O of 11 E Al wi v Mitinet 11 of 11 O call No Title Auth Library R Ohio Link Classification _ Prospector 3S ioe i iti PQ2672 476834 Cat s grin Maspero Francois Mitinet o test O Ps2569 c5697 Cat and 1 Schwerin Doris Mitinet o U of Toronto Im ae N 0 sF446 5 Cat culture Alger Janet M Mitinet o O Ps648 c7 Cat crimes for the holidays Mitinet o sroes Cat massage Ballner Maryjean Mitinet o mus4 6 739 Cat hymns Thompson Stephen Mitinet o pz7 R6788 Cat burglars Roper Gayle G Mitinet o Catalog As Textbook Catalog It Copies Call No Status Vol Iss Date Check Out by Check Out Date Due Date Library Location e Administration v Quick Catalog Acquisitions v 5 Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 21 10 11 To import the MARC record into the existing collection select the item from the grid and click on Catalog It If it is to be cataloged as textbook click on Catalog As Textbook The MARC record can be edited before importing by double clicking on the record and clicking the Edit MARC To catalog multiple ISBNs click on Batch scan the ISBNs and click on Search Tip The fastest way to retrieve a MARC record
31. to select multiple patrons hold the Control key down while clicking on selections To select all in the results list click Subset all To select only some of the patrons in the result list click subset Select the subset to which the student s should be added from the dropdown list If the desired subset does not exist a new subset may be created at any time by selecting the Create New radio button Changes to a Patron Subset To apply changes to a subset AOU BN O Click on Patron gt Find Add Patron Select subset in the search field from the dropdown list Select a subset from the last dropdown list To remove a patron from the subset select the patron and click Remove To clear the subset list click Clear To apply changes to all patrons in the subset click Change Specify the desired field type and the new value associated with the field type and click on Ok Page 118 of 291 Textbook Module Textbook Module Insignia Library System ILS allows staff to track textbooks in a given school or in the district The administrator can determine which school has a shortage or surplus of textbooks based on student schedule and current inventory Staff can print out transfer textbooks and print packing slips This enables the district to make the best use of textbooks in the district Find Textbooks To find existing textbooks 1 Click on Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks 2 Search for the textbook by any of the available
32. 0 Computer Booking The computer booking feature in the ILS enables public access or patron access computers bookings This feature allows a computer to be booked for a patron at a specified time for a specific computer station To book a computer by a preset time slot on the hour or half hour Click on Circulation gt Computer booking Type in the patron s name or barcode in the barcode field Press the Enter key Select a time frame to book in the displayed grid by clicking on it Click the book button Wi PwWNnNP Page 45 of 291 Circulation Module Tip To book days in advance change the date in the date field or click on the calendar icon and change the date by selecting in on a calendar To book computers by a specific time not on the hour or half hour 1 Click on Assets gt Computer Search for the patron you are booking Select a starting time frame Click the Book by time button Select the time limit Click OK AN PWN To cancel a booking 1 Click on Circulation gt Computer booking 2 Find the patron by barcode or name in the Find Patron field 3 Click on the booking to be cancelled in the grid 4 Click cancel Logging in to a booked computer 1 On the access computer enter the user name this is the same Login as used in the OPAC and can be viewed in Circulation gt Checkout gt Patron Info 2 Enter the random password as provided on the computer booking window or the
33. 291 Administration Module Configuring Circulation Trap Settings Circulation trap settings appear on both Circulation Tab amp Il in configuration Circulation Trap Settings gt Circulation Tab I Track loan history When checked system will keep track of all items checked out by all patrons Disable Loan trapping module If this checkbox is selected the system will disable all loan trapping JON brary Setting Co Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPACII Silverlight Fine ae Lost Charges 1 50 times of book price Processing fee 5 00 om Edit J Replacement Cost E Overdue fine should be included if a book is lost 3 Save Maxi Overdue or Damage Fine should be less than times of book price sae Take amount 10 00 E as Book Price if that book price is not set or is zero Cancel IV Declare an overdue book as lost if it s not returned after another 30 days Default Due Date oF Close _ Due Date Shouldn t be beyond the Card Expiry date _ Term due date 09 03 2012 m Due Date After Renew Today Renew Period Due Date Renew Perio Show Me Circulation Traps lal Disable Overdue Fine module V Display overdue message V Show Overdue Time _ Catalog During Checkout M Track loan history _ Disable Loan Trapping module _ Ignore warning when checking out from other library Fine Due Fine Rate x Overdue Time a pe Overdue Time Check In Time Due Time
34. 291 Administration Module OPAC Connection Configuration Session timeout Set the amount time that passes before the system will reset the browser due to inactivity IP Address Range Specify the IP address range so library is automatically selected IP Address Range ipv6 Specify the IP address range in IPV6 format so library is automatically selected on brar Co setting gt Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPAC II Silverlight OPAC Setting minutes Edit Save Cancel Close Show Me Page size 50 records per page Default Skin Green Session timeout 180 Author 5 8 Notes 5 Subjects 5 Relevance Weight Title 10 Allow patron to change Personal information V Power Advanced Search For School Series Other 2 Show One Library OPAC Search Maximum records returned from query Allow Inter Library Loan Show call number 500 Allow patron to renew Allow patron to reserve V Allow Access Attachment IP Address Range E J Browse subject and author index IP Address Range ipv6 To m Minimum search character 1 To o m IP Address Range 1 1 1 1 To 255 255 255 255 son IP Address Range ipv6 To Default Search Allow patron to book Y Y Y M m Search Page Show Y Kids Kiosk Project Media Request E Service Events Z39 50 INOAAAEAA Y Easy Y What is
35. 3 i o aE gt Classification Circ Type Location Click on Catalog gt Change gt Move Copies Search the copies to move by inputting the barcode Alternatively copies can be grouped as a subset and selected Specify the library to move the records to by selecting it from the dropdown list The Circulation Type and the New Location can be specified A new barcode for a copy can be added by checking the New Barcode checkbox and entering the desired barcode number Select the items from the grid to be moved Click Apply Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Apply Original Library Close Change Library To Mi i a _ Change Ownership V Barcode Change Prefix New Barcode Call No Dre Author Status Location Y L0001000000500 vj FIC LIZ The importance of being Jones Jasmine Lost and Main Version 5 2 2 Database Version 5 2 1 Rescan Barcode The Rescan barcode process allows for both adding copies to items and updating barcodes on sections of the collection A range of items can be rebarcoded using this feature To rescan barcodes 1 09 Oy E Click on Catalog gt Change gt Rescan Barcode Select Rescan Barcode Select the call number range to be rebarcoded and click search Enter the values needed into the copy information fields Select the first barcode to be changed in the list Next c
36. 36 To view Events in the OPAC 274 275 To view Media in the OPAC 272 273 274 275 To view Online Databases 273 To view projects 271 272 273 274 275 Transfer Textbook Copies 127 U Un archive 101 Union Local 17 unlock an item 230 Use Defined Global Changes 220 User Defined Reports 163 User Defined Custom Reports 163 V Vendors 148 view outstanding bookings 139 view the media bookings list 139 WwW Web Links Button 61 Web OPAC Configuration 198 Web OPAC Kiosk Search 270 Web OPAC Projects 271 Web OPAC Simple Search 264 WebOPAC Advanced Search 266 Page 289 of 291 Insignia Software Technical Support 239 50 Catalog Button 61 Y 239 50 Hosts 215 a Z39 50 Search 24 You can access SRP Gift 45 739 50 tab 271 Z 239 50 16 24 47 61 99 153 165 193 215 Page 290 of 291 Insignia Software Technical Support Insignia Software Technical Support Insignia Software technical support is available thru Online http www insigniasoftware com Phone 866 428 3997 780 428 3997 Option 2 Email insigniasupport insigniasoftware com User will need login id and password to access Online technical support Knowledgebase Feedback Page 291 of 291
37. 4 If the library is part of a union select the libraries to be searched Select the Collection Type to be searched 6 Click on Find IS u Page 19 of 291 Search Module by clicking on the Options button Addition filters include Maximum records returned max limit is defined in Administration gt Configuration gt Catalog Publication year Language Material type Audience type ABN NE Max Records Returned Publication Date From To _ Language X Material Type Audience C Book 7 All Ages Audio Adults _ Computer File PreSchool Magazine Young Readers Video Deselect All Select All Deselect All Select All Page 20 of 291 Search Module Authority Search Insignia Library System provides complete authority control and allows browsing authority indexes for personal names authors and subjects Finding an item using authority search 1 Click on Search gt Authority from the menu Select an index to search e g author or subject 3 Type the search term or a partial term in which case the system will go to the first term in the index that matches entry and press the Enter key 4 Click once on an index term to see items linked to that term in the item box display at the bottom of the window See Also references are provided 5 Double click on a selected item in the bottom window t
38. ABC nt Authority Ambush at Corellia and not liking it Allen Roger MacBride L reink JreBarcode Ll Copy No 2 0 0 a 5 00 Statistics Title Author Classification Y Allow Inter Library Loan Notes eee Out otes Inventory Date of Copies 1 of Copies being Added a Replacement cost 0 00 LJ Circulation Type New I Circulation Date 13 01 2012 Status Last Check In Date Out Date In Date Lost Library Owner Created Created By Last Modified Last Modified By Serial No Donated _ Consumable Visible Kit Lt Save Cancel Edit Delete First Previous Next Last Close Show Me Barcode Shelf Export Set as Default Apply Multicopies Delete Default Version 5 1 3 Database Version 5 1 3 4 100 y 4 Specify the barcode s or allow the system to generate the barcode s a When adding more than one copy the Set Barcode screen will appear allowing user to specify how the barcodes are to be generated the options are i Generate Auto ii Successive Barcodes Start From Adding from a given number matically iii Set Barcode Individually Specify each barcode to be added used with dummy barcodes 5 Enter all the information available Tip The most important copy information to include is the Call No Circulation Type and the Price The r
39. AUTHORITY amp BIBLIOGRAPHIC TEMPLATES seescccesseccececseneececseaeececseaaececeeaaececeeaaececeeaaeceseeaaececseaaeeeseeaaeeeeeeaaes 66 Authority MARC Template cccccecessesscccececeensnsnsececececsssesuaaesesecssesesaaaesesscsenesuaaaaesecsseeeeaaasasseesseseeaaes 66 Bibliographic MARC Template ssseeesssccececesnsnsascecececssesaaacesecssnseesanseseseceseeseaaaaesecscsseesesasaesesscnees 67 CATALOG INTERLIBRARY LOAN seccccesssceceeseececesseeeececsneeecessaneeceseeeecsceesecsceueaececasecssaeaecsseneaeesseeaaeesesenaeess 68 QUK CATALOG a a a dad ire 69 TEMPORARY CATALOG dicas cian cs ncais sont cabaieeds sahese cuaducd asvahasecndanesdaatblissessigoedZevhestesdidesdasduliseeastoes 69 ISBN CATALOGING occitano dd 70 TEMPLATES La va aict cs edalese cuatccedacsdbese cab aces du ASEA EEAS tdeedaatilceeessiaees 71 NEW REQUEST Scotia ated hs tecia hie Altona Aili Aveda dE 71 A NON 73 RECOMMENDED LUST alias ains slds ie 74 CLOUD A O OOOO 75 COLLECTION ANALYSIS eaaa aa a a dad 76 Elle ringiCrteria tn a ains dass Oaks Fe ks HE acia 76 ATIRO IAV I I EE iO vad sae dea AA EAE 77 Analysis by Dewey CIOSSIfICOTION sssccccccccsssensnsscecececesusnsnaesesecssesnesauaesesecseneuaaaaesecsceeeeaasasseceseseeaaes 77 Collection by DOCOEC ssessssccccecesnenensssesecesssnensnseseseceseenessasesesscsseseaasaesesscseseeaasaesecsseseeaaaasesscssnseeaaas 78 AINGIVSISSOV ADO it A E ideas O E 78 Aged TH A A A idea 79 INCOMPlete TICES oi
40. Add Prefix Import Picture _ Reset barcode using configuration Be careful backup first Show Me If the patron record being imported already exists then Skip the patron Create new patron Update the patron Picture Path Picture Name Start With Barcode _ Add Prefix pooo1 5 To create or modify a custom import format click on the button Page 236 of 291 Administration Module 5 1 Select the New or Edit button to set the field number order according to the file being imported 5 2 Select the file format Fixed Field Delimited or Tab Delimited 5 3 Use the dropdown menus to choose the fields in import file in the order they are entered 5 4 Name the new template 5 5 Click Save 5 6 Click Close Format Name LEOTEST we OK Total Field Amount EN al Fix Field Format Tab Delimited Copy Delimited Format Field First Name Last Name StudentID 1 2 3 Grade level Homeroom Gender Phone House Number 3 nw wo Street Ci pas o 6 Based on the import file Skip the First Line may need to be selected to remove the header row Tip Helpful definitions Update Exist Record Only if selected the import will only update existing records and not import new patrons Update the Patron if selected the import file will update existing patrons and also import new patrons 7 Click Import 8 The To
41. Book Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password m O wu os Welcome Admin 0C NS Booking Merida hacia eure Advanced Patron Barcode popo1000000546 Find Patron Alicia Wick ago Equipment j umi Authority Title Barcode Overhead Projector 2004 01 E0001000136913 Classification Overhead Projector 2004 02 E0001000136855 Overhead Projector 2004 03 E0001000136996 Overhead Projector 96 1 E0001000137085 Overhead Projector ELMO E0001000136830 Overhead Projector EIKI E0001000136756 Overhead Projector E0001000136269 Overhead Projector E0001000136301 Overhead Projector E0001000136343 Overhead Projector Bell and Howell E0001000136350 Overhead Projector 3M Brand E0001000136335 Overhead Projector M0001000000002 From 02 06 2012 m 5 57 AM Comments Book To 02 06 2012 m 5 57 am Availability E cl Pickup Deliver ose _ Technician Required Version 5 2 2 Database Version 5 2 1 Media Equipment Check in The check in feature in Assets is similar to the Check In in the Circulation Module To check in Media Equipment 1 Click on Assets gt Media Check In Scan in items of Equipment to check them in 3 If aroom is being checked in select the Room check box and then select from the dropdown menu N Page 137 of 291 Media Equi
42. Chemistry 10 0001000000607 TXT CHE10 40 00 Lost Type Amount Created By Date Created Notes Withdraw 20 00 Admin 0001 01 08 2008 10 24 Deposit 20 00 Admin 0001 01 08 2008 10 24 Deposit 30 00 Admin 0001 01 31 2008 03 17 Version 5 2 0 Database Version 5 2 0 Loan History Tab The Loan History tab shows the loan history of the patron This tab presents a quick view of items checked out by the patron If a fine was attached to the item it would appear in this tab Loan history can be sorted by the date checked out date returned title or author by clicking on the respective column header Page 30 of 291 Circulation Module Loan History Tab Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Patron Name Barcode Poo01000000546 Patron Info Patron Notes la Find Patron al Notify Checkout Receipt iii Name Alicia Wick 995 1567 Type Staff Homeroom 1 Items Loaned 11 Copy Barcode OI Temporary Computer Booking New Patron Copy Notes Items Overdue 5 _ Current Library Books Only Fine Due 222 85 Authority Internet Agreement Signed Books Lost 0 L arene 2 Library _ Textbook _ Show Textbook 4 Show Library Books Credit 0 00 Books Damaged 0 1 Auto Focus ELA a Loan His ro Show Textbook _ Checkout From Current Library _ Books From Curre Show Library Books Classification 101 uses for a cat 6
43. Circulation TY DOS e ca estes aa eeii e at ede ete Grade Mapping during Patron IMport cccoconcocononnnnnonnonoonanonnnnnonnnononononnnonnnnnonononnoncnnnennononenncnnnnnns Homeroom Mapping during Patron IMport csssccccccccesessessssccecscssssnsaseesecsseseesnsassesscssessessaesessesens CONFIGURATION sscccsssssccccssssceccssscsccessscsccesssseeenses 172 CIRCULATION amp I TAB CONFIGURATION ceescccessecececseeeececsesaececseaaececeeaaececeeaaececeeaaececeeaaececeeaaeeeeeeaaeeeeseaas Configuring Fine Settings inre a de TE ES AE EE ieee Configuring D ue Date Settings seeni oneer a di dia atada orcas Configuring Circulation Trap Settings erneiere irit EEE EVEA Aiai E Ea Te E ia Configuring Checkout SCLIN gS eeit nerti A ada TOETST A Configuring Check In Settings aeriana in A daban Configuring Reserve Settings iia ai A idad ceras Configure Circulation PASSWOLPKS sssscsccccccesesesssnsssesecesesneasscssesscsseseesuaassesscssesaasaesesscsseecesasaesessesens Configuring Computer BOOKING sssssscccccceseseesssscececesesnesussesecscsseseeascesecscsseeneaaaaesessessnenesasaesessesens PATRON TAB CONFIGURATION ce coord cubated Configuring Library Card Expiry DOte cccccceseessssscecececesnenaecececssessesuaaesecscsseseaaasesecscesnsnesasaesessenens Configuring POtron PICCUTOS oi taa cons aeie tesia ea eea aa A isa Configuring Default Patron Information cccccsesscscccceseseesnssssecccesesseascesecsceseen
44. City is added as a default city New York City will be automatically selected whenever a field for city is available The following parameters have default options available 1 Audience Category City Collection Type Country Fine Type Language Library Type Location Material Type Textbook material type Media Type Place of Publication Province State Tax Rate Age Group Notification Type Review Rate School 60 005 E NS br PR A CG PB 00 XJO0UupUNnNR O To add a new parameter value 1 Click on Administration gt System Settings gt Parameters Select the parameter to add to from the dropdown menu Click New Enter the value Select the Default checkbox if this value is to be the default Repeat steps 3 5 to add more values Click Save e ly Page 226 of 291 Administration Module 2 Children 3 Seniors 4 Teen Show Me Picture Remove Picture Preview Tip Pictures can be added to materials that will appear in the OPAC To assign pictures to material types 1 Click on Administration gt System Setting gt Parameters 2 Select Material Type from the dropdown list 3 Highlight the material type to assign the picture too 4 Click Picture 5 Choose a picture from files 6 Click Open 7 Click Save Di Book 5 00 Default e2 Magazine 12 FE Audio 5 Computer File Show Me Picture Remove Picture Preview Page 2
45. Date Administration Module Select the radio button to either same as Issue Date or The End of the Academic Year to select library cards expiry date Card s Valid Period Select the default amount of time a library card is valid for Circulation Circulation II Catalog Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPACII Silverlight Library Card Expiry Date Default Expiry Date Same as Issue Date The End of Academic Year Valid Period Default Value 1 Year s Base on grade 14 Student Grade Pictures V Show Picture Default Picture Name Patron Barcode _ Patron ID _ Save patron picture in following path Search Patron by Sort the Patron By Circ Type Constraints FirstName Family Based Search By LastName Patron Based Default Patron ID Barcode UU First Name Last Initial C First Name Last Name Le First Initial Last Name Last Name First Name Last Name First Initial Patron Default Password Default Patron Barcode HomePhone Auto number t User ID Student ID Default Value gt Provincial ID Recommended Items 39 _ Find District Patron Default Edit Save Cancel Default Close Show Me Page 185 of 291 Configuring Patron Pictures Show Pictures This option must be selected for patron pictures to be displayed Pictures Path Specify the path for patron pictures Default Picture Name
46. File Path Multimedia Edit Show Me Video Save Use NT Security Get Captions From Database Cance Use LDAP Security Default Close Default Barcode Prefix Filler Auto Number Start From Length Default _ Show Me Item Barcode LAI 0 1 4 Fixed Length 14 1 vV Fixed Length 14 y oit Textbook Barcode TXXXX o 1 v Fixed Length 14 y ojt Patron Barcode PAII Assets Barcode MAII 1 Fixed Length 14 Follet Fixed Length barcode Length 8 Prefix T Filler Follet Fixed Length Textbook barcode Length 8 Prefix T Filler Lock Unlock OPAC Workstation Password Autodialer Voice Setting Windows Envelope Adjustment English Share Subset French Spanish Catalog Configuration Various settings can be set to configure the Cataloging Module in the Catalog Tab The settings in this section can be broken down by 1 Cataloging Settings 2 Barcode Spine Label Settings 3 Default Search Options 1 Catalog Configuration Cataloging Settings Catalog temporary book during checkout When enabled all items cataloged during checkout are marked as Temporary by default Tip Temporary items can be automatically deleted after check in if a setting is enabled To enable this setting select Delete Temp item after check in setting within the Configuration gt Circulation tab Bypass authority validation If this checkbox is selected then
47. Grade 6 Students Homeroom 8 Grade 10 12 Simple Grade 7 EA Homeroom 9 Grade 10 12 Grade 8 Students Grade 9 Students Grade 10 Grade 10 12 Grade 11 Grade 10 12 Grade 12 Grade 10 12 Version 5 1 3 Database Version 5 1 3 Homeroom Mapping during Patron Import Homeroom mapping assigns certain patron circulation types to certain homerooms for circulation purposes This feature is very powerful for K 12 libraries where data is imported from student information system and the school applies a loan period to different Homerooms Once this feature is enabled the system will automatically change the circulation type based on the homeroom the student is enrolled in To Map Homerooms Go to Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types Select the Grade Mapping tab Click Edit From the dropdown lists choose the patron Circulation type to assign to each homeroom Click Save ww PwWNnP Page 171 of 291 Administration Module Configuration Insignia Library System is pre configured so that it can be used right away Common groups permissions and defaults are predefined Library staff can add new groups assign permissions to the groups and change default parameters However staff cannot add new permissions or change the security setting for the Administrator user Click on Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration Circulation amp Il Tab Configuration Use
48. I can draw everytt L0001000001046 741 5 973 Kelso Megan 1968 The squirrel mother stories L0001000002190 741 5 973 Kelso Megan 1968 The squirrel mother stories L0001000002191 741 5 BAR Barr Steve 1958 1 2 3 draw cartoon animals L0001000000201 741 5 BAR Barr Steve 1958 1 2 3 draw cartoon faces L0001000000202 741 5 BAR Barr Steve 1958 1 2 3 draw cartoon people L0001000000203 741 5 BAR Barr Steve 1958 1 2 3 draw cartoon sea critt L0001000000204 741 5BAR Barr Steve 1958 1 2 3 draw cartoon wildlife L0001000000205 741 5 HOW How to draw Spongebob Sqi _L0001000001868 741 5 HOW How to draw Spongebob Sq _L0001000001869 741 5 SCH Schulz Charles Monro How to draw Peanuts Lo001000000592 743 AME Ames Lee J Draw 50 cars trucks and m L0001000000065 743 AME Ames Lee J Draw 50 cars trucks and m L0001000000066 743 AME Ames Lee J Draw 50 cars trucks and m L0001000000067 743 AME Ames Lee J Draw 50 creepy crawlies L0001000000154 Page 73 of 291 Recommended List Catalog Module The Recommended List feature allows staff to maintain the recommended list and the items that appear onit This list appears on the OPAC To remove items from the recommended list 1 Click the edit button 2 Select an item 3 Click on the remove button 4 Click Save Tip The Recommended window only removes titles form the list In order to add Recommended items go to Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add
49. ILL in checkout Y Show Communication In Checkout Book Condition Percentage Y Show Notifications in checkout _ Allow Floating Collection show me Undefined 100 _ Send Notification when ratio of holds to copies exceeds 3 New 100 IV Show patron homeroom information on the reserve list Good 100 Smart Barcode Checkout Fait 100 L Enable _ Local Patron Only Poor 100 _ Damage 100 Page 183 of 291 Administration Module Configuring Computer Booking The computer booking settings in configuration appear on Circulation Tab 1 Computer Booking Settings gt Circulation Tab Computer Booking Book times per day Enter the maximum number of times day a computer can be booked by the same patron Computer Booking Times per month Enter the maximum number of times month a computer can be booked by the same patron Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPACII Silverlight Fine A Lost Charges 1 50 times of book price Processing fee 5 00 L Replacement Cost Edit __ Overdue fine should be included if a book is lost i Save Maxi Overdue or Damage Fine should be less than 2 times of book price Save Take amount as Book Price if that book price is not set or is zero Cancel Y Declare an overdue book as lost if it s not returned after another 30 days Default Due Date Close _ Due Date Shouldn t be beyond the Card Expiry date Term due date 09 03 2012 Due Date After Ren
50. Inactive Patrons Lists patrons who have expired or inactive memberships Filter results by specific homeroom or by subset Non Active Patron List Lists patrons without any circulation in a specific time frame Patron Circulation Statistics Lists patron circulation statistics User may limit the report by date range times overdue times renewed checked out and subset User may also group this report by Homeroom Patron Circulation Type and Patron Group Patron Expiry and Renewal Report List of patrons that are expired or have been renewed within a specific date range Patron Groups Lists patron groups level of permissions and the number of patrons assigned Patron List Patron list filterable by a specific patron group or subset Patron Mailing Labels Prints standard mailing labels for sending notes to patrons This report can be filtered by patron group patron last name postal zip code and subset Mailing labels can be printed one specific patron or a list of patrons Patron Outstanding Items Fine list of patrons with outstanding fines or overdues Page 160 of 291 16 17 18 19 20 Administration Module Patron Statistics by Date List of patron s statistics by date Patron Transaction Status lists the transaction status for a specific patron Lists Items Checked out Overdue List Lost Items Damaged Items and Fine History Items on Reserve Booked Items and Checked out assets Patrons with Books checked out an
51. Incomplete Cancel Subject animal sounds Fiction 8 8 6 hl Me Search Consortium First Search Z3950 First ISBN Barcode Call No Price Circulation Type New Book Find Catalog Temporary Catalog User can catalog items as temporary because needs to be cataloged for one time checkout and then needs to be deleted once checked in To catalog a temporary item Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Quick Cataloging Click on New Check the Temporary checkbox Enter the information available Click on save Or WN gt Page 69 of 291 Catalog Module Tip Temporary items can only be checked in from the Temporary Item List Circulation gt List gt Temporary List Tip Once a temporary item is checked in it is deleted from the catalog ick Catalog 11 Record s Four damal catalog lv Temporary 1 11 Previous Next New Title this is temporary item S Edit Author Delete ISBN _ Circulation Type New Book x Check in Barcode Call No Price 0 00 Check Out Save Cancel Close Show Me Search Consortium First Search Z3950 First ISBN Barcode Call No Price 0 00 Circulation Type New Book Find Catalog Cancel ISBN Cataloging The ISBN Cataloging window is used to quickly catalog and add items by ISBN number This feature utilizes the Z39 50 hosts to collect the MARC record and adds a copy T
52. Info From Clipboard Results Import Options Close Show Me Tip If importing records that match items already in the database with a locked status these locked items will not be updated To update these items remove the locked status for targeted items and then run the import Inventory In ILS inventory is a 4 step process The inventory process can be applied to the entire library or a part of it Inventory may be completed over several days Items can be scanned directly into the Inventory screen by bringing the books to the computer or moving the computer around the shelves on a cart The barcodes may also be scanned into a Notepad file with one barcode per line The scanner should be setup with a carriage return which will drop the barcode to one barcode per line The file is saved and then imported using the Import from File option In this way incoming records held in the import file are compared with the current shelf collection to discover unexpected lost copies Page 240 of 291 Administration Module ai Local Call No from gt Tof lt Circ Type Material Type AAA Location Collection Type All y gt Print efres Print Mis __Close Shelved Show Me All All 2 Library Books Textbooks Equipments Status Total Inventoried Initialize Library System for Inventory and Confirm it Available o OO 222 Querido the st
53. Insignia Technical Support 5 6 Select the options for importing data Click on Import Page 238 of 291 Administration Module AAA ela Reading Program File Name Select File TAB Delimited 1 Delimited Format Import Format Close _ Local Library Importing Authority Records 1 Click on Administration gt Import Export gt Import gt Authority 2 Select the file to be imported and click Open 3 Select the Import Options 4 Click Import Importing MARC records from a File 1 Click on Administration gt Import Export gt Import gt Bibliographic Click on the to select the file path Browse for the file and click Open Select the Import Options button to select tags user do NOT want to import Click on Import ww Pwn Importing MARC records from a Web Site 1 Click on Catalog gt Import gt Import Bibliographic Record 2 Using Internet Explorer go to the web site that allows user to download MARC records 3 On the web site select the option that lets user save the MARC record 4 Select the MARC code by pressing Ctrl A to select the text then press Ctrl C to copy it to the Clipboard Change focus back to Insignia Library System 6 Click on Import from Clipboard Y Page 239 of 291 Administration Module RRA a Bibliographic o Select Item Import Options _ _ E Import Review Every Record No Review _ Import Copy
54. Item and use the Recommend button The Berenstain Bears and the East Berenstain Jan 1923 20 Easter Fiction 28 02 2012 Admin 0001 Diary of a Wimpy Kid 6 Cabin Fev Jeff Kinney Kids 27 02 2012 Admin 0001 Cat Hoare Ben Cats Juvenile lite 10 02 2012 Fundamentals of physics Halliday David 1916 Physics Textbool 24 06 2010 The cats of Tiffany Street Hayes Sarah Cats Fiction Ste 21 04 2010 Admin 0001 Admin 0001 Admin 0001 The cat and the bird in the hat Bridwell Norman Cats Fiction Bir 21 04 2010 Admin 0001 Dinosaur Bob and his adventures v Joyce William Dinosaurs Fictio 09 04 2010 Notes Only top 20 recommended books will be shown on kids OPAC Page 74 of 291 Admin 0001 Remove Save Cancel Catalog Module Cloud Search Cloud Search is a feature that appears in the OPAC in the Easy search tab Searching items in the Easy search will create a cloud of related terms The term in the centre of the cloud will be the searched term Terms surrounding the centre are related to the search term Terms that are closer in meaning to the search term will also be closer to the centre of this cloud This feature allows the patron to expand their search by providing related terms Cloud search is fully customizable To customize cloud search 10 00 ES E U a E o 11 Click Catalog gt Cloud Search Enter the search term that creates the cloud in the Find Rel
55. Label Return Key Edit Apply basic punctuation rules _ Capitalize call number No Break Break On Space Save Add copy when importing or creating a new bibliographic record Break On Period Te Keep material type when importing bibliographic records Break On Space And Period Ea _ Keep audience when importing bibliographic records Maximum Call No Letters Per Line g isplay previous and next 10 records when browsing shelf list Show Me _ Automatically generate copy barcode Default Search By In Simple _ Default new Item as Non searchable V Use AR RC And Lexile Issue waiting days before circ 0 Copy Column Library Location Library _ Location _ Both Y Auto Claim Issue After 30 Days V Reclaim issue after 30 Days ILL item Default Price 0 00 V Default Quick Catalog Item as Complete Search Item by Barcode Format pane area F Search By Title gt Y Patron Quick Barcode LI sine A OS V Copy Quick Barcode oniy Default Marc Mapping Format NONE Default Condition Fa ae ar Nie Move Copy New Classification System i Send Email After Move Default Currency Canada DollatSeseeen Dewey LC Copies Catalog _ Copy Default Allow ILL Set connection time out seconds s greater than 10 less than 60 seconds _ Collection Type Barcode _ Show Publication Date in search _ Prompt Barcode During Cataloging MARC Edit Type _ MARC Code _ MARC Expert Both Defau
56. Password Laose a Sh M SIF Configuration Show me Data Sharing Information Enable SIF agent Pull Mode Push Mode Student Personal Infomation Name and Connection Information g School Course Information pb Staff Personal Information Library Patron Status Agent Description Agent Port Student Picture ZIS Address Student Contact Information ZIS Port Section Information Student Section Enrollment Page 197 of 291 Administration Module OPAC Configuration In Insignia Library System OPAC configuration is customizable Staff can choose to enable and disable different features of OPAC in real time The settings available in OPAC Configuration are OPAC Patron Permissions OPAC Search Settings OPAC Features Configuration OPAC Connection Configuration Ea Setting Patron Permissions on OPAC Allow Inter Library Loan If this setting is selected it enables patrons to make ILL requests on the OPAC Allow patron to change Personal information If this setting is selected it enables patrons to change their profile on the OPAC Allow patron to renew If this setting is selected it enables patrons to renew books on the OPAC Allow patron to reserve If this setting is selected it enables patrons to reserve books on the OPAC Allow patron to book If this setting is selected it enables patrons to book Request If this setting is selected it ena
57. Person Chef A Doctor Password It is a good idea to change your passwords regularly to maintain security Try adding numbers and letters to the password to make it more secure To change personal password 1 Click on Password on the Menu 2 Input the old password 3 Enter the New password and enter it again for confirmation 4 Click Change Instant Message Use the instant message feature to send messages from one logged in work station to the other through the Insignia application To send an Instant message 1 Click on Administration gt Instant Message 2 Select the Individual Group or choose to send to all 3 Next select the messages Activation date and its expiry date Page 242 of 291 4 Enter your message in the message box 5 Then click submit for this message to be sent to the recipients 2 Individual Group O all Activation Date 02 01 2012 m 4 19 PM Expiry Date 02 01 2012 m 5 19 PM Patrons Quick Toolbar First Name LastName Patron ID Library Administration Module We have added a quick access toolbar between the file menus and the main program body The quick toolbar icons can be customized To add icons to the Quick Tool bar 1 Click on Administration gt Quick Toolbar 2 Click edit SubFeature Enabled Order Shortcut Key a Edit a 1 Search Sa
58. Reader Cat and Fish Library Cat and Rat 1 The cat and th Library The cat ate m The cat in the Type of Material 2 Favorites Library Subjects 81 101 uses for a Bunnicula strik Caring for you Cat Cat and dog t Auth 58 Howe James Ring Susan Hoare Ben Miller Elizabet pears 636 8 0022 2 636 8 RIN 636 8 CAL FIC HOW E MIL Series 15 Book Book Book Book Book Publication Date 28 Grant Joan 1 Young Ed Bridwell Norm Danziger Paul Seuss Dr pst Reading Count 133 5 J 813 6 LEVEL 1 234 78 MAT 443 SEU Video Book Book Video Book 1999 2012 Insignia Software Web Portal 5 2 0 Database Version 5 2 0 e Kiosk Search Kiosk search is a categorical hierarchical and pictorial search All categories are represented by icons and follow from broader subjects to more specific search terms To Kiosk Search 1 Go to the OPAC URL Click on the Kiosk tab Click on the picture that best matches the search required Continue clicking on pictures to narrow the search When the picture that best matches search is found scroll down the list of results belonging to the category AE a Tip To move back up the hierarchy click on the Back icon Page 270 of 291 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC m aD Welcome To Buffett Elementary II eee S What s New Search Easy Kids Pr
59. Search Show Y Media Simple IV Loan History QE 5 s O Y Request O E V Fine History Allow Share Favorite List i V Peer To P _ Auto Select Default Collection Type iE Senice OPAC Default Search we Peer To Peer V Events Simple V Self Computer Booking Y Register Y 239 50 W Easy Kids Y ILL V Communication My Account Page Show Default Search Y Patron v Notification K d Y Loan V SRP oo Y Fine V Reserve Y Save MARC _ Hide Collection Type Page 200 of 291 brary Setting gt Ci Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPAC II Silverlight What s New Enable Order _ Show Search History in Search P Most Searched ivi C Show Search History in Kido New Titles Most Circulated Recommended Top Rated Default Search Sort Author Administration Module Show Me OPAC Features Configuration Project If checked the project feature will be available in the OPAC Media If checked the media booking feature will be available in the OPAC Events If selected the Events feature will be available in the OPAC What is New Enable this feature to show the What is new box in the OPAC Online Databases Turn on to show Online databases in the OPAC Save MARC If this feature is enabled the ability to save a MARC record in the OPAC becomes available
60. Search for the items to be added to the subset Click on Subset All if all items on the list are to be added to the Subset Individual or multiple records can be selected by right clicking on each item Selected rows will appear highlighted and click on the Subset button Select an existing subset or Create New one Click OK O 01 20 ES Demo Fiction Leo Test Collection Type Page 59 of 291 Catalog Module Kiosk Button To link a title to a Kiosk Category 1 Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item 2 Search for the items to be added to a Kiosk Category 3 Click on Kiosk All if all the items on the list to be added to a Kiosk Category or click Kiosk to just add the selected item to a Kiosk Category To clear a Kiosk Category Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Search for the Kiosk Category from search by Kiosk Category Click on Clear All Kiosk to clear all the items from the Kiosk Category To remove certain items from a Kiosk category highlight them and click on the Clear Kiosk button PWNP Import Button Selecting the Import button will open the import window that enables records to be imported New Multisite Copies The New Multisite Copies button allows the cataloger the ability to add copies to multiple 2 tibeary 10 Library Name libraries within a union gt ooo j 0002 Insignia Library 2 d _ Y 0004 Insignia Library 4 To a
61. See Miscellaneous Reports See Patron Reports See Textbook Reports See User Defined Reports See Report Designer Request 273 Rescan Barcode 90 reserve 29 33 34 35 124 156 167 182 189 198 222 Reserve 34 See Check Out Screen Reserve Limit 169 Reserve Limits See Patron Circ Types Reserve List 43 156 Reserve Media Online 105 Reserve Settings 181 Reserve Tab 29 Reset barcode during checkout 101 Routing 84 Insignia Software Technical Support S Saving Report Criteria 151 Scheduled Reports 152 Search engines 16 search for a kit 135 search for a room 136 Search Settings 195 Search Tab 264 Security 216 Security Profile 110 Semesters 209 Serials 80 Serials Binding 84 Set As Default Button 58 Set Due Date 27 Set Password 101 Set Security 101 Setting Circulation Passwords 183 Setting Patron Passwords 111 setup a new computer 140 Share favorite list 105 shelf list 73 Shelf List 73 74 Show Me 101 Show Me Videos 15 ShowMe 15 SIF 196 SIF Log 244 Silverlight Configuration 204 Simple See Search Menu Simple search 18 Simple Search 264 SMS Carrier 105 SRP Gift 45 SRP Tab 31 Subset 101 Subset All 101 Subsets 59 Summer Reading Program 213 System Defined Global Changes 219 System Messages 211 T Templates 71 Temporary Catalog 69 Temporary Cataloging 47 Temporary i
62. Specify the fine type and amount charged 3 If the fine is for an item scan the associated barcode to retrieve the item title 4 Click on OK Tip Linking a fine to a barcode can be done by entering the barcode and clicking on Find Title By Barcode Fine History Tab Fine History tab displays the patron s history of fines paid As shown in the following image the top grid displays the fine amounts that have been collected The second grid displays what the fine amounts collected were applied to The bottom grid shows the patron s deposits and withdrawals Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Buffett Elementar Patron Name Barcode POOO1000000546 _ Patron Info Patron Notes Find Patron Notify Checkout Receipt iii Name Alicia Wick 995 1567 Type Staff Homeroom 1 Items Loaned 11 Copy Barcode Loo Temporary Computer Booking New Patron Copy Notes Items Overdue 5 _ Current Library Books Only Fine Due 222 85 Authority Internet Agreement Signed Books Lost o 2 Library _ Textbook _ Show Textbook W Show Library Books Credit 0 00 Books Damaged 0 Z Auto Focus Classification i isto Loan History ILL Claim Returned Communication Notifications Paid a Admin 0001 11 10 2011 09 25 AM Paid K Admin 0001 10 11 2011 09 18 AM Waived 4 Admin 0001 10 11 2011 09 18 AM Title l Price Fine Type Fine l Amount Paid Notes l
63. The Quick Toolbar is displayed horizontally directly below the Menu as shown below The Quick Toolbar and Navigation Bar can be hidden from the view by selecting Hide Vertical Bar and Hide Toolbar on the Login screen Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Insignia Library 1 iy a EL a D a E g 3 w ASe ki Welcome Admin 0001 0001 Advanced ABC y ma Authority Quick Toolbar Menu Classification Kiosk Welcome To Simple Insignia Library System a Copyright 1999 2012 Insignia Software GQ daa Navigation Bar 414 4 ie lt lt Version 5 2 3 Database Version 5 2 3 Quick Toolbar Customization The Quick Toolbar is the top horizontal bar listing icons It can be customized to add quick links to features This enables access to those features with a single mouse click To add remove icons in Quick Toolbar follow these steps 1 IS wo anan Go to menu Administration gt Quick Toolbar Click Edit Click on the downward facing arrow to expand the category Select the feature to be displayed in the Quick Toolbar by clicking the box to the right of the feature Enter the order number the feature will appear from left to right To add a shortcut key select it from the appropriate browser drop down menu Repeat above steps for all the features to be added to the Quick Toolbar Click on Save
64. To disable the hours for a particular day uncheck the text box Click Save Aum PWN EP Category edmonton li brary New Open Time Close Time Copy Sunday Y 10 00 Am m 5 00 PM Edit Delete Monday 8 00 AM 10 00 PM Save Cancel Tuesday 8 00 AM 1 10 00 PM Refresh Close Wednesday 8 00 AM 10 00 PM Show Me Thursday y j 10 00 PM Friday m j 10 00 PM Saturday fa 7 00 PM Page 207 of 291 Administration Module Holidays Holidays are used in the calculation of overdue fines Depending on the policies of the library the system will either include or exclude fines for specified holidays To change or create a Holiday schedule Click on Administration gt Library Setting gt Library Info Click on the Holidays tab Select the year Click on New to create a New Holidays and specify a name Click on Add Holiday Enter a name for the holiday and specify the date or date range Click OK Repeat steps 5 to 7 until all Holidays are added Click Save 0 CO OD eS Copy From Last Year Add Holiday New Edit Delete Save Cancel _Refresh_ Close Show Me Preview Page 208 of 291 Administration Module Semesters Semesters are used in schools and academic libraries but are not used in public library environments Semesters are used to calculate due dates and can also be used to checkout regular materials
65. Y 025 Overseas acquisition number R llo Insignia Software 027 Standard technical report number R 028 Publisher number R Coden designation R Postal registration number R Date time and place of an event R Acquisitions v Version 4 5 42 Database Version 4 5 43 PT TT TT 8 internet Ha Roo gt 7 Page 67 of 291 Catalog Module Catalog Interlibrary Loan This feature enables an item that has been requested from another library outside of the library union to be cataloged in the borrowing library s system To Catalog an Interlibrary Item 10 00 E A a erer WNRO D Advanced ABC 4 S Price 0 00 Charge 0 00 Authority Call No E ge Classification Simple Comments _ Fixed Return Date a Z39 50 Circulation Acquisitions Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt ILL Cataloging Click New Enter the information available In the Request Info section find the patron in library requesting the Interlibrary Loan In the Request From dropdown list select the library the item is requested to be picked up from Add the Request Date if different from the date indicated on screen and the Return Date Add any Comments regarding this request Save the request A Temporary barcode is created for the item Contact the library regarding the ILL request The ILL saved can be seen on the patron s Checkout window under the ILL tab
66. add on the left Click the arrow to pointing to the right to add these databases Click Save uw Pwn To remove online databases from the OPAC 1 Click on Administration gt System Setting gt Online databases Click Edit Select the databases on the right to remove Click the arrow pointing to the left to move databases to remove to left hand column Click Save oS E Tip In order to add additional databases not provided by Insignia contact Insignia Support Selected online databases Category Name Online Databases CNN com Online Databases CNN com Online Databases Dictionary of Canadian Biogra Online Databases Dictionary of Canadian Biogra Online Databases Discovery Channel Online Databases Discovery Channel Online Databases KidsClick Online Databases KidsClick Online Databases National Geographic Online Databases Microsoft Encarta Online Databases SportQuest 5 Online Databases National Geographic Search Engines Yahoo KIDS Online Databases SportQuest Online Databases Learn360 Search Engines Yahoo KIDS _ Online Databases Gale _ Online Databases AskKids _ Search Engines GoogleScholar _ Search Engines FactMonster EBSCO Home Improvement Refereno EBSCO Canadian Student Research C Page 229 of 291 In Use Administration Module From time to time records could become locked If this happens please use this window to unlo
67. added manually MARC records can be imported from a MARC file To import item information 1 Click on Administration gt Import Export gt Import Select the Item tab Select the options for importing data Select the file to import Select settings Click Import A counter will appear displaying the number of items to be imported SA gI US tem Offline Circ Patron Textbook Authority Bibliographic Reading Program File Name Select File Mapping Format NONE _ Unicode Import Rename Tag I mua eo To Mapping _ If the item being imported already exists then _ Copy _ Mapping Call No Mapping Skip the Copy C Update the copy Mapping NONE si Show Me Holding Format Call No In 852 khim _ Multi Copies Test S _ _ _ 4 Y Show error messages _ Textbook MARC Data History Only replace these tags when update item Close Data Unique By ISBN Collection Type _ Microlif gt Marc _ Put the imported items into Subset Copy Call No Prefix Call No Mapping NONE m Vendor r Budget P O Number Status 12 Skip the Item I Update the Item LI Create new Item Include Copy Information in Tag 852 _ Add Prefix Import Settings Mapping Format The format is selected after a Mapping from one tag to another tag has been setup as a format using the Mapping button Unicode Select this checkbox to specify that the file being imported is in U
68. andas VEROA TEETE OTE OA RAA Ad OARE AKASA RERA 106 OUTREACH onia oaea A Aana AAA AEA a KESA EREA G 107 COMMUNICATION veaa laa aAa ERAAN REA AARE REE tl ada aid aid AER 109 DELETING A PATRON rrearen nepe aa nenon a AEn NAAA Ea cas Aaaa Aaea KeA AA RANA AANA lat KERANA Ea AA ida TAA 109 EDITING A PATRON aoei tetitas adidas 109 CLONE ANEW PARON acacia a ANKES OAAR EA a da A Ratas 110 PATRON LOAN HISTOR Vertical caves a iii dia daa 110 To view the loan history Of a patron ccccecsesssssceccceeeeneaneececscsensnsaasaesecsceseessaassssecsseseeausassessesseseeaaes 110 SECURITY PROFILE poata o Maan e AEAEE UEa EEA IAR a ea dadas 110 Setting Patron PaSSWOrdS cccocococcoconnonocannnonnnnoncnnonnnnnnonnncnnononnnnnn a era a aa aaa Krees oe iera aai 111 PATRON BARCODES oot tat aerat a aAA EAA Aa AEA aae aAA AA aa AA AEEA AAA AAEE AA iaa AE A 112 IMPORTING PATRONS FROM A FILE ssccccssssccecssssccecsssececsssuececsesueeecsesueeecsesueeecsesueeecsesueeecsssueeecsesaeeessesaeeeseses 113 HOMEROOMS lordain e AAA ESAO RATAAN dida dass 113 PATRON GROUP ccoo iria id tl ld tah KE OAA AAAA ET 115 Adding Patron GrOUP csscescssccecessssssnsscsececesssnsnansnsecsssensncsonsasecessessusansasecessesanusansesecessessnssansesscesaees 116 Deleting O POatron Group EEEE EE E 116 Editing POtron ELKON s PAE EE A A A E A A 116 PATRON ARCHIVE Ses anar a A a A O idad ee dias 117 CLEANING AND MERGING PATRON RECORDS csseescceeseecececeesaeceeseaaececseaaecec
69. barcode for new patrons being added on brary Setting gt Co Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPACII Silverlight Library Card Expiry Date Default Expiry Date Same as Issue Date Edit The End of Academic Year n m Valid Period Egi Default Value 1 Year s No u l Cancel L Base on grade 14 Student Grade Default Pictures Y Show Picture Close Default Picture Name Patron Barcode _ Patron ID Show Me __ Save patron picture in following path Sort the Patron By Circ Type Constraints Search Patron by k 5 FirstName L Family Based Search By First Name m LastName Patron Based Default Patron ID Patron Default Password Default Patron Barcode Barcode HomePhone Auto number D First Name Last Initial User ID Student ID C First Name Last Name Default Value Provincial ID Le First Initial Last Name F Recommended Items 1J Last Name First Name is ao Last Name First Initial _ Find District Patron Default Page 187 of 291 Administration Module Configuring Patron Search Defaults Default Patron Search Set default parameter search in Find Add patron Default Patron Sort Set default sort first name or last name in Checkout and Find Add patron Circulation Type Constraints Set if the circulation types are Family or Patron based Search Union as Default Selecting the Find Distric
70. becomes Available 2 An email notification is sent out to let the patron know their reserve is available to be picked up 3 Once the ILL item is checked out the status becomes OUT Receiving ILL Items from the Borrowing Patron 1 When the ILL item is checked in the status becomes Inbound and a message appears indicating the item is an ILL item 2 ILLitem can then be shipped back to Loaning Library and be checked in Upload Offline Circulation In the event that the web based ILS is unavailable then desktop circulation can be employed The Upload Offline Circulation feature allows circulation done in the desktop circulation system to be brought to the web based ILS system To Upload Offline Circulation 1 Click on Circulation gt Upload Offline Circulation To see more on Offline Circulation refer to Offline Circulation Module Page 37 of 291 Circulation Module Outreach Checkout Outreach checkout is designed to automatically select items for patron based on patron preference It will only include those items that the patron has not borrowed from the library i e items they are likely not to have read yet It is most commonly used in libraries that have a bookmobile program This feature tracks the patron s preferences to assist in selecting items for the patron To view recommended items for patrons on a designated route 1 Click on menu Circulation gt Outreach 2 System will list patrons on the left and the recommend
71. can be made to a copy record that have multiple copies attached automatically changing all copy records attached to the title This feature avoids having to make changes to each individual copy To make global changes to all copies Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Locate the record using the search tools Click on Copy Information tab Click on Apply to Multi Copies button Select the checkbox for the fields to be changed and specify the value for each field To apply the changes to all copies in the Union Select Apply To Union Click Save A ANS Page 57 of 291 Catalog Module Making Global Changes to All Copies aaj Ester sivetahe l M D brave Goo Fields to be changed i gt LO Price 636 8 Z Replacementcost gt hoz E O Vendor Z Location 5 Budget Y CirculationType O Circulation Date ED Call No To set default values for a copy record find the copy record and click on Set Default Any New copy added to any title will have the default values applied Find Add Item Window Features The Find Add Item Window is a very powerful window enabling the user to do many cataloging tasks without having to navigate to other windows in ILS This window is accessed through Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item The following features are accessible from this window Deleting Items and Copies PA EEN IOE
72. cannot check the barcodes you scan the system will keep a text file of those barcodes allowing you to import it when you are back online To do and Offline inventory click on the icon on desktop 1 Click on Inventory tab 2 If inventory is for textbooks select the checkbox for Textbooks 3 Scan the barcodes Offline Circulatior e Prompt when system is online ee dT Sum Inventory Be Off Line Inventory Please scan or enter barcode ONLY Textbook Copy Barcode Textbook Offline Upload Data As soon connection is restored user will get a prompt to upload the data Click Yes In the upload data screen select all records to be uploaded and click on Upload Those barcodes that cannot be uploaded due to incorrect barcode will become red meaning system did not find those barcodes in the library Page 261 of 291 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC Insignia Library System ILS empowers patrons to do much more than just search the library for books Patrons can share favorites add book reviews rate and review books and much more Patrons can do the following online Search the library Reserve books Renew books Pay fine online See loan history See fine history Rate books Add Book Reviews Create favorites 9 1 Share favorites 9 2 Email favorites 10 View Projects 11 Update personal profile 12 Reserve computer 13 Register online 14 View Upcoming Library Even
73. choose a report type Select the report to be generated Click on the drop down box arrow to the right of Save Criteria and delete Criteria Select the criteria to use Generate the report Le ae a Description and Image buttons Because reports draw upon data stored in a database they may take some time to generate In order to quickly check if the report is what is needed there are two additional options in Insignia One option is to view the description of the report The description is accessed through clicking the Description button in the Reports window Additionally a snapshot of the report produced from different data can be viewed for the report by clicking on image Page 151 of 291 Administration Module Scheduled Reports Reports can be set up to run at scheduled times To schedule a report From the Reports menu choose a report type Select the report to schedule Click the Schedule button A window will then open so a date and time can be selected Click save to finalize the process OP WN E dule es Schedule Date 13 01 2012 a Sor rm save J _cancel Page 152 of 291 Administration Module Catalog Reports The following reports are available under the Catalog section My Favorite Patron Catalog Circulation Textbook Miscellaneous Assets Schedule Caption W Local Union Image Save Criteria Delete Criteria TO tor From Bibliography Author To CCISD inventory report Col
74. cocoa AA A E ESA 18 O 18 ADVANCED SEARCH sprs s0znasienches ctsestunasacetesess acsuaidewhegedsesdetasicevesids vecstand edsepsdbvet ahead deve a E EEEE TOR 19 Advanced Search Options oo essesccccccssessessscccececsensnsnsesececesssnenaesesecsceenesaaaesesscseceeaaaassecssseceusassessceseeeenaes 20 AUTHORITY SEARCH cs vocacion ono sacuncndeesesebeesus tase entesds E A E 21 CLASSIFICATION SEARCH iii 22 KIOSK SEARCH a abel ptos ee lat ld e ll e o 23 Z23950 AR e to E 24 CIRCULATION MODULE ccsscccsssccssssccsseeccssscsesccsssesenees 25 FEATURES AVAILABLE IN CIRCULATION MODULE sssscsccccecsssssesseseeececsssesneaeeeeeeecesseeaaeseeecesessesaaaeseeeeseesseseaaeass 25 CHECKOUT WINDOW ina a ad 26 Checkout Window Buttons amp Checkboxes csssssssccccecessessnsecececeseesesascesececsesesesaeaesecssseeesesaeesseesssseeaaes 26 Checkout TADOS di taad 28 HOMEROOM CLASS CHECKOUT scaceisaziceveccasceczaaa dci idad 32 CHECK Ni ad couse Ranta led idad 33 Force Check In dat ii daba 33 TO Change the CHECK ida a ea e eE EE EE E E EAS 33 Page 2 of 291 Check In Damaged BOOKS annissa ae aae aaa idas Dates 34 A NAAA 34 RENEW cz tit dt ai E E iia 35 ll A E NN 35 LOST N E E IAEE E E E dida ad ad aa EE adi dd adidas 36 LOANIFIST ORY aia ceda R TAA idad a aid 36 SAA A O 37 WPLOAD OFFLINE CIRCULATION sa ccasesssceecuszcccctesaneccvsasecdduveahesevnsiccesnsdanascessstcadsesshedecasicaecsatantsecssinedduessbedecanlaces 37 OUTREACH CHECKOU
75. counts This tab is used to track the books read by the patron Page 31 of 291 Circulation Module Homeroom Class Checkout Homeroom checkout is a quick way to check out books to a homeroom or a class It is best used when an entire class comes to the library at once To use Homeroom checkout 1 Click on Circulation gt Homeroom Check Out 2 Select a homeroom group or a class to checkout A E ee SS Insignia Library mmm Welcome Admin 0001 w D Authority Patron AWICKER Wick Allie Brianna Cameron Chloe Items Loaned 2 Bingleyx Munro cullen Faulkner Mcneil duchesne 3 p Items Overdue 0 Classification Fine Due 27 50 Books Lost 1 Books Damaged 0 Credit 12 57 Daniel Jayden Jonah Set Due Date to Winters 4 Fifield Whiteway 25 01 2012 a V Current Patron Only 6 Cols X 3 Rows Apply Patron Info Loan History E Renew Check In Joshua Justin Kaitlyn Kirklen Nathan Nathan Stewart Mackinnon Conrad Johnson Baird foley Refresh Temporary Show Me _ Std Checkout Title C 2 L0001000002096 MAG 1001 New Magazine 10 02 2012 Version 5 1 3 Database Version 5 1 3 R10 y 3 Click on a patron picture 4 Scan or enter the barcodes of the items to be checked out to that patron 5 To set a manual due date check the set Due Date
76. dt edata 79 SERIALS sees NN 80 RENEWING a Seridl nareread rei Eer ee va daa vedevedeveaedi velevbusens 81 RECEIVING Serials iii A vues bes A iio 81 Claiming Serial Soenen nere A a A aia dto 82 Creating a ROUuting Listas iesire irin irei Er rr nn nn nn nn nnn non nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnenenennns 83 ROUCING O 84 Binding Serials ii A A ta 84 BARCODES SPINE LABELS 0 a aia Ltda 85 CHANGE LIBRA RV a a dais 86 CHANGE CIRCULATION TYPE siii dali 87 CHANGE STATUS ai ededveiacvddvaes EA EAA aAA REAS li 88 CREATE COPY SUBSET cisco iia NE 88 MERGE TITLES seccvssereccvsescdccusescceduaseds cuvaucudcveoscdecususcecevvancdecensscedessobsdecunescededuenddecenvucedeusesddeceavseccedusbcascansbetes 89 MOVE COPIES sioiias intar euina ia A ERRENA KAADA ouccceusobsdecvavececevnsbedecesencecedsobsdedeuveckceusebebecessscudsedebcdedeansetes 90 RESCAN BARCODE cissi iereir ian ia aA ARES Ea nad iaa A AAN ONTAS EES la AAA AETA ARAT A REAS 90 GLOBAL CHANGES svace csvset cecdescaccl sales caeiisttcccuvvadeweles sd cslusdes cGoiv ukacacevvadedodsssncclesued iia 92 Heading Global Change ssssssssccecccssessesssccececssnsneascesecsseseesesaeaeseceseseesssaeseseceseseaaaaecesscesssnesasassesseeens 92 Material Type Global Change u s ccccceseesessssccececsensneaseccecesssnensaaeaesecsseseesaasesesscsseseaaaaesecscssessesaaaesessenens 93 Audience Global Change a a ad ad A a idea 94 MARC BIBLIOGRAPHIC GLOBAL EDITOR ss cccssssececeesnececsesececeeaececseueeecsea
77. fines Loan History This view loan history for this patron Fine History This view Fine history for this patron Computer bookings This view displays any current computer bookings Reading Program This view displays any summer reading programs Communication This view displays communication between patrons and library staff Library staff can send messages that appear here through the Patron gt Find Add Patron gt Communication Tab Notification Lists all Notifications sent to the patron Networking This feature allows you to add other patrons in the library database into a friend list This shares borrowing information between patrons that have friended one another such as loan information reserves and bookings By friending a patron they are granted access to borrowing information Tip These features must be configured in Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration To access My Account in the OPAC 1 Go to the OPAC URL Page 275 of 291 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC 2 Click on the My Account tab 3 Enter Patron ID and Password and click on login 4 This will open up the above window listing all the tabs that the librarian has configured to show Patron Profile To view the patron information 1 Go to the OPAC URL 2 Click on the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 3 To modify personal information 3 1 Make the changes 3 2 Click Save What s New Searc
78. from the vendor to complete subscription To set up the claiming serials template 1 Before a claiming report can be generated this must be created in Administration gt Library Setting gt System Messages Select the Type i e Magazine Claims Click Edit Add a Subject value e g Magazine Claim Letter The parameters in the window are linked fields that will add the correct values to the reports from the ILS program Select them when formatting the letter 6 Save the formatted claim letter SUP Tip The sample letter is shown for reference Type Magazine Claims System Message Subject Missing Issues Spell Check Hello Vendor Name We are missing following issues Issue Missing List Please resend the magazines Thank you Library Name Show Me Current Date Sample Parameters Current Date Library Name Vendor Name Issue Missing List To claim a serials issue Click on Catalog gt Serials gt Find Add Serials Select the Claim tab Search by the Received From and To date To view all serials deselect the From and To checkboxes The title and vendor is not necessary if checking all subscriptions not received within the time frame Click on Find The issues that have not been received will appear in the window Select the issue to receive and click the Claim button at the base of the screen The claimed issues will now appear in the claim report 012 0 NES W0 0
79. is to search by ISBN If no match is retrieved by ISBN then try by searching title and author Page 24 of 291 Circulation Module Circulation Module The ILS Circulation Module has a variety of features that enables users to easily check in and checkout items for patrons This module is fully customizable therefore it must be configured prior to use Configuration is further discussed in the Administration Module Features available in Circulation Module E 0700 5 OX UT e W bb PP O RB ON DUBWNRO Checkout Homeroom Checkout Check In Reserve Renew Booking Lost Item Loan History Intra Library Loan Upload Offline Circulation Outreach Teacher Checkout List Patron Traffic amp Patron Inquiry Alerts Lists SRP Gift Computer Booking NCIP ILL Circulation Module Checkout Window The Checkout window is very powerful as it provides access to many of the features in the Circulation module To checkout items Click Circulation gt Check Out from the menu Scan the patron card or enter the patron s name in the field entitled Patron Name Barcode Scan the barcode or type it in If the item has been successfully checked out to the patron it will appear in the tab Items on Loan as displayed below D a Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Patron Name Barcode P0001000000546 Patron Info Patron Note
80. it out Lost Button To mark an item as lost select the checkbox for the item and click Lost The lost items will be displayed under the Pay Fine tab When a lost item is returned a refund is prompted For this feature to be enabled AutoReturn must be turned on in Administration gt Custom Settings Claim Return Button If a patron claims they have returned an item when the record shows that item has not yet been returned select the item and click on Claim Return specify the date when it was claimed to have been returned and click OK The item will be removed from the Items on Loan screen and is marked with a status of Claimed Returned The system will not charge any overdue fines since the date it was claimed returned To see list of all the items Claimed Returned by the patron click on Claim Returned tab Check In Button To check in items from the checkout window select the items and then click on Check In Tip It is recommended items should be checked in by using check in window this check in button is useful if a patron changes their mind during checkout and does not want to checkout the item List Button Select the List button to print the list of items checked out by the patron A dialog box will prompt if all items checked out by the patron or only those checked out today be printed To print only today s checked out items click Yes To print all items on loan click No Notify Button Select the Notify button to
81. library most often Union Loan Statistics Lists items borrowed and lent by each library in the union Uncollected Reserve List Lists items on reserve that have not been picked up by patrons Union Loan Statistics Tracks loan statistics between libraries in a union Union Loan Statistics by Title Lists titles borrowed from and lent to other union libraries Year End Statistics Lists circulation activity for a year by month Page 156 of 291 Administration Module Assets Reports The following reports are available under the Assets Tab My Favorite Patron Catalog Circulation Textbook Miscellaneous Assets Schedule Caption Local Union _ Image Save Criteria Delete Criteria Ie Booking From _ 08 03 2012 Checked Out Overdue Lost Equipment Booking To _ 08 03 2012 ____Equipment Inventory Missing Items Time From 11 11 45 AM Equipment Kits Ti Equipment List ime To 11 45 AM Equipment Summary Blocks Weekly L Mo _ Tu LL We _ Th L Fr _ Sa L Su _ Pickup Only _ Delivery Only _ay oo Order By r n Description Jl Add to Favorites Preview JU Show Export Options Schedule Close Show Me 1 Booked Equipment Lists all equipment booked 2 Checked out Overdue Equipment Lists all equipment checked out including items overdue This report can be further limited by individual patron booking dates ma
82. new Y Online Databases Simple Search Show J Simple J Easy Le Both OPAC Default Search Simple _ Easy UU Kids My Account Page Show JN NANA NSN Patron V Notification Y SRP Fine V Reserve Loan History Fine History Peer To Peer Loan Self Computer Booking 4 ILL Y Communication Keyword Y Save MARC _ Hide Collection Type Allow Share Favorite List Auto Select Default Collection Type Register Silverlight Configuration Max Upload capacity Specify the maximum file size that that can be uploaded as an attachment Default Skin Set the default skin for Silverlight Homeroom Checkout Picture layout Set the number of rows and columns are to appear in the Homeroom check out Shrink Picture Shrink pictures that are too large in the homeroom checkout window or patron windows Page 204 of 291 Administration Module Maximum Records returned from a Query Set a maximum number records returned from Find Add item query Move Copies during checkout Turn on to be able to enable moving items from other libraries to the local library when checking out an item from another library Default Source Library Set the default source library Item Copy Patron Columns Customization Use this feature to set the columns on the Find Add Patron Find Add Item and copy windows Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Misce
83. of students by grade 7 Circulation Statistics by Classification A breakdown of circulation statistics by classification and call number includes monthly and yearly 8 Circulation Statistics by Collection Type A breakdown of circulation statistics by collection type 9 Circulation Statistics by Hour A breakdown of circulation statistics by hour 10 Circulation Statistics by Material Type A breakdown of circulation statistics by Material Type which include Check in and Checkout values as well as the Totals 11 Circulation Statistics by Patron Type A breakdown of circulation statistics by Patron Type which include Monthly and Yearly Circulation values as well as the Totals 12 Circulation Statistics by Vendor A breakdown of circulation statistics by Vendor which include Checkout and renewal values by Vendor 13 Circulation Statistics by Zip Code A breakdown of circulation statistics by Zip Code which include Checkout and renewal values by Zip Code 14 Circulation Statistics by Report Date A breakdown of circulation statistics by a Report Date range which include Checkout check in and Hold values by a Report date 15 Circulation Status Lists fines overdue items and reserves for individual patrons The report prints separate pages for each homeroom 16 Claimed Returns List of copies that have been claimed returned PuUNp Page 155 of 291 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
84. price is not set or is zero IV Declare an overdue book as lost if it s not returned after another 30 days Default Due Date pas Close _ Due Date Shouldn t be beyond the Card Expiry date Term due date 09 03 2012 A _ Due Date After Renew Today Renew Period Due Date Renew bo os 2012 el riod Show Me Circulation Traps m Disable Overdue Fine module V Display overdue message V Show Overdue Time _ Catalog During Checkout M Track loan history _ Disable Loan Trapping module _ Ignore warning when checking out from other library Fine Due Fine Rate x Overdue Time A Overdue Time Check In Time Due Time v Grace Period v Library Holidays When checking out a book that has not been checked in Homeroom check out sort by Automatically Check in First Name Give information and let user make choice Last Name V Reserve automatically expire after 30 days Override Password E Override Pswd Circulation Date is from today Plus lo days Confirm _ Allow check out textbook not in schedule om pa _ Delete Temp Item After Checkin Self checking time out 30 s Delete ILL Item After Checkin Book times per dax 5 V Change Library When Book Checkin From Mobile Times per month 30 Check receipt _ Print All v Play sound after checkin v Play sound after checkout Print today s checkouts _ Play sound after scan patron Page 181 of 291 Administration Module Reserve Se
85. selected temporary items will be deleted upon check in Delete ILL Item After Check in If this checkbox is selected ILL items will be deleted upon check in Change Library When Book Check in From Mobile If checked the library will be changed to the library that originally loaned the item Play sound after checkin Selecting this checkbox enables a sound to play upon successful check in of items times of book price Processing fee 5 00 J Replacement Cost Overdue fine should be included if a book is lost V Maxi Overdue or Damage Fine should be less than 2 times of book price Take amount 10 00 E as Book Price if that book price is not set or is zero x Declare an overdue book as lost if it s not returned after another 30 days Due Date _ Due Date Shouldn t be beyond the Card Expiry date Term due date 09 03 2012 Due Date After Renew Today Renew Period Due Date Renew Period E Circulation Traps Disable Overdue Fine module V Display overdue message V Show Overdue Time _ Catalog During Checkout Track loan history _ Disable Loan Trapping module _ Ignore warning when checking out from other library Default Close Show Me Fine Due Fine Rate x Overdue Time Overdue Time When checking out a book that has not been checked in J Automatically Check in Give information and let user make choice V Reserve automatically expire after 30 i days Circ
86. send out an email listing items checked out or overdue by the patron A dialog box will confirm if the email was successfully sent Set Due Date Checkbox Staff may change the default due date for any item being checked out To change the default due date from the Checkout screen check the Set Due Date To checkbox and select the new date Until the checkout window is closed or the checkbox is unchecked or new patron is scanned the checkout date will remain in effect instead of the due date based on circulation parameters for the current patron Page 27 of 291 Circulation Module Tip To change the due date for only the current patron ensure the Patron Only checkbox is checked To make the change for more than the current patron ensure the Patron Only checkbox is unchecked Internet Agreement Signed This checkbox will show on the checkout window and indicates if the if the patron has signed the internet agreement form This allows them to book computers Current Library Books Only Will apply the setting for due date only for library books scanned in Show Library Books Selecting this checkbox will show library books in checkout grid Show Textbooks Selecting this checkbox will show textbooks in the checkout grid Auto Focus Selecting the Auto Focus checkbox will force the cursor to remain in the barcode field for scanning Override Default Permission ILS is designed to enable staff to override restrictions If a patron cannot c
87. tab 3 Select the libraries you would like to search 4 Entera search term and click on search 5 Items found will appear in the window Projects Patrons can view projects that have been created by staff To view projects 1 Go to the OPAC URL Click on the Projects tab Select the library for which you would like to see projects Specify search criteria and click on Search In the results list click on the title of a project to see the project details Any attachments to the project are listed in the grid below Attached documents are keyword indexed for searching an PWN Page 271 of 291 Media Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Z39 50 Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Search By All z Match Any Match 7 In Insignia Library 4 All Libraries 5 Projects Found 1 Bill Gates A biography of the man who changed the life of millions of people around the world The richest man in the world spending his wealth to make a difference His charity is run like a corporation where every every dollar is accounted for Learn more about this man 2 Chocolate Exploring the origin and production of cocoa 3 Fairytales A project studying children s fairytales Exploring characters common themes and settings 4 History Grade 4 what a grade 4 should learn 5 Winter 2012 Grade 3 Please write a 200 page essay on how to care for a pet rabbit It is due on the la
88. the barcode to Generate Automatically or Set Barcode Individually Repeat step 4 5 for each item received Click Update Click Save 1O 00 NE gy V e w N Qty Ordered 12 Qty Received 0 Qty Being received Update Generate Automatically Save Set Barcode Individually Cancel Page 145 of 291 Acquisitions Module Make a Payment This feature records order payments To make a new payment 1 Click on Acquisitions gt Find Add Order Find the order with an outstanding bill Click Pay Bill Enter the check number Select the orders to be paid Click Save Ov OV WS e bill of Ven Check No Pay Date Mar 07 2012 Show Me Save Cancel Amount Selected 0 00 Budgets The budget feature manages the funds spent on the collection To add a budget 1 Click on Acquisitions gt Find Add Budget 2 Click New 3 Enter the Relevant data 4 Click Save sitions gt Find Budget Budget Budget Name Non Fiction Collection Save Total Amount 5 000 00 L_ Cancel Edit 0 00 El Delete AID E First Amount Accrued 0 00 El Previous Last Modified By E exi Notes Last Close Refresh PONumber Amount Paid Amount In Order Status Showme Page 146 of 291 Acquisitions Module To edit a budget 1 Click on Acquisitions gt Find Add Budget Find the budget to edit using search criteria Select the budget to edit Click Deta
89. the tag and click on Subfield 7 Select the subfield s and click Ok 8 Tags and subfields can be deleted by clicking on the row and clicking Delete Row 9 When the record is complete click on Save Tag Indi Ind2 Sub Value Save nam 22 3 4500 Cancel a 000 0 Edit al ilill Delete 120227s 4 4422444244000404eng d Previous Next Last Close Show Me New Tag Subfield Delete Row Preview Save As Template IV ShowTip Tip Selecting ShowTip checkbox will enable popup tips to appear when the cursor is on a tag or subfield Tip By clicking Save As Template MARC templates can be named and saved for future use Tip Web sites can also be linked to a title from Find Add item Search for a title and click on Web Links enter the URL and press enter Page 53 of 291 MARC Expert Interface MARC Expert Interface is recommended for users wanting full control of their records This interface requires the cataloger to have an in depth knowledge of MARC cataloging rules including all tags subfields and punctuation To catalog using MARC Expert interface NN Sew NE Click on Catalog gt Find Add Item gt MARC Expert Click on New Enter information into fields To add a new tag go to the value of any tag and press the Enter key twice To delete a tag select the tag row and click Delete Row To validate select the record and click vali
90. value to be changed to 4 6 4 To keep the old value as well then select Keep Old Value 4 6 5 To change the old value specify what it should change from and to what value and how it should be changed Change Left Change Right Append A The End or Insert In The Beginning 5 Click Commit 6 A dialog box will prompt the number of records to be changed and require confirmation of the changes Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Search By Search By Author Starts With Search By Subject ssssee Starts With Le And Or And Not e And Or And Not Authority Change Search Result _ Change All 20 Found Copy Tag Move Over Delete Old Tag Call No Title porrun Subjects Copies O Copy Subfield Override existing value Delete Tag V Delete Subfield _ Add Subfield Skip it if subfield Exists i Resa Subfield Value E Cat Hoare Ben Cats Juvenile literat 7 EMIL Cat and dog take a trip Miller Elizabeth Travel Fiction Enc 7 J 813 6 Cat and Fish Sub title Grant Joan 1931 Physcially handicapp 7 133 5 Cat and Rat the legend Young Ed Astrology Chinese 8 Commit E BRI The cat and the bird in th Bridwell Norman Cats Fiction Birds 12 Old Tag Old Subfield Old value CALLNO The cat ate my gymsuit Danziger Paula 19 School stories Te a Classification Old Value Ex
91. when importing bibliographic records Maximum Call No Letters Per Line g Display previous and next 10 ee browsing shelf list ef _ Automatically generate copy barcode ault Search By In Simple Title _ Default new Item as Non searchable Y Use AR RC And Lexile Issue waiting days before circ 0 Copy Column Library Location Library _ Location _ Both V Auto Claim Issue After 30 Days V Reclaim issue after 30 Days ILL item Default Price 0 00 V Default Quick Catalog Item as Complete Search Item by Barcode Format Spine Label Search By Title Y Patron Quick Barcode _ Print Call No on Spine Y Copy Quick Barcode Label only Default Marc Mapping Format NONE L Ignore Leading Zero Move Copy en Classification System _ Send Email After Move Default Currency Canada Dollars gt Dewey Otc Copies Catalog _ Copy Default Allow ILL Set connection time out seconds 2 greater than 10 less than 60 seconds P _ Collection Type Barcode Show Publication Date in search _ Prompt Barcode During Cataloging MARC Edit Type _ MARC Code _ MARC Expert Both Default MARC Edit Type MARC Code _ MARC Expert Barcode Default Type _ Start With End With _ Exact Match Page 194 of 291 Administration Module 3 Catalog Configuration Default Search Settings Default Search by Set a value here to be the default search criteria in simple search Copy C
92. window 8 Important fields to specify are Title ISBN Author price quantity the budget and the library ordered for 9 Click Save Page 144 of 291 Acquisitions Module ISBN 9780679805274 Z3950 Cataloging ISSN Edit Title Oh the places you ll go Find Author Seuss Edition Volume Quote Publisher Year Publ 1990 l Save Library ignia Li Close Budget V Use 23950 Search Result to Catalog Show Me Budget Amount 10 000 00 Budget Balance 10 000 00 Orden info Qty Ordered 12 Price gs 00 Shipping Fee 10 75 _ Currency Canada Dollars Order Qualifier Priority Normal priority Special Service Do not apply barcode labels r Invoicing Instruction Invoice bysfunde eee Transport Means 10 Repeat steps 6 through 9 until all items have been added to the order 11 Enter any comments for the vendor 12 Click Save 13 Click Preview to preview purchase request and print it out by clicking on the printer icon Receive an Order When a shipment arrives and is received the budget and catalog are automatically updated To receive a shipment follow these steps 1 Click on Acquisitions gt Find Add Order Find the purchase order for which user has received the shipment select it and click Detail Click Receive Select a line item In the Qty Being Added box enter the number of copies received Select
93. 0 No Year Given Out of Range Totals l Refresh Preview I Close Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 21 Analysis by Age The Analysis By Age tab provides an analysis of item age based on publication date as well as the average age by Dewey classification the number of items in the Dewey category aged items percentage of items aged and total items in the category Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Change Password Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 ss Y tistics Analysis By Dewey Collection By Decade Y Advanced ABC Sa Authority 030 039 General encyclopedic works 100 00 i 070 079 News media journalism publishing 100 00 120 129 Classification 130 139 Paranormal phenomena 3 i 100 00 9 150 159 Psychology 100 00 200 209 Religion 50 00 Epistemology causation humankind 230 239 Christian theology 31986 E 00 00 Y 270 279 Christian church history 100 00 290 299 Other amp comparative religions 100 00 320 329 Political science i a a 75 00 330 339 Economics 5 100 00 340 349 Law 60 00 350 359 Public administration j 2 100 00 a 300 309 Social sciences 10 00 370 379 Education 5 100 00 380 389 Commerce communications transpo 5 100 00
94. 001000136350 In 2 Week s Overhead Projector 3M Brand E0001000136335 In 2 Week s Overhead Projector M0001000000002 In 2 Week s Overhead Projector EIKI E0001000136756 In 2 Week s Overhead Projector E0001000136269 In 2 Week s Overhead Projector E0001000136301 Out 2 Week s Overhead Projector ELMO E0001000136830 Out 2 Week s al Overhead Projector 2004 01 E0001000136913 Out 2 Week s o Overhead Projector 2004 02 E0001000136855 Out 2 Week s E Overhead Projector 2004 03 E0001000136996 Out 2 Week s o Overhead Projector 79 4 E0001000136889 Lost 2 Week s ec 16 03 2012 Time 10 27 AM v Technician Required Pickup Deliver Comments Request The request section allows patrons to request items that the library current does not have To request items 1 Goto the OPAC URL Click on the Request tab Click the Request a book button Enter the item request information Click Save to submit that request Repeat steps 3 6 for each request needed Aun PWN Tip To view requests in the ILS click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt New Request Tuesdays With Morrie Publisher 16 03 2012 D Email In Process gt JAvailable Date 16 03 2012 Save Cancel Online Databases Online databases if setup are available in the federated interface To view online databases in the OPAC 1 Go to the OPAC URL 2 Click on the Online Databases tab Page 273 of 291 O A aE Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC Enter a s
95. 1 Patron Barcode Copy Barcode Due Date Textbook 5 Repeat above steps for all the books 6 Press Esc when done with the current patron 7 Now system is ready for the next patron Offline Check in There are times when your network or Internet connection may go down Use this feature to continue circulations while that is looked into To check in an items in offline circulation click on the icon on desktop 1 Click on Checkin Tab 2 Specify if the book is library book or textbook 3 Scan the book barcodes one after another Offline Circulation Off Line Check In Please scan or enter barcode ONLY _ Textbook Type Patron Barcode Copy Barcode Due Date Textbook Offline Adding Patrons When you are in Offline mode If you need you can still add patrons into the system Once you are back online those patrons will be added to your system To add patrons in offline mode click on the icon on desktop 1 Click on Create New Patron tab 2 Enter the first name last name and barcode 2 1 If no barcode is available leave it blank 2 2 Repeat steps for each patron needed gt Prompt when system is online Check Out Check In Inventory Off Line Create New Patron Please enter the first name and last name First Name Last Name Offline Barcode Page 260 of 291 Offline Circulation Offline Inventory When you are in Offline mode If you need you can still do your inventory But since the program
96. 12 2002 08 22 10 2007 06 10028 Button De amp tail De amp tail 19 12 2002 08 22 10 2007 06 10029 Button View detail infor View detail information 19 12 2002 08 22 10 2007 06 10030 Button amp Booking amp Booking 19 12 2002 08 18 12 2011 11 10031 Button To add a Bookin To add a Booking to this il 19 12 2002 08 18 12 2011 11 soma Bator BD oc 10033 Button Set to Default Vz Set to Default Value 19 12 2002 08 22 10 2007 06 10034 Button Add Add 19 12 2002 08 22 10 2007 06 10036 Button Back Back 19 12 2002 08 22 10 2007 06 Page 228 of 291 Administration Module Apply Current to All Found If all search results are to be changed to the same term change one caption and click Apply Current to all Found When the changes are made select the Locked box and press the Save button to save the changes To apply the changes to the library program click Administration gt Miscellaneous and select Get captions from database Restart the program to see the updated work replacements If the items are locked there is an Unlock button provided to make changes to the caption The instructions also apply to the categories Q Card and Item Type Online Databases Use this window to select online databases displaying on the OPAC To add online databases to the OPAC 1 Click on Administration gt System Setting gt Online databases Click Edit Select the databases to
97. 12 Book Club _ Homeroom Homeroom 1 ht Grade Pre Kindergarten _ Patron Group Student _ Class Teacher all gt _ Class _ Period BlockO a ees _ From List s Start At Row 1 E Column 1 El Copies 1 El Order By _ Print Every Second Line _ Custom _ Empty Next _ Show Export Options V Use system default margin Top 0 00 E inch Left 0 00 4 inch Font Size 8 00 4 Show V Group IV Grade V Homeroom Configure Preview Close Show Me Customize Patron Barcodes Custom barcodes can be printed Library staff can choose which field will appear on barcodes the order the fields are in and their size Check the custom box then click the custom button Page 112 of 291 Patrons Module Importing Patrons from a File Staff can import data from a student information system To learn more about how to import data from a file see Administration Or call the Insignia support team Homerooms Staff can create homerooms for their schools This is very helpful when printing out overdue notices and other report information To add a homeroom 8 NOW PWN PE Click on Patron gt Homeroom Click New Enter the name of the homeroom Select the teacher for the class using the browse button Click on Add Patrons to select patrons in that homeroom Add any relevant notes To clear a teacher s name without adding a new one click on the Clear Teacher button w
98. 27 of 291 Administration Module Customize Captions Captions Qcards and item type labels can be changed in the system Captions are the words and terms used in the program Qcards are boxes that appear when the cursor hovers over a field or button that displays a message or queues the user into the feature s application Item types are the bibliographic formats that appear when cataloging This feature allows captions to be customized to fulfill the needs of users An example of a caption change is changing the word catalog to catalogue To Customize Captions 1 Click on Administration gt System Settings gt Customize Caption 2 Choose Qcard caption or item type from the Category dropdown menu 3 Click Find Tip To narrow the search select the Search Category modify the Search Criteria fields to select the option linked to the Search Category Select the caption to be changed from the list Double click in the Caption field Type in the new phrase Click Save ao wis a Find Lock Caption Save Unlock e Close Show Me gt Apply current to all found ID Category English Caption Date Created Date Modified 10024 Button Sho amp w Me Sho amp w Me 19 12 2002 08 22 10 2007 06 10025 Button Show Me Show Me 19 12 2002 08 22 10 2007 06 10026 Button amp OK amp OK 19 12 2002 08 18 12 2011 11 10027 Button Save the change Save the changes and clo 19
99. 3 Name of Item Customized Field 3 Page 247 of 291 55 103 104 105 106 107 253 266 57 140 129 95 117 165 209 114 Custom Settings Item Customized Field 4 Name of Item Customized Field 4 Item Customized Field 5 Name of Item Customized Field 5 Item Customized Field 6 Name of Item Customized Field 6 Item Customized Field 7 Name of Item Customized Field 7 Item Customized Field 8 Name of Item Customized Field 8 Item Customized Field 9 Name of Item Customized Field 9 Series Tag Enter the series tag here if the standard series tag is not used Ignore 147 During Import This is for Insignia Technical Support Only Set to ignore tag 147 ItemPrice Set the value to 1 to enable price entry on the Basic Information window in the cataloging module Set the value to 0 to hide the price entry on the Basic Information window in the cataloging module New Book Status Period Set the value to gt 0 for a prompt to appear during check in notifying library staff that it is a new book Set the value to O to disable this prompt NLM Set the value to 1 to enable the NLM call number in the 060 field Set the value to O to hide the NLM call number field 060 Show Material Type In Title Set the value 1 to display the material type in the title Set the value to O to hide in the material type in the title Show Section Of A Work In Title Set the value to 1 to display tag 245NP informat
100. 36 8 0022 2 0001000002207 01 19 2012 12 25 01 13 2012 12 00 01 26 20 A Dictionary of biology 570 3 0001000001902 03 27 2008 10 05 06 11 2008 10 38 04 10 20 A dog s tale LEVEL 1 Reit Seymour 0001000001300 01 08 2011 01 06 05 13 2011 11 34 01 22 20 A picture book of Martin Luther 921 KIN ADL Adler David A 0001000000345 01 08 2011 01 07 01 08 2011 01 08 01 22 20 A picture book of Martin Luther 921 KIN ADL Adler David A L0001000000345 06 26 2011 10 44 07 13 2011 12 00 07 11 20 Fine Fine Paid Waived Payment Version 5 2 0 Database Version 5 2 0 ILL Tab The Interlibrary Loan tab displays the ILL s created for the patron The information provided includes both the lending library and any comments To checkout an interlibrary loan select it and click on the checkout button Claimed Returned Tab The Claimed Returned tab displays all the items the patron has claimed that they have returned to the library This tab will maintain an ongoing list of items marked as claimed returned by the patron It includes a current status column which will show if the item was found or still remains claimed returned Notifications Tab The Notification tab provides a running list of all Notifications sent to the current patrons It lists the type of notification and the comments contained in that notification SRP Tab The Summer Reading Program SRP tab shows the current summer reading program selected program gifts and reading
101. 4 5 39 7 Double click on any global type in the grid below 8 Specify all the parameters values and then click Save Page 170 of 291 Administration Module Grade Mapping during Patron Import Grade mapping assigns patron circulation types to certain grades for circulation purposes This feature is very powerful for K 12 libraries where data is imported from their student information system and the school has different loan period for different grades Once this features is enabled the system will automatically change the circulation type based on the grade the student is enrolled To Map Grades Go to Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types Click on Grade Mapping tab Click Edit From the dropdown lists choose the patron Circulation type to assign to each grade Click Save NT E E Com Insignia Library 1 E SS O ESO ANS a o vernos Search tion gt Library Setting gt Circula L e A E a bP Y A A RANA Grade Mapping During Patron Import Advanced Grade Circulation Type Edit J asc Pre Kindergarten Grade 1 2 e Authority Room Name Circulation Type Save Kindergarten Grade 1 2 Cancel Grade 1 Grade 1 2 Homeroom 2 Grade 1 2 Refresh Grade 2 Students Homeroom 3 Students Classification oo Homeroom 4 Students Grade 3 Students Close Homeroom 5 Students Grade 4 Students j Homeroom 6 Grade 10 12 Grade 5 Students Homeroom 7 Grade 10 12
102. 5 different type of messages including overdue fine and items on reserve messages available The settings for the Autodialer appear on the left hand side of the Message window To select the language to be used click Administration gt Library Setting and select the Miscellaneous tab To create an Autodialer notification message 1 Go to Administration gt System Setting gt Notification Click Edit Select a message type Specify the message content for each language for phone system and email server The language and the group whom the message is to be sent can be specified The attempts made to contact the patron and the thresholds for initiating contact can be set Click Save NGO UT e y a Message Et UIAU GEET e EE ES lessage Type Overdue jessage Title Overdue Message 1 essage f First Name l Last Name t threshold s Fines _ Enabled Between lo 1 01 2000 El To lo1 01 2050 pies b Library Name d Today s Date o Overdue List Phone Message mail Message You have s books overdue Send out every day at 4 47 PM a __ Student _ Assistant Pre Recorded Wave File 11 k 8 bit _ Computers Replace Text _ Before Text _ After Text C Group 6 _ Lan Party Retry is Priority Expired In 24 Hours ae _ Librarian Threshold 1 u Send Email Now Page 222 of 291 Administration Module The right hand side o
103. 7 PM All Admin 192 168 10 102 3 14 2012 10 31 01 AM 3 14 2012 10 31 01 AM All Admin 192 168 10 102 3 14 2012 10 31 01 AM 3 14 2012 1 14 16 PM 0001 Admin 192 168 10 102 3 14 2012 1 15 06 PM 3 14 2012 1 15 06 PM 0001 Admin All Admin All Admin 192 168 10 102 192 168 10 102 192 168 10 102 3 14 2012 1 15 07 PM 3 14 2012 1 18 29 PM 3 14 2012 1 18 29 PM 3 14 2012 1 25 37 PM 3 14 2012 1 18 29 PM 3 14 2012 1 27 03 PM 0001 Admin 192 168 10 102 3 14 2012 1 27 07 PM 3 14 2012 1 27 07 PM 0001 Admin 192 168 10 102 3 14 2012 1 27 08 PM 3 14 2012 2 04 08 PM Page 231 of 291 Administration Module Export Data Data related to items or patrons can be exported Data exported for items is in MARC format and data exported for patrons in ASCII format Export Items Exporting item information creates a copy to a file To export item information 1 Click on Administration gt Import Export gt Export Select the Items tab Select the desired parameters Choose a specific call number or date created range to limit what items are exported When clicked on Export system will prompt for file location Click Export AM PWN Select Export Copy Information if holdings info should be included in MARC file MARC Format s L Union _ Unicode _ UFT 8 Format ignia _ Subset Bears 10 Close Call No From To Mapping Packe
104. ARC and non MARC interfaces 2 The ability to import MARC records using integrated Z39 50 clients 3 The ability to import MARC record from the web or from a file ILS comes with the following cataloging interfaces 1 Non MARC Cataloging This interface provides labeled fields with the MARC tags hidden from the cataloger The ILS saves the record in MARC format This interface is useful to those cataloging with little knowledge of MARC fields 2 MARC Cataloging This interface provides a grid with MARC tags for cataloging The tags and subfields are selected from the dropdown list but punctuation rules must be input by the cataloger 3 MARC Expert Cataloging This interface provides the ability to catalog using a notepad like interface The cataloger must input tags subfields and punctuation rules 4 Quick Cataloging A very simple interface to catalog items quickly with minimal tags 5 Temporary Cataloging This interface enables quick cataloging of items that are automatically deleted upon check in 6 Interlibrary Loan ILL Cataloging This interface allows interlibrary loan items to be cataloged Non Marc Cataloging Interface This interface is best for those who do not know MARC cataloging rules ILS will apply MARC rules for the user To catalog items manually using the Non MARC Interface 1 Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Catalog Module 2 To catalog a New item select the New button 2 1 To m
105. Accessed 0 00 E Books Checked In Barcode Call No Library Name Tip In addition to the popup prompts ILS shows items being checked in are displayed in different colors Red item is overdue Green item is on reserve Purple item is an Item from another library Blue item is a Temporary or Interlibrary loan item Force Check In date In ILS the check in date can be altered This feature is useful in the event of an interruption in library service and fines are being calculated It is important that patrons are not fined for overdue textbook if the user is not able to check in items on time To change the Check In date 1 Select the Force Check In Date to checkbox 2 Specify the appropriate date desired 3 Scan the barcode for the textbook to be checked in 4 Until this form is closed or the check box is deselected all textbooks will be checked in as if they were returned on the date specified Page 124 of 291 Textbook Module Check In Damaged Books Fines may be assigned to patrons who return textbooks that are damaged Additionally damaged textbooks may be tracked To check in damaged textbooks 1 Select Check In Damaged Books checkbox 2 Scan in the textbook barcode 3 Specify the condition fine location and comments 4 Click Check In Textbook Barcodes Staff can print textbook barcodes in a variety of layouts 1 Click on Textbook gt Textbook Barcodes 2 Find the item to print barcodes for by
106. Cat and Fish Sub title 080502977 Cat and Rat the legend of the 043915433 The cat and the bird in the hat 044001612 The cat ate my gymsuit a nove Danziger Paula 1 155037508 A cat in a kayak Coffey Maria 19 039481009 The cat in the hat beginner book Seuss Dr pseud Miller Elizabeth Grant Joan 1931 Young Ed Bridwell Norman subject Travel Ficti Physcially hz Astrology C Cats Fictior School stor Cats Fictior English lang Copies Select an item which will be kept Show Me Preview Merge Control Call No lero cl ca 3159 EMIL 16606 J813 6 16555 133 5 16432 EBRI 16578 CALLNO 3345 E COF 053104127 Cat and dog take a trip 006444126 Cat and Fish Sub title 080502977 Cat and Rat the legend of the Cl Young Ed 043915433 The cat and the bird in the hat 044001612 The cat ate my gymsuit a novel 155037508 A cat in a kayak Title Author Miller Elizabeth Cc Grant Joan 1931 Bridwell Norman Danziger Paula 19 Coffey Maria 1952 Subject School storie Cats Fiction Travel Fictio 8 Physcially han Astrology Chi Cats Fiction 5 2 2 Database Version 5 2 1 Page 89 of 291 Catalog Module Move Copies The move copies feature enables copies to be moved between libraries in a consortium To move copies Search Aian New Barcode Y Change Prefix ae ABc ea Authority rar _Show me
107. Due Date Date In Homeroom Claim Return BRO Da Vinci Code 123456789 Joel Macdouga 10 27 2006 10 27 2006 Homeroom ILL Loan 7100010000005 Alicia Wick 02 23 2007 03 09 2007 Homeroom Claimed Returr temporary record 7100010000015 test demo 06 11 2008 06 18 2008 testing temporary teims 100010000018 11 06 2008 11 13 2008 Claimed Returr Version 5 2 0 Database Version 5 2 0 Page 44 of 291 Circulation Module SRP Gift The Summer Reading Program Gift feature provides a view of all summer reading programs and associated patron read counts This window can be used to assign gifts to the patrons that meet the program s requirements To access SRP Gift 1 Click on Circulation gt SRP Gift 2 Select a patron 3 To confirm a book read select the title and click the Confirm button 4 To assign the patron a gift click on the Assign button Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Buffett Elementa a Gift Left 9 10 Patrons Assigned Gift Read Count E ik Name Alicia Wick Simple i 1 C SRP Title 2 Jame Hackabee 04 22 2011 Mom SRP Title 3 Joan Callings 04 26 2011 Dad Remove i i C SRP Title 4 George Williams 04 28 2011 Dad Save _ SRP Title 5 Danna White 04 28 2011 Dad Cancel Assign UnAssign Close Version 5 2 0 Database Version 5 2
108. F Agent Set to enable SIF agent Agent Name Enter Agent name Agent Description Enter Agent Description Agent Port Enter Agent Port number ZIS Address Enter ZIS Address ZIS Port Enter ZIS Port address Student Personal Information Page 196 of 291 Administration Module Choose what information gets passed back and forth between your SIS and ILS systems School Course Information Choose what information gets passed back and forth between your SIS and ILS systems Staff Personal Information Choose what information gets passed back and forth between your SIS and ILS systems Library Patron Status Choose what information gets passed back and forth between your SIS and ILS systems Student Picture Choose what information gets passed back and forth between your SIS and ILS systems Student Contact Information Choose what information gets passed back and forth between your SIS and ILS systems Section Information Choose what information gets passed back and forth between your SIS and ILS systems Student Section Enrollment Choose what information gets passed back and forth between your SIS and ILS systems Circulation Circulation II Catalog 42 Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPAC II Silverlight EDI Setting EDI Identification Identification agency EDI Message outbound directory Email profile EDI Message inbound directory E Mail Server 207 34 61 146 Cance Close SMTP User SMTP
109. Fiction 2sears Preview New Tag am p New Indicators Show me Version 5 2 2 Database Version 5 2 1 Page 92 of 291 Catalog Module Material Type Global Change To make global changes for material type 1 Click on menu Catalog gt Global Change gt Material Type Global Change 2 Specify where the material type global changes are to be made The changes can be limited by the following criteria 2 1 Call Number Range 2 2 Material Type 2 3 Circulation Type 2 4 Subset 3 Select the Material Type Changed To from the dropdown list 4 Click Apply 5 A dialog box will appear on screen when the process has been completed Tip The Recreate Item after Change feature is not to be selected This will only ever need to be checked if instructed from Insignia Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Material Type Circ Type Subset Change Material Type To Book rary System _ Recreate item after change _ Recreate All Ignore Criteria 2012 Insignia Software Apply Show Me Close Version 5 2 2 Database Version 5 2 1 Page 93 of 291 Catalog Module Audience Global Change The Audience Global Change process allows changes to the Audience Level This is helpful if there are duplications or wrong Audience Levels To use the Aud
110. How to send an Adhoc Message Click Administration gt System Setting gt Notifications Select the Adhoc Message tab Click Edit Enter the message to be sent in the appropriate language field Click Find Import or Select a group to Add to the grid to be contacted Once this list is completed click Save The contacts will now be contacted via phone with the message entered NOW P WNP Page 223 of 291 MEETS Adhoc Mess Phone Message _ Select Unselect All Administration Module English French Spanish nome Phone Number O O O lt lt Add Phone _ Student _ Assistant _ Computers _ Group 6 _ Lan Party _ Librarian _ Public _ School _ Staff Technician Test group TestGroup This phone tab enables phone lines to be set up with specific settings The Autodialer calls can be limited to a specific time of day Start Time and End Time The phone line may be limited to outgoing calls The pitch volume and rate of the messages may be selected and finally if long distance calls are enabled 08 00 22 00 Add Delete Cancel Save Page 224 of 291 Administration Module SMS The SMS tab of the Notifications window lists the enabled carriers and gateways used for sending patrons SMS messages Additionally the carriers can be tested here n gt System Setting Message Adhoc Mess
111. Insignia Library System User Manual Version 5 3 Insignia Insignia Software Corporation Copyrights 1999 2012 Table of Contents A A oasen esss assina sonsu nE eiaa e Casi 11 GETTING STARTED isiscicsssccseccssscccecsdcecsccovsstesssasscsccuosesesssdescsce 12 STARTING INSIGNIA LIBRARY SYSTEM c sssssssscccececsessssseneececussessacansececesseusaaeaeseceeeeseaseaeseseceseeseaucanseeecetseseaaes 12 TO START INSIGNIA LIBRARY SYSTEM scssssccececsssesessesececccessesesaeaecesecessesaaeaeeeescuseeseaaeseceescussesaaaeseeeescessesenaeess 12 ACRONYMS e yeeros eee es ese 12 A 12 NAVIGATION BAR QUICK TOOLBAR amp MENU s ssessssccececesseseaeseceeecesseaaesececscesseeaaeseceescesseseaaeaeeeessussnsaaaeeas 13 QUICK TOOLBAR CUSTOMIZATION sccccccecessesesaecececscesseasaececececeeseeaeaeeececeseeseuaeeeseeeceseesaaaeeeeeesseeseauaeeeeeesseeeags 13 NEWIEDIT MODE ca ibas 14 READ ODE a o a 14 SEARCH MODE ddr alas E soe 14 EA o tease 14 SHOW ME VIDEOS 3 occ baratas ainda LEA EA Eat 15 EA a a o a eee 15 ONLINE MEETING imei ee stcestets a a Ee E E EEE EEA EERE ERES 15 RR E 15 RELEASE NOTES oi ia ria iio 15 SPELL E 15 PRI IN a el a do edo 15 SEARCH MODULE bis ccsisssccsdsccsscetscsadevcacssscesns ascdcnssesccauescactsace 16 SEARCH ENGINES AVAILABLE oa aid 16 FEATURES cocoa iia 16 COPY LIST sonense nenea eei a aeee e dundeaeeaatedsduddiidvnacnuedeudweded 16 F vorites siii Aaa Eiai 16 A RN 17 ROS ee 17 PE iaa 17 SIMPLES SEARCH
112. Libraries Insignia Library 1 a Collection Type Adult a gt Insignia Library 2 3 Fiction ES Insignia Library 4 y D General g All Libraries v Kids Ei m a D o 2 OPAC Simple Search To use the Simple search from OPAC 1 Goto the OPAC URL 2 Select the Search tab 2 1 The simple search should be selected by default 3 Enter the search criteria and terms 4 Press Enter 4 1 The default search is by keyword 4 2 To search by some other criteria such as title author call no series title or subject make the appropriate selection 4 3 To search only a specific type of collection or location make the appropriate selection 5 When searching by author name enter last name and then first name 6 To search by Reading Program select the Reading Program specify the parameters the search criteria and then click on one of the search button Tip To find titles by using either first name then last name of an author or just the author s first name then search by Any Match instead of Starts With Tip If a word is misspelled the system will do spell check and phonetic search 7 To refine search results click on one of the headings on the left the system lists related subjects authors who have written similar titles series publication dates and Reading Programs on the left Tip Once you have clicked on a Refine option simply click the X beside that box to clear that refined search option 8 To invoke a previ
113. Library 1 Force Check In date In ILS the check in date can be changed to a past date This feature is useful in the event of an interruption in library service and library books are unable to be returned resulting in fines This is also useful in discharging a book drop To change the Check In date 1 Select the Force Check In Date to checkbox 2 Type in the date in the date field or click on the calendar icon to select a date from the calendar 3 Scan the barcode or click on the button to search for the item 4 Until this window is closed or the check box is deselected all items will be checked in as if they were returned on the date specified Page 33 of 291 Circulation Module Check In Damaged Books ILS allows for fines to be assigned to patrons who return items damaged To check in damaged items 1 Select Check In Damaged Books checkbox 2 Scan in the barcode or click on the button to search for the item 3 Specify the condition fine location and comments 4 Click on Check In Reserve The reserve feature enables users to put holds on items that are currently unavailable The ILS has the ability to send an email to the patron when an item is reserved and another email to be sent when the item is available To reserve an item for a patron 1 Click on Circulation gt Check Out gt Reserve Scan in the patron barcode or enter the patron s name Press the Enter key S
114. NEEE OE OEE You will need to remove items and copies from your system from time to time To safely delete items and copies please do the following To delete an Item Record Go to Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Locate the item record using the search tools Once the item appears in the grid select the item and click on the delete button It will then tell you how many copies are under that record and request a confirmation to delete A IEA Tip If you do not want to delete all the copies click cancel and refer To delete a Copy Record 5 Clicking ok to confirm delete will remove the item and all attached copies Page 58 of 291 Catalog Module To delete a Copy Record Go to Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Look up the item you would like to delete Click on the item when it appears in the first grid Select this item record In the second grid where the barcode is listed double click on the copy to delete Simply double click on this barcode and you will be taken to the copy information tab and that copy barcode should be listed Then click the delete button to the right to remove that copy 8 Confirm the delete NU Fe NS WN EE AA A Subset can be used to group together different items that need to be processed together For example subsets can be useful in generating reports or making global changes To create a subset Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item
115. OPAC Easy Search The easy search engine incorporates a Cloud searching ability When a search is completed the Word Cloud appears on the left hand side This feature generates words related to the search topic to assist in building the search The related words are generated from a Thesaurus Spell Check Authority Records and can be customized in Catalog gt Cloud Search To Easy 1 2 3 4 Search Go to the OPAC URL Click on the Easy tab Enter a search term and click on search To do a search on the related terms from the cloud search click on the term in the cloud 4 1 Each click will do another search on that clicked word Page 268 of 291 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC Enalish GEOG AM Hel iste Welcome To Buffett Elementary English E eee se What s New Search Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Buffett Elementary X Find dinasor Search History v Cloud Search Results 0 OF O M Custom M Thesaurus E See Also E Spelling Check 1999 2012 Insignia Software Web Portal 7 Database Version 5 2 0 steaesaeeeDs gt lish miom m Sm l i Welcome To Buffett Elementary Engish A diia SO What s New Search Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Find dinosaur Buffett Elementary X Search Search History v 1 Brachiosaurus Tyranni r The big dino
116. Patron Circulation Statistics Patron Expiry and Renewal Report Patron Groups Patron List Patron Mailing Labels Patron Outstanding Items Fine Patron Statistics By Date Catalog Patron Transactions Status Patrons with books checked out and no deposit Patron Report Description Add to Favorites Preview _ Show Export Options Schedule Close ShowMe Assets Administratior Acquisitions o 10 11 12 13 14 15 Version 5 1 3 Database Version 5 1 3 Active Patron Statistics List of Circulation statistics for all active patrons Birthdays Lists patrons and their birthdays Select a date range homeroom or subset to filter Circulation Types Lists patron circulation types and their circulation restrictions as setup in Administration gt Circulation Types gt Patron Circulation Types Fine History Lists fine details for patrons Select a single patron homeroom patron group status or subset Filter results further by defining activity date range and including lost items with overdue amounts Homeroom List Lists homerooms with teachers Active Patron Statistics Lists all active patrons within the library and the total of each Items checked out single patron Lists title call number checkout date due date barcode number and status of items checked out to a single patron User may also choose to print overdue amounts only List of Expired
117. Status In Process Edit Previous Anticipated Date y 09 05 2010 coe 3 er bed ag 05 11 00 PM Available Date ated By icia Wi 4 16 11 2010 Last Modified Nov 16 2010 04 03 00 AM a 28 02 2012 Last Modified By Alicia Wick save Cancel Close Reply Reply Date Why Order Internal Comments Page 72 of 291 Catalog Module Shelf List The Shelf List feature allows staff to create shelf lists according to a library within a district and have the option to limit by call number and location To create a shelf list Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Shelf List Enter the call number in the From and To fields The value in Show close by determines how many records will be returned Alternatively a call number range can be entered without a Show close by value Choose the library and the location from the dropdown menus Click on the Find button to display the shelf list To view a record select it and click Detail Select the Preview button to display the list print export and email the list E Oe Cen Find E js 10 o Call No From ff To Show close by Detail Library 0001 gt Insignia Library 1 Location Main V List Each Book Preview Shelf List Results Close Call No Author Title Barcode Location Show Me gt 761 2KIS Kistler Mark Daretodrawin3 D with Ma LODOJODOOOI232 Main 741 2 TAL Tallarico Tony The giant
118. T scdhcvscei dics de ON 38 TEACHER CHECKOUT Tia did did iia 39 PATRON TRAFFIC amp INQUIRY amp 2 sics cs eeatscessadecsssesahecacasateediavanaeecsstuecedstaneedaas ince daavslisevssinesdaasahesdeasidesdaasancbeeatioads 40 PAE TIGL PIC reso 2 a ae ea Ee A oa 40 POEON IN QUIT AE ER E T sthadeisbeiaadastaheddacsdisneds sdhateissoiaacssteneddasadaenite iii 40 AMET A A A avi as heeds os hee daa tases 41 UTA A T EEE EET AEE EA AE EEA AEE ET AEE ETE 42 BOOKING E EA EP E E EE As eS 42 NA AT EE E A EE A 43 18401012180 ATA BI EE E E E a 44 SRP GET esra NN 45 COMPUTER BOOKING a iori he a eana eA RASA SAR decode ssdhevenesdccssdetshavenssdecedastinedentssdedeesshssesentssiacsdeshabedacehlense 45 CATALOG MODULE weiviceessciccisseieccesstssccenseteccevssctecessetedsessesnce 47 CATALOGING mo Treta A dt 47 Non Marc Cataloging Interface ccccsesssscccccceeesnsnscecccesessenenaeaesecsssseessnsesesecssessesaaaesesscssenseaauaesessenees 47 TO catalog items lit e e ia a a a a ee Ae at iaa Bea 47 Attaching Media Files ic a sted cee do e a Ea ARI AS a a 9 SHURE aaeeei eeo SEEE aaeoa AES 52 Catalog using MARC Interface ssssssscccceseseessnsssececesesnessaseceseceseeeaaaaesesscssnenesasaesecsseesesuaasasssesseseeaaes 53 MARE Expert NCCI ACO EE E E aaa 54 ADDING COPY INFORMATION amp COPY INFORMATION WINDOW FEATURES ocooooccccoconoconononnnonononononononaconcnnnnnnnnnnnnnos 55 Ad AAA A O ROS 56 Relmk Barcode BUTO essesi A ogsanecesTeakesecsdubacddab
119. To view detailed information about a specific item select the item and click Detail Tip On the Detail screen the Non Searchable box is available Select the checkbox to prevent searching for this item in the OPAC Media tab so patrons cannot book this item Tip The Interlibrary Loan box is available in the Detail screen Select the checkbox to allow interlibrary loans in the district To delete a piece of equipment follow these steps 1 Click on Assets gt Find Add Equipment 2 Enter search criteria and click Find The ALL option from the initial dropdown menu will display all equipment 3 Select the equipment to delete 4 Click Detail 5 Click Delete 6 Confirm deletion Managing Kits Kits are pieces of Equipment grouped together under one barcode Instead of checking out five separate pieces of equipment only one barcode needs to be checked out To search fora kit 1 2 3 Click on Assets gt Find Add Kits Enter search criteria and click on Find To see detailed information for a kit select the record and click Detail VCR Kit One K0001000000001 In Page 135 of 291 To add a New Kit follow these steps Click on Assets gt Find Add Kits Click New Enter kit information including the title barcode and comments notes Select the Circulation Type To add components to add to the kit click on the Find Equipment button Click on the checkbox beside the equipment to select it After all equ
120. Y Email patron when reserve items become available _ Email Librarian when a reserve is made Page 189 of 291 Administration Module Miscellaneous Configuration This tab includes miscellaneous settings within the system Multimedia Path Specify the multimedia path used to save attachments such as images in cataloging Use NT Security If this checkbox is selected the login will be transparent To implement this change the patron ID for the staff must be the same as the network login ID Using this option will allow the system to use the same login as the network so only a single sign on is required Use LDAP Security If this checkbox is selected the ILS login will be transparent To implement this the ID for the staff has to be same as the network login ID Once a user is logged into network they will not have to logon in with a password to the library system so only a single sign on is required Note NT Security and LDAP Security does the same function Use of either NT or LDAP Security will depend on your network security settings Contact IT for more details Get Captions From Database Check the checkbox to tell the system to update the captions with the changes made from Administration gt Customize Captions The program must be restarted to update the database Default Barcode Specify the default barcode scheme for items patrons and textbooks The prefix starting point and length of barcodes can be s
121. a list of patrons in the library who would like to use a computer when all stations are in use Patrons are listed in the order that they arrive The next available station is automatically assigned to the next patron on the list To create a Computer booking Waiting List 1 Click Assets gt Computer 2 Select the Waiting List tab Page 141 of 291 3 To add a patron click Find Patron 4 Select the patron 5 Click Apply To view the Internet Usage Agreement 1 Click Assets gt Computer 2 Select the Agreement tab 3 To edit click edit make changes and click Save Printer and Print Jobs The computer booking feature also provides print management Printers can be added to the ILS system and printing fees calculated on patrons accounts To add a printer 1 Click Assets gt Computer Select the Printer tab Click Add Enter the printer information Click Save LEN To view print jobs 1 Click Assets gt Computer Select the Print Jobs tab Enter the dates of the print jobs Optionally select the computer Click Search ON ah NS Page 142 of 291 Acquisitions Module Acquisitions Module Insignia Library System ILS comes with a fully integrated Acquisitions Module This module provides the ability to manage budgets and track purchases The Acquisition features manage Orders Budgets Vendors Quotes through EDI PINE Acquisitions Module Manage Orders Insignia provides full control over
122. a new password Click Change Click Save BOY U Bow N e Tip Reset amp Send will send a random password to the patron s e mail account Page 111 of 291 Patrons Module Patron Barcodes Patron barcodes can be printed from the ILS To print a patron barcode Click Patron gt Barcode Select the limiting criteria to specify the barcodes to be printed The starting row starting column and the number of copies can be selected Click Configure for barcode symbology configuration once set you don t need to adjust it again Select the order the barcodes are to print by using the Order By dropdown menu Click Preview Click on the printer icon to bring up the printer dialog box Select the printer you want to print from Please ensure to set the following two settings accordingly 9 1 Page Scaling needs to be set to NONE 9 2 Auto Rotate and Center needs to be UNCHECKED PN e 100 an Tip To adjust the margins use the Top and Left adjustments and uncheck the system default margin Tip Checking the Show Export Options checkbox provides the ability to save or email barcodes in the print preview window Tip To include the Group Grade or Homeroom on the barcode labels check the relevant checkboxes Patron gt Print Patron Barcode Criteria _ Create Date From 02 03 2012 m To 02 03 2012 m _ Barcode From To lt a _ Zip code From A To Po _ Subset 20
123. a ra Aa eaa a e naea A NS onset edt oi 279 COMIMUNICA LION EEEE E A A E E A A AAT 280 NOLIFICQEION iooi ae a a a bed cat i s a aa a Ned sae dat eas 281 EAST 10 91410 EEE EEE E A 282 REGISTER EO ENEE IEE E A E EE NA I E E O as 283 A A A ON AE E EAE ENEN EA EE EEA A E 283 Page 9 of 291 INSIGNIA SOFTWARE TECHNICAL SUPPORT Page 10 of 291 Welcome Welcome Welcome to Insignia Software Corporation Thank you for choosing Insignia Library System for your library At Insignia Software we strive to exceed the expectations of our customers We are responsive to our customers needs and endeavor to continue to provide solutions in an ever changing library environment Customer satisfaction is what we aim for at Insignia We shall continue to provide integrated and cost effective solutions to our customers through innovation Your complete satisfaction is important to us and we value comments and feedback By going to our web site you can provide feedback by logging in with your ID and password at http www insigniasoftware com You can also email comments or feedback to management at wecare insigniasoftware com If you would like to suggest improvements to the system please email insigniasupport insigniasoftware com with the subject heading Enhancement Thank you again for choosing Insignia Library System Getting Started Getting Started Starting Insignia Library System To start Insignia Library System 1 Open an internet brows
124. a reserved item is checked in Item Circ Type School Based Set the value to 1 to enable the circ type to be school based 268 269 223 116 197 219 Remove Check Sum After Remove Prefix For Insignia Technical Team Only Remove Patron Check Sum After Remove Prefix For Insignia Technical Team Only Security Marker Used by Insignia for integration with 3M Select Textbook In Circulation Form Set the value to 1 to make the textbook checkbox selected by default Set the Show Available Reserve For Current Library Only Set the value to 1 to only show current s library s available reserve Set the value to O to show all library s in the district available reserve copies in the reserve list User Defined Reserve Notification Set the value to 1 to use the system messages to prompt reserves Set the value to O to not use system 257 messages for reserves Print Customer Name On Receipt Set the value 1 to enable patron s name to be printed on the receipt Set to O to not print patron s name on receipt Computer Booking 265 189 282 68 Allow Walkin Use Computer Set the value to 1 to enable patrons to use an available computer without booking Computer Booking Default Password Option If set to O the random password is used by default and if the value is set to 1 the patron can user their password and ID Computer Booking Period Set the value to O to set 1 hour computer booking blocks or O for half hour compu
125. aan EE dai htt 219 System Defined Global CHANGES ssssccccccesesessssccecccesesnesscesecscsseeneaasaesecssssnenesasaeseesseseeaassssscssesenaaea 219 User Defined Global CHANGeS sssssscsecccesessesssscsessceseesesasaeseeseeseeneasaesecssesseuaaeasssesseseeaaaasasssesseseeaaas 220 MARC Item type changes ssessssccccecesesssnsscececeseenenassesscesesnesasaesesscsseesesasaesecssuseasasssesecssessesasaesesscnees 221 MARC CLEANUP pasro a aA A O a IRA ea ALN a a ai 221 NOTIFICA TION erer aian id SARSA EOI ORAA 222 UE A ON 222 ANO MESSAGES a sas E 223 PRONG AA E OOO 224 1 e AN EEEE EEE EE RS NON NO 225 LOG EREE O E ee ee eee eS 225 PARAMETERS athvesscsccverssat coca accede dtaatee cvs odon apacteeusaduceeevs de cecevaaceets seanhsecenacactensdusservaauectasbanteecsaiee 226 TO ASSIGN pictures to material types ccceceseessccccceceensnesascecececssnenenassesecscsenensaaesscecssessenuaaesesscsseseeaaas 227 CUSTOMIZE CAPTIONS areira nisaran a data dis 228 ONLINE DATABASES seciissscccsceansccletesacdscessnecddvanscdvcsanhccdevuna cducesbaccduvansdducasnaceceuuahccucsvancddchvabdecesvanceccvancascv bance 229 A NN 230 INVALID SUGGESTIONS irei nairean noo RES di noni dra il E la ll E ld ATENE REA 230 LOGIN HISTORY ccvesicccevsssctcceseacaderdobedecevvackcevesbekecesescudevvobcdecvbvscuceveossdecebeucacedd obedecvenscudev ebtaccesencedevvenddecieaace 231 EXPORT DATA wvsecessscscdvsesdccusesadedvancds cavoucudeveossdecuvounacevvascdscubossudcveobsdcc
126. act Match 423 SEU The cat in the hat beginnt Seuss Dr pseud English language D Match _ Start With 3 4 595 78 RO Caterpillarology Ross Michael Elsoh Caterpillars as pets 1 Mode End With E MacB The caterpillow fight McBratney Sam Caterpillars Fiction 3 Not End With 4 2 636 8 ALD Cats Alderton David Cats Identification New Value Option 398 8 CAT Cats by Mother Goose Mother Goose Nursery rhymes Chi AAA EDO DAL td nn did Calden els _ Use SQL New Value Keep Old Value Change Old Value Please Do Not Enter Unnecessary Space In the Value Box Three Step 2 Database Version 5 2 Page 96 of 291 Catalog Module Keywords Tag Definition Keywords Tag Definition enables which tags and subfields are indexed in keyword searches This setting is system based Adding a Tag to the Keyword Search 1 An PWN Search Click on Catalog gt Setting gt Keywords Tag Definition Select the tag to add from the Tag dropdown list Select the subfield to add from the Subfield dropdown list Click on Add Repeat above for as many tags as require changes Click Populate for to rebuild the keyword index Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password SEE re eee rere en ere CL eee D Advanced Subfield Type Remove ABC gt Ue Authority Classification Kiosk Y S
127. age Phone SMS Log a Alltel Wireless presently merging with Verizon Wireless text wireless alltel com AT amp T Wireless txt att net AT amp T grandfathered customers originally AT amp T then Cingular now AT amp T Wireless mmode com AT amp T Mobility formerly Cingular txt att net ATS erprise Paging Spage al Bell Mobility amp Solo Mobile txt bell ca Boost Mobile myboostmobile com Dpi tt net Cellular One Dobson mobile celloneusa com Cingular Postpaid cingular com Cincinnati Bell gocbw com Cingular GoPhone prepaid cingulartext com o l d fido ca Koodo Mobile msg ISISISISISISISINISISISIK msg telus com MTS Mobility i text mtsmobility com PA zsend com_ Pocket Wireless sms pocket com RRA PC Telecom mobiletxt ca SIS Qwest Wireless qwestmp com i Test Edit Log This tab of the notification window tracks Autodialer calls These records can be searched by date modified and phone number n gt System Setting gt Message Adhoc Message Phone SMS Log Search By Date Modified 15 03 2012 m Find Preview Status Message Name gt Page 225 of 291 Administration Module Parameters Default parameters are used to set the default values which will automatically be displayed when adding a new record The parameters are the options available in most of the systems drop down menus Example If New York
128. an item needs to be returned prior to the due date These recall values are set in Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types gt Item Circulation Type set up of the program Nj To recall an item 1 Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Barcode AS 2 Search and select the title Patron bill banks 3 Select the copy record to be recalled 4 Click on the Recall button Due Date LJ 12 18 2009 5 Select the Due Date and Recall Dates pomi L 2 08 2010 E 6 Select Email notification to send an email to the mM 22 patron borrowing the item 7 Click Ok OK Cancel Recommend This feature enables items to appear in the OPAC under the Recommended tab To add an item to the Recommended list Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Search for the item to add to the Recommended List Click on the record of the recommended item in the grid Click on the Recommend button and confirm the selection A aie Page 61 of 291 Catalog Module Tip To remove items from the Recommended list use the Recommended window located under Catalog gt Cataloging gt Recommended Archived Items This feature is enabled in Administration gt System Setting gt Custom Setting then set the value for Archive Item 1 The user must be logged in as the admin to view or modify this setting The Item Archive feature enables users to archive items when deleting instead of d
129. anced Search Authority Search Classification Search Kiosk Search Simple Search 239 50 Search AS Regardless of the search engine used the results are displayed in a consistent and user friendly manner Features Insignia s search engines provide the features listed below 1 Copy List 2 Favorites List 3 Union Local 4 Reserve 5 Print Copy List The Copy List is shown on the lower grid in the search results window It provides copy information such as the item s call number location status and barcode If the item is on loan the copy list provides the borrower s name and the item due date Favorites List The Favorites List is used to save a list of selected titles as a collection Titles in the list can be printed or emailed A favorites list can be created from the results of any of the Simple Advanced Classification and Kiosk searches To Create a Favorites List Click Search gt Simple Search from the menu Enter a search term into the search field and press the Enter key Select a preferred title from the result grid by clicking on it Click on the Add to Favorite button on the bottom left Select an existing Favorites list or select New to create a list To view titles in a Favorites list click on the Show Favorites button on the bottom left of the window and select the Favorites List name from the drop down list 7 To delete an item from a Favorites list select the title from the list and click on the C
130. arameter values 10 Click Save 11 Repeat step 7 9 for item types in the grid below MAP ON A OND AUNAR Patron Circ Type HA TRAMO E a meee leas Name Seniors m Global Group No Global Type New Edit Grid Loan Limits Reserve Limits 20 Patron Fine Limit 200 200 00 E Edit Refresh Item Fine Limit aay 200 00 h Overdue Limits 10 Damage Limits 25000 Save Preview Lost Limits 10 Default Suppress Overdue Notice No renew if over limit Cance Close Close Charge Reserve 0 00 Per Reserve Editing History Delete Show Me Notes Created Mar 09 2012 10 12 00 AM Created By Admin 0001 Last Modified Last Modified By Item Group Loan Limit Max Renew Loan Period Grace Period Renew Period Hold Period Fine Rate Recall Period a OS O ODayS 0 00 Day ODay s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s 0 Day s O Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s CaACU CaAEC CaAEU CaARDC CaBVA CaBVAS CaBVAU CaMAOW CaMBBR cijoloiscicoioico co o ooo 9D DOD 9 oD 010 ooo 0 DO 09 oO 010 ojojojojojojojojo To Delete a Patron Circulation Type follow these steps Click on Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types Cli
131. ary for Circulation and Cataloging Search Circulation Authority Classification Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window a Md o E Current Library ID 0001 Current Library Name Buffett Elementary Change To Library ID 0001 Library Name Buffett Elementary Save Close Show Me Library ID Library Name Middleton Junior St Paul High ry System 12 Insignia Software Buffett Eleme a wa Welcome Admin OC Logout Password Version 5 2 2 Database Version 5 2 1 Page 86 of 291 Change Circulation Type This feature allows the Circulation Type and Location of items to be changed To change the circulation type or location of items Click on Catalog gt Change gt Circ Type Input a barcode or select a subset Select either Circulation Type or Location Select the change to be made Click Apply to save changes A lS Catalog Module Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Advanced Authority Classification Page 87 of 291 Chang Catalog Module e Status The status of items can be changed by barcode subset or Copy Status from this window Item location can also be changed in this window To change the status of an item 1 gt OL NN Click on Catalog gt Change g
132. asaecedaaucds sdbatecsteaacsdiabdicataduanecssteakents 57 Reparcode BUTON erdie a A E E T 57 CIONIN O BULEON EEEE E E EEE EE A RS 57 BOrCOdO BUTON cerre EEE A dade E se 57 EXPO BUTTONS AEE AE EE E E E S 57 Apply to Multi Copies BUttON ccssesssscsccecseeensnsccecececessesnaesesscsseseesaeaesesscsenssuaasasceeseseseaaaasassecesenenaaes 57 Set As Default BU LON E E AE A E E E 58 FIND ADD ITEM WINDOW FEATURES ccssccssscesscesscesssesesesesssesessescaeecseecsaecaaeceaeceaeceaesueesseesseescaeseseesauesaaeeaass 58 Deleting Items and COPiCS ssccccccccesessessnecececesnsnnnasaeseceseseenusaesesecsssseesansesesecsseseeaaaaesecscsseesusasassessenees 58 A A NN 59 KIOSK SBUCLON eE E A NA E A E EE AA EEE EA E ESEE E EEEa RSE 60 IMPOFTE BUTTON E E E ee Bada daa 60 New Multisite COPICS ccccecssssccecccesesnessscececscssesnenaeaeseceseseenesasaesecessseeaansesesecssessensaaesesscesenseaasassesscnens 60 WED LINKS BUEN a A Saas desea 61 Lolo Ma o A 25 5 2 voice EE sthaduisteesscastabvscassdanaddeidhadeissolacustabedvasadaneidesdeedese 61 Print COpies BUON dais 61 Z39 50 Catalog A 61 Recon BONON tanda dins AEE NE E EO EE EEA EAER 61 Page 3 of 291 ell e AA A A 61 Archived TA NO 62 LA RAN 62 i aL OA L PN PER EE A E E Ad di O E E 63 PUBLISHERS cieka anan de a daa da aida adidas ida 64 Merge PUBIS LEE E AE E E A T A ETE E EA 64 CREATE AUTHOR Y RECORDS A R ESANA ANSNES A decode ctindvacnsdecdsdstinedan ed degedactacdvacei laces 65
133. ascecececssesnesasaesecscsenenuaaeaessceseseeaasesssceseseeaaea 266 Simple Search Power Seareh TaB iia a a ados ORERE 267 Power search enables a patron to search by specifying criteria for the most common search parameter fields z ot tia iaa LORD LA a ici coven ee 267 TOPOWer SOON ini ai E OAE NA A cando ita decadas 267 OPAC EASY SEARCH vids iii dde ci 268 OPAC KIDS SEARCH orcos tia is a isis 269 KIOSK SEARCH A EN 270 A OS 271 PROJECT Scaricare Ad A E EEE AAA E de dh 271 MEDIA PE EIEEE DOA EE E AE ENE O A IA OAE E EE ONAE E E A 272 EE EANA AAEE A AEE E E E NEEE AEN E E E 273 ONUNE DATABASES Sonra i aaaea aeo REAA AAE A E RE a ad OREA 273 EVENTS SOANE IEE APAE A A E E EET I ENEAN PE AIENEA A E daa 274 ARE EE SIE REEERE AA E E A a VEEE NEE E E E E TEE A 275 LiStOFMyACCOUNETO Socia neie AAA Aa aSa eaaa oaaao sieaa SeS 275 Patron Profile e a ia raa aea AST ed TN ne oe 276 Patron Reserve Sica iria aa aeaa a EEEE E Teia Aaa aaa aa ea a Aa a aa 276 P tron Items 0n LOAN osis antoisan aa aaa a a den coi ea vacates des aaa aa E E iaae Ea 277 Patron TEL Items tt es cad eth oases a A in a Eaa izes e oa AA An O aa 277 PALLON FING A E A A E AE A AE E AEAT A 277 Loan History Tab in My Account sscsesssccccceceseesssccesecssesnesaeaesecscsseenenaeaesecssssseaasesececsenseesasaesecsenees 278 Eine History dad 278 Computer BOOKINO ree eaaa a e e a a 804 a ae Bed re a a era eara aA ea orao aee Se oH 278 R ading Progra m e eaoat discs cates e a aai
134. assign permissions to a patron 1 SEO U ew Click on Administration gt Security Select Patrons tab Enter the search criteria to find the patron Select the patron from the dropdown list Click Edit Select the permissions Click Save Page 216 of 291 ae stration gt Computers Group 6 Lan Party Librarian Public School Staff Student Assigning Permissions to a Patron Group To assign permissions to a Patron Group Click on Administration gt Security 1 2 Select the Groups tab 3 4 Click Edit 5 Select the permissions 6 Click Add Patrons 7 8 Click Find 9 10 Click OK 11 Click Save Technician TestGroup _ Patron Permission Catalog Change System Settings Circulation Inventory Kiosk Maintenance Media Manager Patrons Print Reports Purchase Search Web OPAC View who is checking out the book Select the group from the dropdown list Specify the search criteria for patrons Administration Module Select all the patrons who belong to the group by checking the box beside the patron s name Page 217 of 291 pip tration gt lt Administration Module Groups Permissions Patrons Maintain Security for a given group Group La Granted Patrons _ Granted Permission Assets Edit Caitlin Jordan Catalog a Calum Cummings Change System Settings Cancel Cameron Faulkner SSS
135. ata to a particular collection Microlif gt MARC Selecting this checkbox will convert Microlif files to MARC format Put the imported items into Subset Selecting this checkbox will put imported items into a subset Enter the name of the subset into the field to the right Page 235 of 291 Administration Module Copy Call No Prefix Enter a call number prefix to add Call No Mapping Add mapping for Call No if setup by clicking Call No Mapping Vendor If a vendor is selected in this drop down menu the imported records will be listed from this vendor Budget If a budget is selected it will be applied to the imported items P O Number If a P O Number is selected it will be applied to the imported items Import Patron Files Staff can import data from another system provided it is in ASCII format To create a template how the data was exported from the other system is needed It is also possible to import pictures for patrons To import Patron information 1 Click on Administration gt Import Export gt Import 2 Select the Patron tab 3 Select the file to import from 4 Select a format for importing the data by clicking the scroll down button beside the format search box es Item Offline Circ File Name Select File Format Insignia ml Import Patron Identity Barcode Close IV Skip the first line _ Update exist record only Save Setting _ Compare date modified _
136. ate Order Warning Set the value to O never to check for duplicate records when ordering or set the value to the last number of days to check for the item being ordered 152 Order Overdue Period Set the value to the amount of days needed to pass before an order becomes overdue Set the value to O to never check for overdue orders Archive 120 Archive Item Set the value to 1 to enable Archive for Items in Find Add Catalog window 121 Archive Patron Set the value to 1 to enable Archive for patrons in the patron window Custom Settings Area Code 143 Hide Phone Area Code Set the value to 1 to hide the area code Set the value to O to display area code Attachments 179 Attachment Path Set the ILS web attachment file path here Barcode 201 Barcode Prefix Filter Set the value to any letter to ignore Prefix letter created by the scanner 38 Barcode Print District Based Set the value to 1 to print the district s name on barcodes Setting the value to O will print the library name only 166 Barcode Shrink Pixel This setting is for Insignia Technical Support only The default is 0 95 for normal symbology ILS only 202 Barcode Suffix Filter Set the value to any letter to ignore the Suffix letter created by the scanner 287 Barcode To Clear Screen Enter a barcode and when it is scanned it will clear the checkout window s information 122 Custom Layout District Based Set to 1 to enable barcode custom layouts to be viewed by the
137. ate authority records 65 To create Copy Subsets 88 To Customize Captions 228 To declare an item lost 36 To delete a Copy record 59 To delete an item record 58 To edit an existing patron 103 To enter a new deposit 104 To enter a patron custom field 104 To inventory library 241 To link a title to a Kiosk Category 60 To make global changes 92 To make global changes to all copies 57 To Merge Parameters 214 To merge titles 89 To move copies 90 To print barcode labels 85 To Quick Catalog an Item 69 To recall an item 61 To register in the OPAC 283 To Remove a Tag from the Keyword List 97 To remove items from the recommended list 74 Insignia Software Technical Support To Request items in the OPAC 273 274 275 To Rescan Barcodes 90 To route an issue of a serial 84 To save report criteria 151 To schedule a report 152 To send an Instant message 242 To set the MARC display settings 98 To specify which tags should NOT be imported 99 To track patron inquires 40 To track patron traffic 40 To use Advanced Search 266 To use Homeroom checkout 32 To use Power Search 267 To use the Audience Global Change 94 To use the Easy Search 268 To use the Kids Search 269 To use the Kiosk Search 270 To use the MARC Bibliographic Global Editor 95 To use the Simple search 264 To use the Z39 50 search tab 271 To view a loan history for an item
138. ation Type Copy Status Created by Item Barcode Library Name Local Call Number Location Note Price Replacement Cost Subject Subset Target Audience Title and Vendor To make a user defined global change 1 2 3 4 mi Click on Administration gt Global Changes gt User Defined Global Changes Select the Category from the dropdown menu Select Search criteria and then click on Find From the displayed search results choose the field to be modified by selecting an item from the New Value dropdown menu A New Value can be entered If everything looks correct click Change _ Union pn Change 713 records to be Sanger P00010000004 Kelly Acker P00010000004C Ryan Adams Grade 6 Homeroom 3 P00010000006C Andrew Alexander Grade 5 Homeroom 4 BARCODE LAST NAME HOMEROOM P000100000051 Keisha Alexander Grade 5 Homeroom 4 P000100000041 Jordan Audas Grade 7 Homeroom 7 P00010000004 Mitchell Audas Grade 6 Homeroom 6 P00010000005 Kendra Baird foley Grade 6 Homeroom 3 P000100000061 Nathan Baird foley Grade 2 Homeroom 1 Page 220 of 291 Administration Module MARC Item type changes Use this feature if items have been cataloged as serials and need to be moved to items Scanning the serials into the window and choosing move to item will fix this Dirty Data Move To Item Remove Preview Close MARC Cleanup This window provides th
139. ation box Click Find A prompt will appear if the term needs to be created Enter the related term in the Find Tags box Click Find A prompt will appear if the term needs to be created Click Add Selected Tags TagLinks Repeat steps 5 8 until all related tags appear in the Relative Taglinks box Select Relative numbers from the dropdown box to apply to each Tag Name The closer the number is to 1 the closer in relation the tag is to the above search term and the closer it will appear to the centre of the cloud Click Save Find Create Search By rodent Save Delete 0 Record V Tag Name Delete J Surry Cat rodent Add Selected Tags to Relative TagLinks Page 75 of 291 Catalog Module Collection Analysis ILS provides a collection analysis tool for weeding and resource allocation purposes This analysis can be restricted to section of the library or the entire collection Collection Analysis Objectives Snapshot of Library Statistics Collection by Age Collection by Dewey Collection by Decade List of Aging Titles List of incomplete Titles Collection Comparison E ES Filtering Criteria The Filtering Criteria tab provides the opportunity to narrow down part of the collection to be analyzed The collection can be filtered by different criteria including Dewey range Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Assets Acquisitions W
140. atue by Scan Copy Barcode jo _ Check Mis Shelved Bounded _ Ignore Duplicate Warning _ Dewey differences 10 Claimed Returned Import from file wis Display Update offline data Offline Status _ Checkin checked out book In Barcode Call No Title In transition Inbound Lost Lost and Paid Maintenance _ Step 3 Finalize inventory _ Scannable Change all unscanned items to missing Total Inventory date from 14 03 2009 m To lt 14 09 2011 B Delete _ Delete Items without copy oo oo co o00 010 0 ooo oc oo 0 010 0 To inventory library 1 Click on Administration gt Inventory 2 Choose to inventory the entire library or part of it to do a partial inventory enter the desired range of call numbers or specify a material type collection type or a specific location 3 Click on the Initialize library system button The Initialization button should only be clicked on once at the beginning of the inventory cycle each year when doing the entire library or until the section is completed 4 To view the Mis shelved items during the inventory process select the checkbox for Check Mis Shelved Items Once the inventory is complete select the Print Mis Shelved button to print a list of all the items that were Mis shelved User must select the Check Mis Shelved button from the start of the inventory in order to retrieve a complete list 5 user has saved ba
141. be used after a new serial subscription is entered into the system Renew Date From v 02 06 2012 m To Y 03 06 2013 Renew Subscription To renew a serial 1 Click Catalog gt Serials Click on the Renew tab Enter a date range for serials Click on Find The magazines that fall within that date range will now appear 6 Select the magazine titles that are to be Renewed 7 Check the issue s and click the Renew button B WN Receiving Serials When a serial is received a copy will be added into the detail record EAS PE EEA Receive Marti F raf Mi fo2 06 2012 jm To Wifoz os 2013 Jm Vendor eee pp To receive a serial Title l Find 1 Click Catalog gt Serials gt Receive tab 2 Enter a date range for serials 3 Click Find 4 The magazines that fall within that date range will now appear 5 Make sure the title is checked and then click the Receive button 6 If more than one copy per issue is being received and only part of the order is received indicate the number of copies received 7 This will now create entry for the issue and give it a barcode number 8 For additional copies received at a later date go back into the same screen and update the received column The additional copy will require a barcode number Page 81 of 291 Catalog Module Claiming Serials Issues not received must be claimed
142. blank a barcode will be generated automatically 4 To add a patron s picture click Add picture 5 Select patron s picture from a file or folder Tip It is strongly recommended that the file format for pictures be jpg and the size be less than 15K 6 Clicking on the additional information tab will allow you to access any custom fields added and other patron settings 7 Click Save Find Patron Additional Info Family Links Notes History Outreach Communication 2 Male Female v Student _ Assistant oa Homeroom Expire Date Patron ID Student ID Homeroom Teacher Grade Add Picture Jurisdiction ID Clear Picture Graduation Date O Enter date Y 02 03 2012 V 02 03 2026 m Issue Date O Enter date a Library Insignia Library 1 Active vl oc ES _ Internet Usage Agreement _ Family Faxno Cp Email Loan History Set Security Set Password New From Template Save as Template LL Allow 3M Check Out Warning Information State _ Reset Barcode During Checkout O Can Use Desktop And Silverlight Notify Credit 0 00 H Pa Created Created By Last Modified Last Modified By ge 102 of 291 Clone Edit Delete First Previous Next Last Save Cancel ReBarcode Barcode Show Me Close Patrons Module To edi
143. ble Overdue Fine module If this option is selected the overdue fines are disabled Circulation AMET EM o Om lle Fine Lost Charges 1 50 times of book price Processing fee 5 00 Replacement Cost a Overdue fine should be included if a book is lost 3 Maxi Overdue or ti Fine should be less than 2 times of book price Edit Save Take amount 10 00 as Book Price if that book price is not set or is zero Cancel WV Declare an overdue book as lost if it s not returned after another 30 days Default Due Date _ Due Date Shouldn t be beyond the Card Expiry date Term due date los 103 2012 Due Date After Renew Today Renew Period Due Date Renew Period Show Me Close Circulation Traps Disable Overdue Fine module V Display overdue message V Show Overdue Time _ Catalog During Checkout Track loan history _ Disable Loan Trapping module _ Ignore warning when checking out from other library Fine Due Fine Rate x Overdue Time Overdue Time Check In Time Due Time W Grace Period V Library Holidays When checking out a book that has not been checked in Homeroom check out sort by Automatically Check in First Name Give information and let user make choice 1 Last Name V Reserve automatically expire after 30 days Override Password Override Pswd Circulation Date is from today Plus o days _ Allow check out textbook not in
144. bles patrons to make requests for new books Allow share favorites If this setting is selected it enables patrons to be able to share their favorites lists Peer to Peer Allow peer to peer options to show under My Account page ILL Set to turn on ILL tab in My Account Page 198 of 291 Administration Module Communication Set to turn on Communication tab in My Account Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPAC II Silverlight OPAC Setting Session timeout 180 minutes Page size 50 records per page Default Skin Green Edit Relevance Weight Title 10 Author 5 Series 8 Notes 5 Subjects 5 Other 2 Save V Allow patron to change Personal information Y Power Advanced Search For School Cancel _ Allow Inter Library Loan RED _ Show One Library Y Show call number bes Search er ara Show Me _ aximum records returne m Show Me v Allow patron to renew a A Y Allow patron to reserve V Allow Access Attachment Allow patron to book IP Address Range mao Luao v Browse subject and author index IP Address Range ipv6 Minimum search character 1 To ans IP Address Range 1 1 1 1 To 255 255 255 255 255 255 IP Address Range ipv6 To o acai Close Search Page Show Y Easy My Account Page Show Default Search Y Kids iV What is new Patron v Notification ee Kiosk Y Online Databases Loan V SRP Y Save MARC A v Proje
145. brary 1 Welcome Admin 0001 we Find Titles Holding Titles Courses Patron Status Notes History Y we E O O OO ooa Chopper Charlie Cover Image ISBN 12381345201 ISSN Call No TXT CHE20 Publisher Schoalstic eTextbook Material Type Authority Category Chemistry x Pub Place Luton Edition 4 Copyright 2003 Created Dec 27 2005 11 56 Total 617 In 616 Out o Lost Created By Admin 0001 Last Modified N ate Dickie Last Modified By Advanced Classification Grade Level From To State Adoption District Adoption a End Adoption Textbook Field 01 i Textbook Field 02 Textbook Field 03 Textbook Field 04 Textbook Field 05 Textbook Field 06 Textbook Field 07 Textbook Field 08 Textbook Field 09 Textbook Field 10 Clear Picture Add Copy New Edit Delete First _ Previous Save Cancel Administration w Show Me Assets v Acquisitions v 3 Ar o A Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 21 To add Textbook copies 1 Click on Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks Search for the title Select the title Click Add Copy Enter the number of textbook copies to be added Enter additional information Click Save So Glew NS Page 120 of 291 Textbook Module To Delete a Textbook 1 Click on Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks 2 Search for the
146. button to choose participate in this library event Clicking View Picture will open a window displaying pictures for this event Using the next and previous buttons will list each event listed Click Close Tip To add events from the ILS click Administration gt Library Settings gt Events Page 274 of 291 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk 239 50 Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Insignia Library 1 z CTI OOOO O O General Meeting 0 00 01 04 2009 Pictures Participate Read A Thon 0 00 13 03 2012 Pictures Participate Events Detail Title Read A Thon Description An all night reading extravaganza to raise money for the library Contact Name Stanley Phone Number Fee 0 00 Previous Next Participate View Picture Close My Account The My Account section allows the patron to login to the OPAC and view their borrowing information Access is configured in the ILS in Administration gt Library Settings gt Configuration on the OPAC tab List of My Account Tabs 1 WONAW PWN E o 11 12 Patron Information This view displays personal information for this patron such as address email phone number etc Reserves This view displays the items patron has reserved Loan This view displays items currently on loan ILL This view displays Shows current Interlibrary loaned items Fine This view lists all owing
147. c History Search Search cat amp AR 0 0 amp Lexile 0 0 amp RC 0 0 amp RC 0 0 Refine Your Search Type of Material Rating er de 5 Ratings Rate This Title Add To Eavgi e book Availability Detail MARC Reserve Book Item video i Subjects School stories Animals Fiction Astrology Chinese Juvenile Birds Fiction Cat adoption Fiction Anello Christine Bridwell Norman Brown Ruth Calder S J Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC Enalish 0ac0ad 0M Help Regist a Welcome To Buffett Elementary English A ITA What s New Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account m Title cat Keyword Author Subject Series Title ISBN Matches 25 Displaying titles 1 25 50 Per Page y Page I4 4 1 bl a 1 101 uses for a cat Call No 636 8 0022 2 Author Donner Andrea K 1967 Published 2002 Subject Cats Pictorial works Photography of cats Availability O of 1 e 2 Caring for your cat i Call No 636 8 RIN Author Ring Susan Published 2003 Subject Cats Pets Accelerated Reader Reading Level 2 00 Points 5 00 Reading Counts Reading Level 3 00 Points 4 00 Availability 2 of 2 Rating wewew 7 Ratings Rate This Title Add To Favorite l Availability Detail MARC Reserve Book Item Top CA tr i Call No 636 8 CAL Author Hoare Ben Published 2007 T
148. ce l sae J sooo E Take amount e as Book Price if that book price is not set or is zero Cancel Y Declare an overdue book as lost if it s not returned after another 30 days Default Due Date _ Due Date Shouldn t be beyond the Card Expiry date _ Term due date 09 03 2012 Due Date After Renew e Today Renew Period Due Date Renew Period SS Close Show Me Circulation Tra h Disable gt V Display overdue message V Show Overdue Time _ Catalog During Checkout Track loan history _ Disable Loan Trapping module _ Ignore warning when checking out from other library Fine Due Fine Rate x Overdue Time Overdue Time Check In Time Due Time Grace Period V Library Holidays When checking out a book that has not been checked in Homeroom check out sort by Automatically Check in First Name Give information and let user make choice Last Name V Reserve automatically expire after 30 days Override Password Override Pswd Circulation Date is from today Plus lo days _ Allow check out textbook not in schedule Confirm e Delete Temp Item After Checkin Self checking time out _ Delete ILL Item After Checkin Book times per dav 5 V Change Library When Book Checkin From Mobile Times per month 30_ Check receipt Print All v Play sound after checkin V Play sound after checkout Print today s checkouts Play sound after scan patron Page 175 of
149. choosing from the listed criteria Options for criteria are 2 1 Date created 2 2 Date updated 2 3 Barcode range 2 4 Call number range 2 5 Author range 2 6 Title 2 7 From list Select the Order By dropdown menu to select order preference Select the Layout Type by clicking the Layout button Select Preview to display the barcodes to print in the window Click the print icon an Pw Tip To save the barcode report to another file select Show Export Options In print preview there will be an option to export the file _ Date Created _ Date Updated 05 03 2012 _ Barcode _ Call No _ Author _ Title _ Status Available _ From List _ Union _ Show Export Options Order By Start At Row 1 H Column 1 Copies 1 e Custom Layout Spine Barcode 3X10 Avery 05160 LJ Custom Layout Configure Preview Close Show Me Page 125 of 291 Textbook Module To print Custom Textbook barcodes 1 Click on menu Textbook gt Textbook Barcodes 2 Find the barcodes to print by choosing criteria 3 Select the Order By dropdown menu to select order preference 4 Check the Custom Checkbox 4 1 Select one from the dropdown list or 4 2 Click Custom Tip Before creating a custom label call Insignia to request new labels Merge Textbook The merge Textbook feature enables staff to merge textbooks titles that have been duplicat
150. ck these records To unlock an item 1 Click on Administration gt System Setting gt In Use 2 Select the locked item and then click on unlock AT THE CIRCUS BETTER HMES 192 168 10 1 2 27 2012 2 13 00 PM 0001 Admin CAT 192 168 10 1 2 27 2012 4 47 00 PM 0001 Admin BOBBY ORR 192 168 10 1 2 27 2012 11 45 00 AN 0001 Admin RABBITS RAINDRPS RABBITS A 192 168 10 1 2 9 2012 1 38 00 PM 0001 Admin TO BE CATALOGUEED 9780141 192 168 10 1 3 1 2012 8 29 00 AM 0001 Admin BERENSTA N BEARS AND THE E 192 168 10 1 2 28 2012 9 31 00 AM 0001 Admin T TLE 192 168 10 1 2 28 2012 11 07 00 AN 0001 Admin Invalid Suggestions PAT THE BUNNY DELUXE ED T 192 168 10 1 3 1 2012 8 41 00 AM 0001 Admin Use this feature to block inappropriate words from being entered and searched within the program You can add edit and delete words from this list Page 230 of 291 Login History Administration Module Use this window to track logins within a selected time frame To access this window click Administration gt System Settings gt Login History 0001 Admin 0001 Admin 0001 Admin 192 168 10 102 192 168 10 105 192 168 10 102 3 14 2012 7 50 10 AM 3 14 2012 8 09 16 AM 3 14 2012 8 48 21 AM 3 14 2012 8 07 39 AM 3 14 2012 8 46 59 AM 3 14 2012 8 48 21 AM 0001 Admin 192 168 10 102 3 14 2012 8 48 22 AM 3 14 2012 1 12 3
151. ck on the patron name 4 Click Edit 5 Make any changes needed 6 Click Save Clone a New Patron Copying patron information is useful when there are patrons to be added with similar information such as siblings To create a new patron by Cloning 1 Click on Patron gt Find Add Patron 2 Find the patron to copy 3 Double click on the patron name 4 Click Clone 5 Make the necessary changes 6 Click Save Patron Loan History This feature enables tracking of borrowed items Textbooks on loan will have an asterisk beside them to denote that they are textbooks To view the loan history of a patron 1 Click on Patron gt Find Add Patron 2 Find the patron to copy 3 Double click on the patron name 4 Click Loan History Tip The Track Loan History option must be enabled by selecting the checkbox located on the Circulation tab in the Configuration screen By default this option is turned off Security Profile Insignia Library System supports both security at a user level and a group level Therefore permissions can be set for an individual patron or for a group of patrons Tip It is strongly recommended that permissions are assigned to groups only After group level security has been assigned patrons should be assigned to their appropriate groups Extra privileges can then be assigned to individual patrons over and above their normal group permissions Tip To learn more about security see Security Setti
152. ck the Patron Circulation Type tab Select a Patron circulation type from the list to delete Click Delete Confirm the deletion wi PwWNnNP Page 168 of 291 Administration Module To Edit a Patron Circulation Type follow these steps Click on Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types Click Patron Circulation Type tab Select a Patron circulation type from the list you would like to edit Click Edit Make any changes needed Click Save Aum PWN bP Patron Circulation Type Terms Loan Limit This is the maximum number of items the patron type can check out Item Fine Limit This is the maximum fine the patron type can have for this item type Lost Limit This is the maximum number of items a patron type can lose without paying before borrowing privileges are denied Reserve Limit This is the maximum number of reserves the patron type may place Overdue Limit This is the maximum number of overdue items the patron may have before borrowing privileges are denied Patron Fine Limit This is the maximum fine the patron type may incur before borrowing privileges are denied Damage Limits This is the maximum number of damaged items the patron type may have before borrowing privileges are cancelled Page 169 of 291 Administration Module Global Circulation Types Global groups are used to specify parameters to be used for Inter branch lending Every patron circulation type should be assigned a
153. cked their record will appear in red 5 Compare the student lists If a student on the right grid does not have a student ID or has an incorrect student ID select the correct student from the left list and click on Move Student ID 6 Ifa student is no longer in school select the student and the Archive checkbox 7 Ifa student has the wrong ID change it to the correct one 8 Click on Update to save the changes 9 Click Status 10 In the prompt there will be two grids The grid on the left will show all the students users staff who do not have student ID information 11 The grid to the right will show all the students that have duplicate student ID info 12 If the data is correct then email Insignia Tech Support and the duplicate records will be merged To merge patrons 1 Click on menu Patrons gt Merge Patrons 2 Locate the patron records to be merged 3 Click the checkbox of the patrons to be merged on the left grid Page 117 of 291 al Patrons Module Select a student form right list to be merged into Click Merge All the Circulation data from students selected from the left will be merged to the one on the right Patron Subsets Patrons can be grouped into subsets to allow for changes to be applied to these subsets To create a patron subset o Click on Patron gt Find Add Patron Find the patrons who meet the desired criteria using the search tools Select the patrons to be added to the subset
154. ct This feature enables transfer and packing slips to be created as well as the ability to receive textbooks and send textbook requests To transfer textbooks 1 Click on Textbook gt Transfer Textbook Copies 2 Click on Transfer tab 3 Specify which library the textbooks will be transferred to circulation type and location 4 Check the box if the library will become in the new owner meaning the textbooks will not be returned 5 Give a name to the transfer 6 Select Send Notification if needed 7 Scan all barcodes to be transferred 7 1 To send a range of barcodes check the Barcode range 8 Click on Transfer Transfer MCCAIN CS AO ES ES Change library to Insignia Library 2 gt V Change Ownership Circ Type Textbook z Location Main sa Transfer Preview Close Find Copies Transfer Name Psych Textbook Transfer _ Send Notification Barcode _ Barcode Range Call No Title Library noo se agria ay T0001000003041 TXT PHI1 Physics 10 Insignia Library 1 T0001000003042 TXT PHI1 Physics 10 Insignia Library 1 70001000003043 TXT PHI1 Physics 10 Insignia Library 1 T0001000003044 TXT PHI1 Physics 10 Insignia Library 1 70001000003045 TXT PHI1 Physics 10 Insignia Library 1 T0001000003046 TXT PHI1 Physics 10 Insignia Library 1 70001000003047 TXT PHI1 Physics 10 Insignia Library 1 70001000003048 TXT PHI1 Physics 10 Insignia Library 1 7T0001000002847 Psychology Today Insig
155. ct Simple Search Show Fine V Reserve Ol Hid llecti Y Media Simple Loan History Hide Collechon Type E A a Y Request 3 ex Fine History Y Allow Share Favorite List a Peer To Peer _ Auto Select Default Collection Type L E Service OPAC Default Search V Events Simple Self Computer Booking W Register Y 239 50 U Easy Kids ILL V Communication OPAC Search Settings Relevance Weight Set keyword search tag relevance This affects the order of records displayed in the results list Browse Author and Subject index Turn this on to view the index list of Authors and Subjects when doing an Author or subject search Leave this setting disabled to view records only in results OPAC Search Maximum records returned from query Specify how many records should be returned in OPAC search Kiosk If enabled show kiosk search in OPAC Minimum search character Specify the minimum number of characters to be entered in the OPAC during a search E Service If checked the Cloud Search will appear in the OPAC Page 199 of 291 Administration Module 239 50 Allow the Z39 50 module in the OPAC Easy Turn on to access the easy search in the OPAC Show Search history in Search Turn on to show search history in search window Show Search history in Easy Turn on to show search history in easy search window Show Search history in Kids Turn on to show search history in Kids search w
156. d By Box Show Me Crested Fom aosa a T 7 Modify From 17072012 a To Barcode From To Material Type Collection Type Title Any match Location V Export Copy Info _ XML Format _ Use SQL ie ae o y o _ From List Current active export number 0 Page 232 of 291 Export Patrons Administration Module Patron information can be exported in a variety of formats like XML UFT 8 Unicode or tab delimited Patron pictures can also be exported To export patron information 1 Click on Administration gt Import Export gt Export UL PERO MARC Format Format Call No From Packed By Created From Modify From Barcode From Material Type Title Any match Location _ Use SQL _ From List Select the Patron tab Select the desired parameters When clicked on Export system will prompt for file location Click Export Y 14 03 2012 E 14 03 2012 5 _ Union Subset To Box To To To Collection Type _ Unicode _ UFT 8 Bears IL ko A v 14 03 2012 a v 14 03 2012 a Ld i Export Copy Info _ XML Format ed Current active export number 0 Mapping Show Me Page 233 of 291 Administration Module Import Data Data can be imported for patrons and materials Patron data can be imported from another system or
157. d Equipment 134 Find Add Kits 135 Find Add Order 144 Find Add Rooms 136 Find Add Textbooks 119 Find Add Vendor 148 Find Add Patron 101 109 117 Fine Rate 167 See Item Circ Types Fine Settings 172 173 174 Fines History Tab 30 Force Check In date 33 124 From List 85 G Global Changes 92 118 219 220 Global Circ Types 170 Global Circulation Types 170 Grace Period 167 See Item Circ Types Grade Mapping 171 Grade Mapping During Patron import 171 H Heading Global Change 92 Help Menu 15 283 Hold Period 167 See Item Circ Types Holidays 208 Homeroom checkout 32 179 Homeroom Checkout 32 Homeroom Mapping 171 Homeroom Class Checkout 32 homerooms 113 Homerooms 113 ILL Library Info 215 ILL Tab 31 ILL Tab in My Account 277 Import Button 60 Import Data 234 import Patron information 236 Import Patrons 236 import reading programs 238 Important patron fields 101 Importing MARC records from a File 239 Insignia Software Technical Support Importing MARC records from a Web Site 239 Importing Patrons 113 Importing Patrons from a File 113 In Use 230 Incomplete Titles tab 79 Indexing Keywords Tag Definition 97 Instant Message 242 Interlibrary Loan ILL Cataloging 47 Internet Usage Agreement 101 Intra Library Loan 37 Invalid Suggestions 230 Inventory 240 Item Circ Types 166 Item Circulation T
158. d Receive Version 5 2 0 Database Version 5 2 0 To delete a reserve 1 Click on Circulation gt List gt Reserve list 2 Click on the reserve record to delete 3 Click on the delete button to remove the reserve To change the order of a reserve on the reserve list 1 Click on Circulation gt List gt Reserve list Click on the reserve record to change Click on the order button Click on the reserve record to order Use the Move up and Move down buttons to reorder selected reserve Ure w IS Page 43 of 291 Circulation Module Temporary List A temporary item is cataloged with minimal information will circulate once and upon check in it is deleted from the catalog Temporary items currently on loan will be listed with the checkout date the due date and the name of the patron borrowing the item To view the Temporary List 1 Click on Circulation gt List gt Temporary List 2 Select List History Records to view all Temporary Items not just those in current circulation Tip To remove a temporary item click on it and press the Delete key Tip To check in a temporary item from this window click on it and click the Check In button Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password C List History Records Check In Preview Delete Show Me Close lance _ Call No Title Barcode Check Out by Check Out
159. d Summer Reading Program This window is used to set up and add summer reading programs to the system This feature tracks how many books patrons need to read prior to getting a prize reward or simply program completion To add a Summer Reading program 1 Click on Administration gt Library Setting gt Find Add Summer Reading Program Click New Enter the relevant information Click Save Pew a Comments Need to read 10 books to get your choice of book or t shirt Gift Assigned0 100 Patron Name Preview Close Library Events Library events can be created and posted in the library system and appear on the OPAC on the events tab if enabled in Administration gt Configuration gt OPAC This feature includes the ability to set a time period for the event invite patrons to participate and add pictures This feature is particularly useful when posting special events such as author visits or meetings To add an event 1 Click on Administration gt Library Setting gt Events Click New Enter the relevant information Start Date and End date will set when this event will show in the Web OPAC Click Save uw a To add participants 1 Click on Participant tab 2 Click on Add Patron 3 Search for patrons 4 Select the patrons and click on Apply 5 Make another search and select patrons and click on Apply 6 When patrons are added click Close Page 213 of 291 Administration Module Tip To s
160. d above the pictures to see all results 4 All items linked to that category will be displayed in results IS Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password i E E i E Welcome Admin 0001 Close Show Me 9 Local _ Union Advanced Home ABC 4 z o zI E Ez Animals Arts and Music Awards and Mede History Holidays g Olympic Events Places of the Wol Reading Program ED Science de gt Se Sports Transportation Literature Pe T Classification Version 5 2 0 Database Version 5 2 0 Page 23 of 291 Search Module 739 50 Search The 239 50 Search provides the ability to search outside organizations that support Z39 50 information retrieval protocol for records Once a MARC record has been retrieved this search provides the ability to import the record for easy cataloging Finding A ES WS iP a record using Z39 50 Search Click on Search gt Z39 50 from the menu Select the libraries to search listed under Host Enter the search term Select the search parameters e g ISBN Title Author Select the search criteria e g Starts With Exact Match Any Match Press the Enter key or click Search To terminate the search in progress click on the Cancel button To see more details on a record listed double click on it 50 Search 11 Records four Catalog Patron Report Assets 1
161. d no Deposit lists patrons who have books checked out with no deposit User can limit by Group Patrons with Fines lists patrons with fines by last name Includes fine patron barcode and patron group Prints separate sheets for each homeroom User may limit the report by patron group homeroom fine amount and subset Patrons with no Books checked out but no Refund Amount lists patrons with no books out and no Refunds Page 161 of 291 Administration Module Textbook Reports Following reports are available under Textbooks section EE NS Insignia Library 1 TEFEN RA SIS AN de 2 verter Search Catalog DY My Favorite Patron Catalog Circulation Textbook Miscellaneous Media Manager Schedule Advanced Union Image Save Criteria Delete Criteria ABC All sa mee List of Teachers and Their Classes a z Authority Classification Kiosk Textbook Inventory Status Circulation Textbook By Course Textbook Checked Out Textbook Circulation Statistics Textbook Copies Transfer Textbook Inventory Missing Items Textbook Library Statistics Textbook Lost Damage Statistics Textbook Overdue List Textbook Overdue Message Textbook Shortage Student List Textbook Statistics Textbook Status Summary Textbook Titles Textbook Transfer List Textbook Year End Statistics Patron Report Description Add to Favorites Preview _ Show Export Options Schedule Close ShowMe
162. date Click Save when the record is complete Catalog Module Tip Records can be imported from Z39 50 hosts using the ISBN field and clicking search The records can easily be edited once imported in this screen Find Item Basic Info Notes Reading Program Subjects Item Customized Field Review MARC Code ISBN Search MARC Expert MATA ELA a Save 006 007 Tag Indi Ind2 Value nam 22 2324500 AFFRERIARAZEFROOOROSR al 11111 1202275 a a so Sa a a a a Sa d a hBook b c 222322222222200040Feng4d o 1 o a a b c a b c Cancel Edit Delete First Previous Next Last Close Show Me Delete Row Validate Preview gt Add a new line behind editing line Tab Ctrl A gt Insert new row gt Focus on Tag Ind and Value Columns Delete or Ctrl D gt Delete a line Save As Template _ ShowTip Page 54 of 291 Adding Copy Information amp Copy Information Window Features To add a copy 1 Find the title by clicking on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item 2 Select the item and click on Add Copy 3 Enter the number of copies user want to add and click OK Catalog Module Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Change Password Insignia Library 1 mmm Welcome Admin 0001 o Advanced
163. dd multisite copies 1 Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item 2 Locate the item record using the search tools and select it 3 Click New Multisite Copies 4 Check the library or libraries to add copies to Generate Automatically 5 Select the appropriate barcode ee EE 6 Click A d d Set barcode Individually 7 Edit any copy information 8 Click Save Page 60 of 291 Catalog Module Web Links Button This button enables web sites to be linked to selected titles To remove a web link click on Edit for the MARC record and then click on Attachment to remove the links Dead links can also be removed from the record please contact Insignia to enable this feature Loan History Button This buttons displays the Loan History for the selected title Print Copies Button Clicking this button will print all copies listed for the selected title 239 50 Catalog Button This button enables quick cataloging by searching the default 239 50 hosts To use this feature enter the ISBN number in the field and click the Catalog Button If a record is found a prompt will appear confirming that the item has been cataloged Tip The 239 50 Catalog Button does not enable the user to edit the MARC record prior to import To edit the MARC prior to import use the Z39 50 Search Recall Button The Recall button is used to recall checked out items in the library before their current due date This is best used when
164. de of the screen The results of the search will display below To view item information double click on the item in the grid A To limit the collection type select the collection type on the right hand side of the screen and then click on Search To limit by Local or Union database select the appropriate option in the top left corner Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Search By rue 2 Start With Advanced ABC 4 man Authority J Any Match Items Select First y Select All AR Info Call No Author Title Magazine Classification LEVEL 1 E MACB The cat and the bird in the hat The caterpillow fight FIC SAV E HAY E HAY The cats nobody wanted The cats of Tiffany Street The cats of Tiffany Street The encyclopedia of the cat Bridwell Norman McBratney Sam Savitz Harriet May Hayes Sarah Hayes Sarah Pollard Michael 1931 Reserve By Name Reserve Reserve List Filter Copies CallNo Status Barcode Show Favorites Add to Favorites In L0001000000146 Claimed L0001000000149 Lo001000000150 Print Favontes Print Copy Info In Check Out by Check Out Date Due Date i 12 14 2008 12 21 2008 Library Loe i Version 5 2 0 Database Version 5 2 0 Non Fiction 3 J 813 6 Cat and Fish Sub title Grant Joan 1931 33 6 4 5 R
165. ded select the closest timeslot and click Book By Time Enter the booking time start and the amount of time Tip If the patron does not have permission to access the Internet access has not signed the Internet User Agreement No Internet Allowed in red will appear at the top of the window 5 Click Book 6 If the wrong time frame is booked select the time frame and then click on cancel to cancel that booking and re book the correct time slot 7 The Patron List provides a quick list of patrons who regularly come into the library to use computers Tip To add a patron to the Patron List they must be added to the Computer Group Access this window by clicking Patron gt Patron Groups and selecting the Computer checkbox 8 The patron may sign on to the public access computer for the booked time with their Patron ID and Patron Password as setup in the Patron tab or the randomized password provided at the top of the window with the use random password selected on the login screen Tip In order to allow the patron is set up in Administration gt System Setting gt Custom Setting by the Administrator Tip The blocks of time to be booked are set up in Administration gt System Setting gt Custom Setting by the Administrator Tip To allow for computers to be used without booking Administration gt System Setting gt Custom Setting by the Administrator Computer Booking Waiting List The Computer Booking Waiting List maintains
166. dor Find the vendor to edit using the search criteria Select vendor to edit Click Detail Click Edit Edit relevant fields Click Save NOM P WNP Page 148 of 291 Acquisitions Module Merge Vendors This feature can be used to merge vendors with duplicate IDs in the system To merge vendors follow these steps 1 Click on Acquisitions gt Find Vendor 2 Click on Merge tab 3 Search for the first vendor to be merged 4 From the search results on the left select the vendor to be merged by checking the box to the left of the vendor s name 5 Click Add 6 Search for and add the other vendor s to be merged by repeating steps 4 5 7 With at least one vendor in the Selected box now select the name into which these vendors will be merged 8 Search for and select the vendor 9 Click Add 10 The vendor to be merged under should appear in the New box 11 Click Merge Tarot malo Merge Search By Name Starts With vendor Find Select for merging Selected At least two FER Name PaaS Vendor Fourteen gt Y Show Me Vendor One _ Vendor Two Vendor Three New Add gt gt Vendor One Clear Quotes The Quotes module enables quotes to be delivered through EDI to order books through the ILS Please contact Insignia Technical support for more information Page 149 of 291 Reports Module Reports Module Insignia Library System ILS has more than 150 predefined repor
167. ds With Start With And Or And Not Find By Titles v With Start With 9 And Or And Not Find donner By Authors v With Start With E Result in grid Sort Results By Title bd E Rating History Search Matches 1 Displaying titles 1 1 50 Per Page v Page I lt 4 1 Pl a 1 101 uses for a Gat Call No 636 8 0022 2 Author Donner Andrea K 1967 Published 2002 Subject Cats Pictorial works Photography of cats Search cat Keywords Refine Your Search aos T of Material i a ce Availability O of 1 ps A Rating www 5 Ratings Rate This Title Add To Favorite 2 Subjects Availability Detail MARC Reserve Book Item Cats Pictorial works Photography of cats AA AER E Matches 1 Displaying titles 1 1 50 Per Page y Page Authors Donner Andrea K 1967 Target Audience all ages 1999 2012 Insigni Web Portal Database Versi Software ool Simple Search Power Search Tab Power search enables a patron to search by specifying criteria for the most common search parameter fields To Power Search 1 Goto the OPAC URL Click on the Search tab Click on the Power tab Enter search value for any of the parameters Then click the search button In the power search patron can enter search criteria for multiple fields at the same time O 01 E wN Page 267 of 291 e literature Authors Carle Eri
168. e ability to fix up records by searching current records through Z39 50 and update for tags and subfields that have been selected Please contact Insignia Support about this feature if needed To setup a MARC cleanup 1 Click on Administration gt System Setting gt MARC Cleanup Select the hosts to Search Add them to the hosts to search box by clicking the green arrow Click Save Add the Tags to Ignore Tags to Cleanup and Items to Cleanup using the tabs oP BN Z3950 Hosts METER C ET CR ATA Host _ Host to Search AMICUS Y AMICUS BLZCAT T E g California Cornell University Dr so ool Ohio Link Prospector Stonewall UofA U of Toronto WorldCat Save Cancel if Close Page 221 of 291 Administration Module Notification Insignia Library System has integrated features that can be used to notify patrons of overdue books fines and items on reserve There are five tabs available in this window 1 Message Provides set up for autodialer messages and email messages A set threshold must be met for messages to be sent 2 Adhoc Message Provides the ability to send a message immediately by phone the patron does not have to meet a threshold 3 Phone This tab provides the ability to change Autodialer phone settings SMS List of carriers and gateways for sending SMS messages 5 Log Tracks Autodialer messages B Message There are up to
169. e book an early i can read book an i can read book an if you give book artlist collection a 3 Winter ice is nice Call No LEVEL 2 Published 2002 Subject Winter Fiction Ice Fiction Accelerated Reader Reading Level 0 00 Points 0 00 Reading Counts Reading Level 0 00 Points 0 00 Availability 1 of 1 Rate This Title Add To Favorite Author Barkly Bob Bridwell Norman 9 To get more information on a title click on the title 10 The system will show detailed information on the record and also on the holding information In addition attachments such as web links audio video images PDF word excel etc will be available To access any of the attachment click on the link Rate This Title Availability Displaying Title 1 Of 67 Reviews Shelf List Cover Image 4 4 gt Pl Add To Favorites Reserve Book Item Save MARC Basic Info 4 a Title Call No Subjects Series a Availability The dog designed by Carisa Swenson 4Kids Entertainment 636 7 DOG Puppies DOg breeds DOg breeds Pictorial works Artlist collection 1of1 Summary A s Summary Note Facts pictures and posters of your favourite puppy breeds Publication Info A Published New York Scholastic s d Description 1 v unp col ill 28 cm a ISBN 0439593700 Additional Info MediaType Apatosaurus JPG Apatosaurus JPG Who
170. e in spac 500 5 ASI 0001000001695 Asimov Isa Astronomy Subject Searching for Lulu FIC KEE L0001000000811 Keep Linda Angels Fi The time travelers 813 54 Page 108 of 291 L0001000001889 Cooney Car Time trave Check Out Print close Version 4 5 53 Database Version 4 5 53 Patrons Module Communication This tab is used for the user to communicate to the patron through the patron s Web OPAC interface The message appears in the account of the patron on the OPAC To send a patron a communication Click Patron gt Find Add Patron Find patron using search tools Double click on patron name from search results Click on Communication tab Enter information to communicate in Communication field Click Save E RA a Patron gt Patron 2 Record s Found Find Patron Patron Additional Info Family Links Notes History Outreach Communication Patron Name Tammi Jo Pfannmuller Mittens left on counter Type Phone Hi You left your mittens on the counter OO Deleting a Patron To delete an existing patron Click on Patron gt Find Add Patron Find patron using search tools Select patron to delete Click delete Confirm deletion DES el a Editing a Patron To edit an existing patron 1 Click on Patron gt Find Add Patron 2 Search for the patron Page 109 of 291 Patrons Module 3 Double cli
171. eaasaecesscssesseasaesessenens Configuring Patron Search Defaults ccccccccceseessssccecccessssessscssecscessssesssassesscsseesesasaesesscssesseasaesessesees AUTOMATION CONFIGURATION sssccecssssececessececsssaeeecsssaeeecsesuececsesaeeecsesaeeeceesaeeeceesuececeesueeeceeauececeeaaeeeseeaaes MISCELLANEOUS CONFIGURATION ssccccssssececessnececeesnececseaececeesueeeceesaeeeceesaeeecsesaeeececsaeeeceesueeeceeaueeeceeaeeeeeea CATALOG CONFIGURATION cccsccccecsustecesescnece custuccsccucecsecssiadedssteneceveanededeatedecevuatecedsstecececeunacedebuets caidos 1 Catalog Configuration Cataloging SCttinGS ccccessessnsscecccseeensnccesecssesnensacssecscssessesusaesessesees 2 Catalog Configuration Barcode Spine Label Settings cccccccessseesssceesseceessecssscessseceeseecsssseess 3 Catalog Configuration Default Search Settings coconcoconoonnnnnnnonoonanennnnnnnnnnnononnnnonnnnananononnnnos EDI 8 SIFCONFIGURATION ccs cesceceusucedecvcassaceusesctevecde carnada dante da nadan ds add Read adan dadas OPAC CONFIGURATION hinaaro inste iii alta e E a a dd adidas Setting Patron Permissions ON OPAC ccccccccononononononononononnnnnononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnenenenennnnns OPAC S ar h NT sols esta rea ieas eed tats S ae Ee a E E O eda aera A dee vata ede eae OPAC Features CONfIgurati0N cccscsessssccccesessesssesececesesnesuaassecscssesesaaaesessessescaaaaesecscssesnesasaesessesees OPAC Connection Configurati
172. earch for the item to reserve by clicking Find as shown in the following image Select the item from the search results and click on Reserve To reserve a specific copy select the title then select the barcode in the grid below and click on Reserve Copy button 7 Click on Close AN PWN Tip User can reserve multiple items at once using the CTRL or Shift key ee ee eC ee CS ee en ea Insignia Library Welcome Admin 0001 Patron Name Barcode P0001000000546 Patron Info Patron Notes Find Patron Notify Checkout Receipt 4 Name Alicia Wick 995 1567 Type Staff Homeroom 1 Items Loaned 11 Copy Barcode Oo o Temporary computer Booking New Patron Copy Notes Items Overdue 10 Credit 12 57 Fine Due 36 30 Authority Internet Agreement Signed Books Lost 1 Overdue y e Library Check Out Textbook Check Out _ Show Textbook Y Show Library Books Books Damaged 45 Items On Loan Reserve Booking Collect Fines E History ILL Claim Returned Call No Title Require From Expire Date Date Availa Fin 793 MUL The great book of math teasers 27 08 2010 00 00 26 09 2010 11 23 24 10 2010 E Hay The cats of Tiffany Street 24 10 2010 00 00 23 11 2010 08 35 Advanced Classification Show Me Select All Deselect All Version 4 5 53 Database Version 4 5 53 Page 34 of 291 Circulation Module Renew This feature enables multiple items to be re
173. earch term in the search box Select the check boxes beside the online databases you would like to search Click on the search button For the selected databases you will then see a listing of all results found at those sites Simply click on the site link to open a window that will take you to that database web site and show you the results Tip To select the databases viewed in this window click on Administration gt System Setting gt Online Databases Find Weather Refine Your Search i Vir A O NO i online Databases i i o Discovery Channel 236 Results Y CNN com MiDictionary of Canadian Biography es Gale 22 Results Online s e CENGAGE hi 1 ViDiscovery Channel Learning KidsClick WNational Geographic i Wisportquest National Geographic 999 Results Search Engines Wlask com KidsClick 0 Results MiYahoo KIDS ViGoogleScholar H K d kl Vale idsClich MAskKids y web search for kids by librarians YAHOO kips Yahoo KIDS 0 Results B Dictionary of Canadian Biography Online 0 Results QD Ask com Many Results com Events The Events section provides an online list of upcoming events Patrons can participate in these events and even upload pictures To view Events in the OPAC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Go to the OPAC URL Click on the Events tab Select an event by clicking on it Information and pictures from that Event will open up in another window Click the Participate
174. eate customized messages that are sent to patrons when required The following Customizable Messages are available Expired Message 3 different Fine Messages Interlibrary loan request message Magazine Claims 3 different Overdue message for patrons 3 different Overdue message for parents 3 different Overdue message for teachers Overdue Order Recall Message 10 Reserve message 11 Routing message 12 3 different Textbook overdue message OPINA Page 211 of 291 Administration Module Editing System Messages 1 Click on Administration gt Library Setting gt System Messages 2 Select the System Message radio button 3 Select a message type from the dropdown list 4 Click Edit 5 Add remove or move variables To add a variable Place the cursor where variable is to appear and then select the variable from the list and click Add Tip Variables can be added into messages that the system will populate when the message is generated for a particular patron 6 Add text or edit any of the text in the message 7 Click Save 8 These messages are generated in Report Module E g Reports gt Circulation gt Overdue Message System Message Subject Your Library Card is Expired Spell Check New Delete Close Refresh _ Show Me Current Date Library Name Patron First Name Patron Middle Name Patron Last Name Patron Phone Number Page 212 of 291 Administration Module Find Ad
175. ed books to be checked out on that date for that patron 3 Select the books to be checked out and click on Checkout 4 Print the receipt if needed ut C nsignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 Outrea gt Schedule Date From 26 07 2011 ll To 26 08 2011 E Search Y r Prod First Name LastName PhoneNo Title Call No Barcode Author Subject State Jessica Hubbard 8645911 _J1 Nutty and the case FIC HUG L0001000001634 Hughes C Schools E 7809951567 a 2 Nutty and the case FIC HUG L0001000001635 Hughes c Schools In Authority LJ3 Searching for Lulu FIC KEE L0001000000811 Keep Linc Angels Out Classification Check Out Print Checkout Slip Close Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 21 Page 38 of 291 Circulation Module Teacher Checkout List The Teacher Checkout List feature enables for class sets of items to be transferred between classes and or teachers To checkout a list of items to a teacher Click on Circulation gt Teacher Checkout List Input the patron s barcode All items checked to patron will appear Filter by title to limit the transfer to a class set of items Click Filter Select the items to transfer Select the Class Teacher and Class to transfer the items to If the Auto Assign checkbox is checked then the items will be assigned to the students in the selected class 9 Click P
176. ed in error To merge Textbook Titles Click on Textbook gt Merge Textbooks Type in the title or IBSN Specify any additional conditions such as match by ISBN or title Click Find Select the checkboxes for the titles in the top to be merged Select a title in lower grid to be Merged To Click Merge OL OS Search for title chem sen Find Duplicates by ISBN L ISSN _ Title Y Union Select items which will be merged Control Call No ISBN Title Author Category Copies 32 TXT CHE20 12381345 Chemistry 20 Chapper Charlie Chemistry 33 TXT CHE30 12381345 Chemistry 30 Chapper Charlie Chemistry 58 TXT CHE10 12381345 Chemistry 10 Chapper Charlie Chemistry 59 TXT CHE20 12381345 Chemistry 20 Chapper Charlie Chemistry 60 TXT CHE30 12381345 Chemistry 30 Chapper Charlie Chemistry Select an item which will be kept Show Me Preview Merge Control Call No ISBN Title Author Category TXT CHE20 12381345 Chemistry 20 Chapper Charlie Chemistry TXT CHE30 12381345 Chemistry 30 Chapper Charlie Chemistry TXT CHE10 12381345 Chemistry 10 Chapper Charlie Chemistry TXT CHE20 12381345 Chemistry 20 Chapper Charlie Chemistry TXT CHE30 12381345 Chemistry 30 Chapper Charlie Chemistry Page 126 of 291 Textbook Module Transfer Textbook Copies The Transfer feature in the Textbook Module enables staff to transfer textbooks from one school to another in the Distri
177. eeaaececeeaueeeceeaueeeeeeaueeeseeaaeeeeeenaes 117 A A N S A O docedi vaaheseta ee 118 To create O i Nok NAE EE PE EE E E E E E ETT 118 Changes to a Patron SUDSC o ccccceceseessnsccecccesessensnsecesecssessesssassesscssesseauaaesessceseseaaaaesessessnseesasaesessesees 118 TEXTBOOK MODULE ssssesssssesssoossssooseseoossssoosessoosessoesess 119 FINDITEXTBOOK Sodi REANA AANE KETENE TARO A EAEE A EAE A AAE ARA RA 119 CATALOG NEW TEXTBOOKS voca adas 120 TOGA Textbook COPICS Eisner 120 TO Delete G TEXtDOOK senrinreonia inan Ta IE AREA A T EE EAEE AAEE 121 To delete a single Textbook COPY sscsccccccssessesssecececesesneaucesecscsseenenaesesecscseneneaassesecsssueeneasseesscsseeeeaaes 121 To Delete Multiple Textbook Copies by Barcode cocoococooccnccononoononannonccnonnnanononnonconnannanononnoncnnnannnnono 121 Textbook Apply MUIti COPies cccsscscsecccssessessssesececssnsnenauaesececsseesenaeassecsssenenenaeeesecsseseeaaaaeesssceseeeenaas 122 Textbook Titles and COUISECS ccssccccesssececsensececssnsncecsesececseaueeecseuseecsesuusecsesuesecsesuseecsesessecsesesseceesnees 122 Add PA BIALA EA COUPSE tit tit tddi E ENE 123 SO A 123 Notes ISO VA tirao 123 TEXTBOOK CHECK OUT o aaan a enian edeevenschceusesaselvcascacenscedechecscachesddetecteessach sed add ae 123 TEXTBOOK CHECK IN could id Ad A AATA AA dd 124 Page 5 of 291 Force CHECKIN GAC ce aa a aa a a a a a a a e at 124 TO Change the Checkin dateien ia e roar ea aao aa sdeas
178. eeded to add a Z39 50 Library Host 1 IP address or URL in IP address field 2 Port number 3 Database name 4 User ID and password if required To add a new library in Z39 50 search follow these steps 1 Click on Administration gt Other Libraries gt Z39 50 Hosts Click New Enter the information required Enabled means show the Z39 50 server on the list Default denotes that it automatically appears pre selected in the list Click Save Dy ee Tip Connectivity to the host can be tested prior to saving the information Enter the relevant information and click Test Page 215 of 291 Othe Administration Module Host Name AMICUS V Default V Enable Nick Name _ Local IP Address Database Name Port User ID Max Records 50 7 Notes Created Created By Last Modified Last Modified By Security Security permissions can be set up from the patron window or they can be set up from security ILS enables permissions to be assigned to groups Patrons can be added to these groups and the group permissions will automatically apply This makes maintenance simple and is the recommended method for assigning permissions Save Cancel Edit Delete First Previous Next Last Close Test Show Me Tip Patrons can be assigned permissions individually but this approach is not recommended and should be used as an exception rather than as a standard practice To
179. eference Filter Checking Filter on the bottom left of the Simple Search screen will apply any new search term to the results returned in the preceding search This feature enables a search within search results Itis a useful feature when limiting a search Page 18 of 291 Search Module Advanced Search Advanced Search provides Boolean search options The search can further be limited by parameters such as publishing date collection type audience type language and material type Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Osment fr Deselect alll And Or And Not Find hayes x 2 And Or And Not Select All Select First Magazine Y Non Fiction Y Reference The cats of Tiffany Street Hayes Sarah Reserve By Name Reserve Reserve List Show Favorites Add to Favorites HAY tnt p LO001000002171 Print Favorites 0001000002226 Print Copy Info 0001000002227 Print Version 5 2 0 Database Version 5 2 0 To Use Advanced Search 1 Click on Search gt Advanced from the menu Enter a search term in the search field 3 Select the search criteria e g Starts With Exact Match Any Match 3 1 Two or more additional search terms and Boolean operators can be used to refine the search
180. enable the default search to be for all libraries in the district 7 Make sure to check the Visible box to make the library active within the OPAC Interface 8 Click on the Add Logo button to add library logo in the reports 9 Click Save 9 gt Library Setting A Library Information KAMEO A e el 0001 Library Type Elementary Name Insignia Library 1 Contact Insignia Software Address 555 5050 St Email insigniasupport insigniasoftware com Website www insigniasoftware com Add Clear Phone No 111 111 1111 Ext 111 Fax No 111 345 3453 Back Background Nick Name g Postal Code TOE 1M4 Semester a Country Holiday State Office Hours m City V District Visible _ Mobile Announcement Add Clear Front Background Created 20 12 2002 10 54 00 AM Created By Admin All Last Modified 07 03 2012 02 54 00 PM Last Modified By Admin 0001 Page 206 of 291 New Clone Edit Delete First Previous Next Show Me Administration Module Office Hours Office hours are used to calculate fines when books are checked out hourly and are also used to determine weekend holidays To change or create an office hour schedule Click on Administration gt Library Setting gt Library Info Click on Office Hours tab Select the Category and click on Edit or click New to create a new category Set the library hours
181. end email to all the participants enter the notification below and click on Send Notification To add pictures 1 Click on Pictures tab 2 Click on Add picture 3 Browse the file and select the photo Merge Parameters Parameters Patron Circ Type Item Circulation Type and Homerooms can be merged by using this window and selecting the appropriate tab To Merge Parameters 1 Click on Administration gt Library Setting gt Merge Parameters 2 Select the tab for the values to merge 3 Select 1 or more values on the left hand side of the window 4 Select one value as the type to be kept on the right hand side 5 Click apply Grade 1 2 Grade 10 12 Patron Circ Type New Public Seniors Students Preview Merge Page 214 of 291 Administration Module ILL Library Info Use this window to enter all the libraries that items are borrowed from These library names can be used when entering ILL items un ILL Library Two ill2 email com Cancel Delete Z39 50 Hosts ILS has seamlessly integrated interface that searches any library that is Z39 50 compliant ILS comes with predefined libraries that are Z39 50 compliant Additional libraries can be added to this list Technically there is no limit to the number of libraries that can be searched but the more libraries that are selected to search the more time it will take for the results to be returned The following information is n
182. ennnnononncnnnnnns 133 ASSETS MODULE vissciccsseccscecscssccedssssssccsseeccstcacescsscesecdetsessa cs 134 ASS Sorin it ti dune cereus dou vagus tE ANA vince Dis uens dvs sib dc eduadssudeyin A E A 134 TOView dyd AAG ASSES ictericia adan aida aii Ii dean AE AEA EE 134 MANAGING KITS ocu A cguddveuscedadacuveavsuacedaed ede a cubes 135 FIND ADD ROOMS A A A a E D 136 MEDIA EQUIPMENT BOOKING 0d dia 137 MEDIA EQUIPMENT CHECK IN ra a tata 137 MEDIA EQUIPMENT CHECKOUT Zoila a A a ad iia 138 MEDIA EQUIPMENT BOOKING LIST ccssccssesssecssecesecesecesssessceeeseseecceessaescseecseeessecsueceaeceaeceaeseaeseeesseesseeesenessas 139 MEDIA BARCODES nirre at ccc Acgicves csacsvecsaaucde ecahcedcsauce dl lenis cesaaccddscascedveaduoeds EI ERRE A asada caida 139 MANAGING COMPUTERS cursisten si sate cee Aa Sides Macesd us edad da dencia 140 COMPUTER BOOKING lt svcdecvdvea O ON A 141 Computer Booking Waiting List sssssccccccesessessnscsecccscessenacssececsseseeusaesesecssesaaaaesecsceseeneaasassessesens 141 PRINTER AND PRINT OBS 2 cee cesdeceds desc seecs desde sesnece osdacceds csandeccesaged yecaheadvedauceds toasketcsaacedeesdneed uebaceada danos ada 142 ACQUISITIONS MODULE csscccsssssceccssssceccessscecceesseees 143 AS E E AEE ENI 144 RECEIVE AN ORDER areenaan aitor ta ta AAE ERA ARETA ORATE AE ATARE T KEAS ARAETA ANN AA N A AE AERA 145 To receive a shipment follow these steps ococcmonoooononcnncnnnnnnanonononnconon
183. entire district 163 Follett Barcode Fix For Insignia Technical Team Only 216 Hide Patron Group Set the value to 1 to hide patron group in patron barcode Set the value to O to display the patron group in the patron barcode 289 Ignore Checkdigit Logic Max For Insignia Technical Team Only 290 Ignore Checkdigit Logic Min For Insignia Technical Team Only 263 Normalize To Fixed Length After Remove Prefix For Insignia Technical Team Only 217 Remove Description Set to 1 to remove group and homeroom from patron barcode label public library setting Used for public libraries to removes group homeroom from patron barcode label 292 RemoveSpectrumCheckdigit For Insignia Technical Team Only 180 Show Normalize Barcode Set the value to 1 to set the normalize barcode checkbox to be selected by default in checkin checkout and renew windows Set the value to 0 to deselect the normalize barcode checkbox by default 249 Smart Barcode Checkout Set the value to 1 to enable Smart Barcode ability to distinguish between patron and item barcodes in ILS Set the value to O to disable the Smart Barcode feature 264 Use Follet Format When Create New Copy Page 246 of 291 Custom Settings Set the value to 1 to use the Follett barcode when the item is new Set the value to O to not use the Follett Barcode for new items 134 District Name Enter the name of the district as it will appear on barcode labels Cataloging 33 Show New Book Request Book R
184. equest Set the value to 1 to enable the new book request module Set the value to O to hide the new book request module 1 Call No Tag Enter the call number tag to be used if a standard call number is not being used 214 Catalog During Checkout Set the value to 1 to enable cataloging items during checkout 40 Copy Customized Field 1 Name of Copy Customized Field 1 96 Copy Customized Field 10 Name of Copy Customized Field 10 41 Copy Customized Field 2 Name of Copy Customized Field 2 42 Copy Customized Field 3 Name of Copy Customized Field 3 43 Copy Customized Field 4 Name of Copy Customized Field 4 97 Copy Customized Field 5 Name of Copy Customized Field 5 98 Copy Customized Field 6 Name of Copy Customized Field 6 99 Copy Customized Field 7 Name of Copy Customized Field 7 100 Copy Customized Field 8 Name of Copy Customized Field 8 101 Copy Customized Field 9 Name of Copy Customized Field 9 158 Copy Default Allow ILL Set this value to 1 to Allow Interlibrary Loan to be selected as the default when creating a new copy 124 Copy Number District Based Set this value to 1 to enable the copy number to be based on the system s copies 227 Enable Collection Analysis Set the value to 1 to enable the Collection Analysis feature 52 Item Customized Field 1 Name of Item Customized Field 1 102 Item Customized Field 10 Name of Item Customized Field 10 53 Item Customized Field 2 Name of Item Customized Field 2 54 Item Customized Field
185. er such as IE Firefox or Safari 2 Enter the URL for library server in the address bar 2 1 For cataloging and circulation the URL format is http servername ils 2 2 For OPAC the URL format is http servername 3 Enter the login ID and password given to you For reference please write down the connection information here Library URL http Patron URL http Acronyms ILS Insignia library System OPAC Online Public Access Catalog ILL Interlibrary Loan ITS Insignia Technical Support Login Screen Login interface provides the features listed below Remember Me If selected saves the last login ID on the computer in the Login field Themes Enables selection of a colour scheme for the ILS to display in Online Meeting Click on it when prompted to start an online meeting with Insignia Technical Support OPAC Links to the OPAC E i Insignia Library Information System Login Time 8 42 50 PM Login Remember Me Password forgot your password Language English v Themes Green v Hide Vertical Navigator Hide Toolbar Login Reset Online Meeting Online Meeting Mac OPAC Make This My Homepage Database Version 5 2 0 Silverlight Version 5 2 0 Getting Started Navigation Bar Quick Toolbar amp Menu The Navigation Bar Quick Toolbar and Menu provide three ways to access modules and features in the ILS The Navigation Bar is displayed vertically on the left of the screen as shown below
186. erences Items that the patron has already borrowed will not included in this list To create an Outreach Profile Click on menu Patron gt Find Add Patrons Find the patron for whom the outreach profile will be created for Click on Outreach Tab Click Edit Specify patron preferences Specify the Delivery Schedule Click Save SA gt Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Change Password Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 Find Patron Patron Additional Info Family Links Notes History Alicia Wick The future in space Subject1 Space and time Fiction Subject2 Astronautics History Subject3 Subject4 Subject5 Subject6 Subject7 Subject8 Subject9 Subject10 John Laurie 1940 Delivery Type Week Month Authority Classification _ Y Monday _ Tuesday Wednesday _ Thursday _ Friday _ Saturday Sunday Acquisitions v Version 4 5 53 Database Version 4 5 53 8 Click on Circulation gt Outreach 9 Specify the date range Page 107 of 291 Advanced Schedule Date First Name 10 Click Search 11 Select the books to checkout 12 Click Checkout 13 Click Checkout Slip to print the list of items checked out 25 10 2010 Last Name TT ogout Change P Title Call No Patrons Module Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 The futur
187. es _ No Y Can add review v Share favorite list _ Can upload a file First _ Need phone call service _ Email me what is new Y Can change password _ Need SMS SMS Carrier gt Previous Family Name Courses Taking Driving License Next Last Save Cancel Close Show Me Page 104 of 291 Patrons Module Additional Features in the Patron Information Window Loan History Tracking Enable or disable tracking patron loan history Auto Dialer Voice Setting Set the language for autodialer communications LDAP Auto Login Turn on off LDAP authentication Need phone call service Turn on off phone call service for autodialer Email me what is new Turn this feature on to have a list of new books sent by email on a regular basis Can Change password Select this checkbox to allow patrons to change their patron password on the OPAC Can add review Select this checkbox to allow patrons to add reviews through the OPAC These reviews still have to go through the approval process Share favorites list Select this checkbox to enable the patron to share favorites lists on the OPAC Can upload file Select this checkbox to enable patrons to upload files into library system through the OPAC Reserve Media Online Select this checkbox to enable patrons to reserve media online SMS Carrier Select the patron s SMS carrier for messaging features C
188. ess To make global changes to headings Click on Catalog gt Global Change gt Heading Global Change Choose the heading type i e Name Subject or Series title by selecting the appropriate radio button Enter the search term into the Heading field Click Search From the Heading list select the heading to change Edit the heading in the change selected heading list to field The tags and indicators can be similarly changed using the drop down menus To change the heading and keep the existing tag and indicators select the same tag and leave the indicators blank 9 To change the heading and keep the existing tag but change the indicators select the same tag specify the new value and new indicators 10 Click on Preview to see the old and new tag and heading 11 If the changes are correct click Apply to save the changes M SNOW Pw Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Buffett i A a Ser RS ie OR ww Am ns gt Advanced F Heading Type Name apo leading Typ gt UN Authority Heading cat Classification aCat breeds vEncyclopedias aCat breeds vJuvenile literature aCat family Mammals aCat family Mammals aCatalysis 2bicssc aCaterpillars aCaterpillars Experiments aCaterpillars as pets aCaterpillars xFiction aCaterpillars 2sears aCatholics Fiction aCat adoption v
189. est of the copy fields are optional Tip If an item is donated select the Donated checkbox to track it If this item is allowed for ILL select the Allow Interlibrary Loan checkbox Tip If a copy is to be deleted from the catalog upon check out click on the consumable This selection marks the copy record as consumable Tip To make the copy visible in the OPAC ensure the visible checkbox is checked 6 Click Save when the copy information is complete Page 55 of 291 Catalog Module Kit Button If an item has extras such as a CD or a study guide these can be tracked in circulation by being added to the copy information as a kit To add a kit to a record 1 Click on Catalog gt Find Add Item gt Copy Information 2 Click on Kit EPEE Petp i 3 Enter the Title of the extra items the barcode price status and any comments 4 Click on Add 5 A popup message will appear prompting if these ancillary items need to be applied to all the existing copies Kit Title Kit Barcode 001169 Study Guide Lo001000000197 Study Guide LO001000000203 Study Guide LO001000000349 0001000000350 i L0001000001168 Study Guide ls NANA a 6 Specify the copies to which these items are to be added and click Ok Page 56 of 291 Catalog Module 7 Click Save when the kit information is complete Relink Barcode Button If an item is
190. estobcdeduevacecevesseiecesescedevsobcdecvevscucevvoncdecebescededobsdecvevscecevesbebecebescedevnebddecienede 242 QUICK TOOLBAR c cccccisseaccscietaccletesscdecavihesedvans ii aia cdecusnacedeveahcducsvanccduvuea cdechunndedeveasedscveabes 243 Page 8 of 291 To add icons to the Quick TOO DAP cccccccccccccccccsseecscecccsssssesececessssssuucusecescssssuscncecesesssssuensesesessasuaaas 243 To remove icons from the Quick Toolbar sssscsccccccssessesssececscssnensascesecsesseeneaaecssecsseeeenssaeesesesseeeeaaes 244 MEG ai 244 CUSTOMISETTINGS i cc ooociooiconitacooaniicnso codi noionniscocconida canada 245 Custom Setting Explanation by CAtCQOry cccssssssccccccecssssssccsesecssessesssassesscsseeneaaaesecscssessesasaesessesees 245 OFFLINE CIRCULATION csi A ERORE OEE AIE AEO KE ETRA EREA 259 OFFIINC CROCK OUL cit E E E E E rnsts 259 OTUINECheck in tt a e ia ae enea dt a ed as dados 259 Offline Adding Patons ileso circa eiaeaen a gas Bed Soa bo nada CIEN ORNS A naa ree aoo Seda boo 260 Offline INVENTORY ui Ea asec dah vase Sed ck Sasa Raa nase aes 261 OFFLINE MS DIOGE DAtA oil A E on TGS Seda EE URE TOL oT A ed 261 ONLINE PATRON ACCESS CATALOG OPAC ssssseeeeesees 262 WHAT S NEW re rE A ri AR S NA A cceduasedeus vitecdas vancdtes endecetuancdoel sateecasvisedeestan isis 263 WAGES NOW E NR NA 263 OPAC SEARCH ni A A OA Aid 264 OPAC Simple SCA ii a a daa DESEE 264 Simple Search Advanced Search TOD ccseseesssccecccesnsns
191. estroying them To see the list of Archived Items go to the menu Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add item Select the Archive checkbox now when search is done it will be done on archive items Book Reviews Book reviews can be added into the library system The reviews must first go through an approval process Once the review is approved the review will display in the OPAC when the reviewed item is searched There are two ways to approve a book review To approve a book review on a specific title added by patrons Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Search and select the title Click on Review tab Click on Approve to approve it Click on Edit to modify the content and then click on Save To disapprove the reviews click on Disapprove A E E a a To approve book reviews added by patrons Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Book Reviews Pick a title from dropdown list or Click Next Previous Click on Approve Click on Edit to modify the content and then click Save and then click on Approve to approve it To disapprove the reviews click on Disapprove Repeat above steps for other titles by selecting one from the dropdown list Or ee Page 62 of 291 Catalog Module Projects ILS allows for the creation of projects In a project items can be grouped together For example a project can include books multimedia files and web links into one collection The projects will automatically
192. ew Today Renew Period Due Date Renew Period Show Me Circulation Traps 11 Disable Overdue Fine module V Display overdue message Y Show Overdue Time _ Catalog During Checkout M Track loan history _ Disable Loan Trapping module _ Ignore warning when checking out from other library Fine Due Fine Rate x Overdue Time af o Overdue Time Check In Time Due Time v Grace Period v Library Holidays When checking out a book that has not been checked in Homeroom check out sort by Automatically Check in First Name L Give information and let user make choice Last Name V Reserve automatically expire after 30 days Override Password _ Bo Override Pswd Circulation Date is from today Plus lo days Confi _ Allow check out textbook not in schedule mum its _ Delete Temp Item After Checkin Self checking time out 30 s Delete ILL Item After Checkin Book times per dax 5 V Change Library When Book Checkin From Mobile Times per month 30 Check receipt _ Print All v Play sound after checkin W Play sound after checkout Print today s checkouts Play sound after scan patron Page 184 of 291 Patron Tab Configuration In the patron configuration tab includes the following settings Pictures nn pun Library Card Expiry Date Patron Default Password ID amp Barcode Patron Search Defaults Circulation Type Constraints Configuring Library Card Expiry Date Default Expiry
193. f the window displays information where notifications can be manually sent via email This is an immediate process This window sends emails only to selected patron groups see Patron gt Patron group to create a group In order for an email to be sent the threshold on the left hand side must be met Tip Email notifications can be set up to be automatically sent when a set threshold is reached To set up automatic email notifications thresholds follow Administration gt Library Setting and select the Automation tab pg 174 To set up automatic system messages follow Administration gt Library Setting gt System Message pg 195 system Setting Message Adhoc Message Phone SMS Log Message Type Overdue message Title Overdue Message 1 Message f First Name l Last Name t threshold s Fines _ Enabled Between 01 01 2000 s To 01 01 2050 Copies b Library Name d Today s Date o Overdue List Phone Message Email Message You have s books overdue English Spanish Send out every day at 4 47 PM E Student Assistant Pre Recorded Wave File 11 k 8 bit i i Computers Replace Text _ Before Text _ After Text Retry 3 Priority 1 Expired In 24 Hours Threshold 1 Group 6 _ Lan Party _ Librarian Send Email Now Save Cancel Adhoc Messages Adhoc messages can be set without a threshold to cue them
194. fy the date range and click on Search Page 40 of 291 Circulation Module Patron Inquiry Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 Search Circulation Catalog Patron Administration Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Change Password Search data from 26 08 2011 26 08 2011 Patron Barcode POO01000000580 Find Jessica Hubbard Answer By Admin 0001 Edit Question do you have any books on dinasoaurs HA Delete Save Authority Classification Cancel Answer we have lots of books on it you can find them in third shelf in the last row Close Patron Name Answer By gt esca Hubberd_ Admin 0004 we have lt of books of Alicia Wick Admin 0001 Her books are in fiction sec Looking for book by Margre 26 08 2011 Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 21 Alerts When the alert feature is enabled alerts will appear when logging into ILS The Reserve List and newly Registered Patrons from the OPAC or the SIS for school libraries will be displayed in different tabs The following image shows an alert list Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Assets Acquisitions Window Logout Change Password Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 Reserve List BRC ete Beary PA O Search ay Reserve Date From 25 08 2011 To 25 08 2011 show all age O Search By Available Date From 25 05 2011 To 25 08 2011 a Lib
195. global type in order for the system to apply the appropriate circulation parameters during Inter branch lending To create global types the login must be that of the district administrator with permissions In addition to enable global Circulation types the item type must be system based not site based To make item type system based login as admin click Administration gt Custom Settings and set the value custom parameter District Based to 1 To add a new global type follow these steps Click on Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types Click on Global Circulation Types tab Click New Enter the name of the global type Check the Default checkbox for this global type to be the default global type Click Save AN PWN Pp A Corel de E MS ee Welcome Admin All irculation T AN Global Circ Type MEC GEI e a elas Name Student Global bd New Edit Grid Y Default Edit Refresh Save Preview Cance Close _ Delete Show Me Classification Created May 16 2010 07 46 00 Created By Admin All Last Modified Last Modified By 0 Day s 2 Week s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s Magazines f 0 Day s 2 Weeks 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s New Item1 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s Reference 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s Textbooks 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s Videos 2 Week s 0 Day s 0 Day s 0 00 Day 0 Day s Administration v Version 4 5 39 Database Version
196. h Easy Kids Kiosk Z39 50 Projects Media Request Online Databases Events Reserves Loan ILL Fine Loan History Fine History Computer Booking Reading Program Communication Notification Networking Patron Infomation Save Change Change Password First Name Kallie Middle Name Lee S Last Name Miller Nick Name re Gender Male Female Phone No Phone Ext SOREL Fax No Email greenbean hotme Street Address 118 105th St Postal Code T6J 2N9 City Edmonton A Province Alberta x Country Canada z Pickup Library Insignia Library 1 x Expire Date 13 02 2026 Announcement This is the test annoucement box This shows in the Web PAC Patron Reserves To view the patron reserves 1 Gotothe OPAC URL 2 Click on the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted Click on the reserve tab All current reserves are listed Select an item and click on cancel to cancel that reserve Select an item and click on Save MARC to save a copy of that MARC record to file Use the preview to generate a printable reserve list NOW Pw Page 276 of 291 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC Reserves ILL Fine Loan History Fine History Computer Booking Reading Program Communication Notification Networking This Patron has 1 books reserved at Insignia Library 1 E Result in grid Select All Deselect All Cancel Save MARC Preview 50 Per Page x
197. h the inventory has determined as missing The Inventoried Item checkbox will generate a list of all items inventoried not missing This report should be run at the end of inventory for a final missing list of all sections in the library 12 Items to be weeded List of items marked to be weeded marked as Weeded in Catalog gt Collection Analysis in the Aged Titles tab 13 Items without Call Number Lists items that have no call number 14 List of Copy Titles Lists copies in system including duplicates 15 List of ILL Titles Lists the titles in the Library that have been borrowed from other libraries as ILL items It also lists who requested the items 16 List of Item Titles Lists titles within the system including duplicate titles Additionally this report identifies items cataloged through Z39 50 To limit the report further select the option Z39 50 Source Only or Manually Created Only ON AMS Page 153 of 291 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Administration Module Lost Items Lists items with a status of lost and the name of the patron who lost it Additional limiting criteria include Include Items Declared Lost and Include Textbook Lost Missing Items as Percentage Lists items missing by their location The report shows the number of books in the location and books lost in that location Additionally the percentage of lost books in the location is displayed New Mexico State Ann
198. he bibliographic template These editing features allow the user to select the tags displayed when creating an Authority or Bibliographic record Authority MARC Template To edit the MARC tags displayed when creating Authority records Click on Catalog gt Templates gt Authority Select an Item Type from the drop down list Click Edit Check the tags that are to appear on the Authority Code tab for items of that type Click Save WM PwWNnP We de Sus for siveright vee gt E a Ep rage G Tods gt Welcome Admin 0001 Authority Templa gt Item Type PERSONAL NAME NR Y save Advanced ay pesaje E asc vj 010 LIBRARY OF CONGRESS CONTROL NUMBER NR Preview nie vj 014 LINK TO BIBLIOGRAPHIC RECORD FOR SERIAL OR ML Authority J 016 NATIONAL BIBLIOGRAPHIC AGENCY CONTROL NUMBE 3 vj 020 INTERNATIONAL STANDARD BOOK NUMBER R N 022 INTERNATIONAL STANDARD SERIAL NUMBER R Classification J 035 SYSTEM CONTROL NUMBER R 9 vj 040 CATALOGING SOURCE NR Kiosk 042 AUTHENTICATION CODE NR L 043 GEOGRAPHIC AREA CODE NR v 045 TIME PERIOD OF HEADING NR Simple J 050 LIBRARY OF CONGRESS CALL NUMBER R a _j 052 GEOGRAPHIC CLASSIFICATION R vj 053 LC CLASSIFICATION NUMBER R Z39 30 Joss NATIONAL LIBRARY OF CANADA CALL NUMBER R J 060 NATIONAL LIBRARY OF MEDICINE CALL NUMBER R Library System 0 066 CHARACTER SETS PRESENT NR right 2009 Insig
199. he value to 1 to enable textbooks from other libraries to be checked in 137 Allow Move Textbook Set the value to 1 to enable the feature for textbooks transfer from one district site to another 16 Hide Textbook Set the value to O to enable textbook related features Set the value to 1 to hide textbook r elated features Page 258 of 291 Offline Circulation Offline Circulation In the event that the server or network is down ILS has the capability to provide offline circulation In order to do offline circulation and upload it the Offline button in the Quick Toolbar This will install a thin client on desktop which is used in the event connection to server is down When unable to the server click on the ILS offline icon on the desktop Using this program will allow for checkout check in inventory and adding patrons When connection is restored to the server user will get a prompt to upload the data Offline Checkout There are times when your network or Internet connection may go down Use this feature to continue circulations while that is looked into To checkout items in Offline circulation click on the icon on desktop 1 Scan the patron card 2 Specify the default due date 3 If item being checked out is textbook select the checkbox for Textbooks 4 Scan the book barcode e Prompt when system is online Check In Inventory Create New Patron Off Line Check Out Please scan or enter barcode ONLY 08 09 201
200. heckout items due to the constraints on their loan profile a popup message will prompt the user to enter the override password Tip Override password can be set in Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration gt Circulation Checkout Tabs Patron Info Patron Notes Find Patron Notify Checkout Receipt Type Items Loaned 0 Temporary Computer Booking New Patron Copy Notes Items Overdue 0 Current Library Books Only Fine Due 0 _ Set Due Date to 09 03 2012 m V Current Patron Only Books Lost o Library _ Textbook _ Show Textbook v Show Library Books Credit 0 00 Books Damaged 0 Find Renew List Claim Return Check In Lost Refresh Preview Consumable Show Me Page 28 of 291 Circulation Module Items on Loan Tab The Items on Loan tab lists all the items currently checked out by the patron From this tab items can be checked in marked as lost claimed returned or renew items The items in red are overdue the items in black are checked out not overdue and the items listed in blue have been checked out today Reserve Tab The Reserve tab lists all the items currently on reserve for the patron Items that are available for pickup are shown in green To reserve an item click on the Find button to find the title select it and click on Reserve To cancel a reserve click on the checkbox beside the item on reserve and then click on Cancel button Tip Reserve ca
201. hile in Edit mode Click Save Tip Clicking Remove Selected Homeroom will remove all patrons from the currently selected homeroom Search Advanced Teacher Allison Prosser asc 4 yl Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password oo a wu oo Welcome Admin 0 Clear Teacher Edit Refresh Delete Add Patron Save Close Notes Homeroom 1 teacher Authority Cancel ShowMe Classification 9 amp a O Patron Name Grade 2 Insignia Software Jm Allie Bingleyx Grade 12 _ Brendan Wells Bri M cull O rianna Munro cullen L_ Cameron Faulkner Chloe Mcneil duchesne O Daniel Winters md bl Remove Selected Patron Created Dec 21 2002 02 46 00 PM Created By Admin 0001 Last Modified Dec 02 2007 02 38 00 PM Last Modified By Admin 0001 ry System Version 5 2 2 Database Version 5 2 1 Page 113 of 291 Patrons Module To delete a homeroom Click on Patrons gt Homeroom Select the homeroom to delete in the dropdown menu Click on Delete button Confirm your deletion P WIN a To edit a homeroom Click on Patrons gt Homeroom Select the homeroom to edit in the dropdown menu Click Edit Make any changes needed Click Save USO S Page 114 of 291 Patrons Module Patron Group ILS provides the ability to create and define differen
202. icipated arrival date of issues It also allows for renewal of subscriptions receiving issues globally and creating formal and informal routing lists To add a new serial record Click on Catalog gt Serials gt Find Add Serials Click on New Enter the date the subscription starts Enter the date the subscription expires on Enter when the next issue is expected to arrive Enter the date the subscription is to be renewed should be the same as the expiry date Enter the first volume received Enter the first issue received Save the record ESE OU ee a Time Magazine Save MAG 102 ISSN Copies 5 E cancel m Monthly Max Issues 12 URL www timemagazine com Edit New York Pub Place Delete Magazine Vendor y Subscription Cost 5 90 te Editing History Previous Created Created By Last Modified Last Last Modified By Close To o2 04 2011 Start Vol Show Me Next Will Arrive at 02 05 2010 Ex Start Issue la aj New Issue X Next 02 05 2010 02 05 2010 Volume No Issue No Date Expected Magazine Date Arrived Date Copies Barcode Receive It Detail Ea E New Copy Delete Issue Catalog Old Issues Page 80 of 291 Catalog Module Renewing a Serial This feature generates a list of serial titles that the library will receive This should
203. ide Homeroom Set the value to O to enable homeroom related features Set the value to 1 to hide the homeroom related features Import 293 Create New Copy When 852 Tag Exists Set to 1 to make a new copy when the 852 tag exists even without a barcode 151 Show Import All Tag Set the value to 1 to show import all tags in import Set the value to O to hide show import Inventory 47 Mis Shelved Off By Set the value to 1 to ignore mis shelved items during the inventory process The value can be set to how mis shelved the book is to be detected e g 3 Language 207 Latin System Set to 1 to disable Latin System Set to O to enable this system 280 Chinese Keyword Search Set to 1 to enable Chinese keyword search in the OPAC 133 Chinese Traditional Keyword Search Set to 1 to enable Chinese Traditional Keyword search in the OPAC 210 Japanese Keyword Search Set the value to 1 to enable a Japanese keyword search in the Web OPAC Set the value to O to disable a Japanese keyword search 279 Change Language Set the value to 1 to enable language change feature in the OPAC Library Card 212 Show Expire Next Month Info Set the value to 1 to display expiry date when library card expires in thirty days Set the value to O to not display the expiry when card expires in thirty days Login 228 Allow Auto Email Password Set the value to 1 to enable passwords to be e mailed in the OPAC and the Silverlight login Set the value to O to hide the email pa
204. ides a list of predefined global changes that Insignia has created based on popular use To make a system defined global change 1 Click on Administration gt Global Changes gt System Defined Global Changes Select the appropriate global change Define the limiting criteria on the right hand side of the window Click OK The system provides a prompt listing the amount of records that will be affected If this prompt is correct click OK and if not click Cancel WP wn Warning Once confirmed global changes are IRREVERSIBLE Change Call No Prefix a Criteria Change Collection Type Change Patron Grade Change copy location Change due date From Pre Kindergarten Change Homeroom To Pre Kindergarten Change item circ type Change patron circ type Change patron group Change patron s expiry date Copy Local Call to Item Call Delete all the patrons by card expiration d Delete all the patrons by circ type Delete all the patrons by graduation year 2012 Book Club O Delete all the patrons by patron status Delete all the patrons in a grade Delete all the patrons in a homeroom Delete book reviews by patron Delete copies that are marked To be Dele Delete events Close Show Me Lema Page 219 of 291 Administration Module User Defined Global Changes Global changes can also be made to user defined parameters Data can be limited by Author Budget Call Number Circul
205. ience Global Change feature 1 Click on Catalog gt Global Change gt Audience Global Change 2 The changes can be limited by 2 1 Call number range 2 2 Audience Level Select the Audience Type to Change To from dropdown list Click Apply 5 A dialog box will prompt with the number of records that will be changed Click Yes to continue or No to cancel ew Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password oo a wu oo Welcome Admin 0 Audience lt Not Specified gt Authority Change Audience Type To an Ages _ Recreate item after change _ Delete unused Audience Apply Close 4 R System ConTORE 1999 2012 Insignia Software Classification Version 5 2 2 Database Version 5 2 1 Page 94 of 291 Catalog Module MARC Bibliographic Global Editor This feature is for making a variety of global changes to the bibliographic records To use the MARC Bibliographic Global Editor 1 Click on Catalog gt Global Change gt MARC Global Editor 2 Select Change Search Result Tip If Change All is selected all records in the system will be changed 3 Select all the records on which changes are to be applied 4 Specify the criteria 4 1 Copy Tag 4 1 1 Copy data from Old Tag to New Tag or Move data from Old Tag to New Tag when Move Over check box is selected 4 2 Copy Subfield 4 2 1 Copy onl
206. ija NR Library of congress control number NR Patent control information R National bibliography number NR _ National bibliographin agency control number R Copyright registration number R Copyright article fee code NR International standard book number R International standard serial number R Other standard identifier R Overseas acquisition number R Standard technical report number R Publisher number R Coden designation R Postal registration number R Date time and place of an event R Coded cartographic mathematical data R Edit Save Cancel en Show Me asa Close a Le Marc Display Plain Validate Version 5 2 2 Database Version 5 2 1 Page 98 of 291 MARC Import Options The MARC record information imported into ILS can be specified These specifications can be system wide or set for individual 239 50 Hosts using this feature Catalog Module Tip This feature allows the user to select the MARC tags that should NOT be imported To specify tags that should NOT be imported o O YB DN Search Click on Catalog gt Setting gt MARC Import Options To specify this for a particular Z39 50 host select the host from the dropdown list To make the change for all hosts select System Setting Click Edit Select the tags or subfields that are not to be imported when importing MARC records Alternatively a range of tags that are not to be imported can be listed in the
207. il Click Edit Enter the relevant data Click Save IDEN gt Budget 13 Re Find Budget Budget Budget Name Children s Books New Total Amount 10 000 00 H Account No jl clone Edit Created Feb 13 2012 11 01 00am Delete Created By Admin 0001 First Last Modified a Last Modified By 0 00 10 000 00 KG gt gt 4 270 71 This is for the best of children s literature Page 147 of 291 Acquisitions Module Vendors Vendor profiles can be kept in Insignia Library System database This information from the profile is automatically used when contacting the vendor for placing an order or claiming orders that have not been received The information can be used for communicating a purchase order with the vendor To create a vendor profile Click Acquisitions gt Find Add Vendor Click New Enter all the relevant information Click Save PSN uisitions gt Ve Find Vendor Merge Name Kellers Contact Keys Michelle Account No 12345 Phone No 123 555 5555 Ext 55 Fax No C y Email http Address City Province Country Postal Code Identification Currency Cancel Identification Use EDT Close Agency as Show Me Notes Editing History Created Created By Last Modified Last Modified By To edit a vendor profile Click Acquisitions gt Find Add Ven
208. imple Circulation Catalog Patron Subfield Close User Show Me User System crt 3 System System System System Populate_ ffhsignia Software System System System System System System System System System w ww w w w w alavi alawa 00 No System Version 5 2 2 Database Version 5 2 1 To Remove a Tag from the Keyword List O ae Highlight the tag to remove from the list Click on the Remove button Repeat above for as many tags that require removal Click Populate to rebuild the keyword index Tip Tags with the type System cannot be removed Only tags that are user defined can be removed Page 97 of 291 MARC Display Settings The MARC fields visible to patrons in the Web OPAC can be selected using this feature This setting is system based To set the MARC display settings Search Circulation Authority Classification 1 2 Click Edit 3 4 5 6 Click Save Catalog Patron Check the tabs to appear in the OPAC Report Administration Textbooks Assets Click on Catalog gt Setting gt MARC Display Setting Acquisitions Catalog Module Selecting MARC Display will show tags in a MARC format Selecting Plain Validate will validate tags before saving the record in the MARC Expert interface Window Help Logout Password Campo fijo de la descripci n f sica r Elementos de datos de longitud f
209. ind Patron Notify Checkout Receipt Name Type Items Loaned 0 Copy Barcode Temporary Computer Booking New Patron Copy Notes Items Overdue 0 _ Current Library Books Only Fine Due 0 Patron C Set Due Date to 19 03 2012 Y Current Patron Only Preise m O Qverdes Library Textbook _ Show Textbook v Show Library Books Credit 0 00 Books Damaged 0 v Auto Focus Items Ongf o Reserve Booking Collect Fines Fine History Loan History ILL Claim Returned Communication Notifications SRP Renew Price Volume Issue No Renew List Claim Return Check In _ lot Refresh Preview Show Me Page 123 of 291 Textbook Module Textbook Check In Textbooks can be checked in using the Circulation gt Check In by checking the Textbook checkbox and scanning in the textbooks Additionally textbooks can be checked in using the textbook module To check in Textbooks 1 Click on Textbooks gt Check In 2 Scan the Textbook barcode 3 Repeat step 2 to check in other textbooks Scan Barcode gt a V Auto Focus _ Force Check In Date to 05 03 2012 _ Check In Damaged Books Check In Title Cancel Athor Check out Barcode Price Barcode _ Location Former Condition Preview Show Me Check Out By Homeroom a lose Patron Barcode Type Due Date Notes Temp ILL gt Blue Reserved gt Green E Overdue gt Red Current Condition New Location as Paria Fine
210. indow Simple Search Show Turn on here is you want to see the simple or easy search or both in the OPAC OPAC default Search This setting allows the default OPAC search to be selected Show call number If checked show the call will not be in the result list Auto Select Default collection type Set this setting for the OPAC to automatically select the default collection type for searches Power Advanced Search for School Set to turn on Power Advanced search feature Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPAC II Silverlight OPAC Setting Session timeout 180 minutes Page size 50 records per page Default Skin Greene Edit Relevance Weight Title 10 Author 5 Series je Notes 5 Subjects 5 Other 2 Save IV Allow patron to change Personal information V Power Advanced Search For School Cancel _ Allow Inter Library Loan L Show One Library IV Show call number OPAC Search Maximum records returned from query 500 Show Me Close Y Allow patron to renew V Allow patron to reserve V Allow Access Attachment V Allow patron to book IP Address Range o L pvey V Browse subject and author index IP Address Range ipv6 Minimum search character 1 To _ IP Address Range 1 1 1 1 To 255 255 255 255 IP Address Range ipv6 To Search Page Show ls WV Kids V What is new IV Kiosk IV Online Databases IV Project Simple
211. indow Help Logout Change Password Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 Y Analysis By Dewey Collection By Decade Analysis By Age Aged Titles Incompleted Title D f Dewey Range Advanced ABC o nyt Authority Date Created To PublicationDate Date Created From Copy Date Created From Classification Copy Date Created To Vendor AR Interest Level AR Reading Level Language Simple a Z39 50 Audience Type Circulation Y Y Administration w Assets Acquisitions v E 5 Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 21 J Page 76 of 291 Library Statistic The Library Statistic tab displays a quick snapshot of what is in the library such as the collection size patron count average age etc Search Circulation Advanced apo Authority E Classification Catalog Patron Report Administration Assets Acquisitions Sora Library Statistics MEVUENE of Items 1623 of Copies 2175 Recognized Call Numbers 2147 Average Age 1993 Enrollment 694 Items per Student 2 34 Recommended Items per Student 30 is By Dewey Collection By Decade Anal Insignia Library 1 Address 555 5050 St City State Edmonton Alberta Contact Name Librarian Librarian Phone 111 1111 Ext 234 Fax 345 3453 Email hb_2010 hotmail com Catalog Module Window Help Logout Change Password Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001
212. inese z 1 Young Ed Young Ed Young Ed Young Ed MIEDO 1995 1995 1995 the legend of the Chinese z the legend of the Chinese 2 Cat and Rat Cat and Rat Young Ed Young Ed 1995 1995 7 1886 L0001000001884 In L0001000001885_ In L0001000001880 In L0001000001882 In 0001000001883 In 0001000001881 In Feeling things When dinosaurs die a guide to understa The biology of success i i The biology of success Chicken soup for the preteen soul 2 stori Fowler Allan Brown Laurene Krasny 1996 Arnot Robert Burns Arnot Robert Burns 1991 2000 a 2004 0001000001347 In 0001000000775 In 0001000001933 In 0001000001934 In 0001000000246 In _ Select All Deselect All Age Definition Weed It Refresh Preview Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 21 The Incomplete Titles tab lists titles that do not have complete catalog information This may be due to missing information such as the ISBN Call No Author publication date or subject headings Search Circulation Advanced A 5 e Authority 3 Classification Catalog Patron Report Administration Library Statistics Assets Acquisitions Analysis By Dewey Collectio Window Help Logout n By Decade Analy Change Password Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 sis By Age Aged Titles Incompleted Titles Y Miss
213. ing Call No _ Missing Publication Date Missing Publisher _ Missing Author _ Missing Subject Heading _ Missing ISBN 28 Records Call Author Pollard Thomps Title The encyclopedia of the cat Alliances Canada Generic composition in Greek and Cairns Francis Year Michael 193 1999 5 Paul B 2006 2008 2007 on Paul B Barcode 0001000001887 0001000001948 L0001000001975 In Lo001000002031 Imcomplete Medicine and evolution current a Demo Title for Glendora Demo Title for Glendora Demo Title for Glendora Demo Title for Glendora Demo Title for Glendora Demo Title for Glendora 2008 0001000002032 L0001000002121 LODO1000002122 LOD01000002123 0001000002124 LO001000002125 10001000002126 Demo Title for Glendora Demo Title for Glendora Demo Title for Glendora L0001000002127 L0001000002128 L0001000002129 In Demo Title for Glendora L0001000002130 In Demo Title for Glendora Demo Title for Glendora L0001000002131 In L0001000002132 In Select All Deselect All Mark Incomplete Weed It Refresh Preview Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 21 Page 79 of 291 Catalog Module Serials Insignia Library System ILS has an integrated Serials feature It keeps track of information for periodicals such as subscription costs expiry date and ant
214. ing Custom Settings allowing staff to configure parameters that are system based Administration Module Circulation Types Insignia Library System ILS allows staff to customize all aspects of circulation Each library has different needs unique patron groups and specific circulation requirements ILS offers a flexible environment capable of circulating any collection in a way tailored to each library requirement Item Circulation Types Item types are created to identify the type of loan for example patrons can be permitted to borrow DVD s for 3 days while books can be borrowed for 3 weeks By creating unique item type s circulation can be defined different types of parameters Common types are books video magazine CD DVD The types created are left to library staff The basic rule is to create multiple item types only if the loaning privileges are different To create an Item Circulation Type Click on Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types Click New Type the name of the Item Circulation Type To set this type as the default to be used when adding New items select the checkbox Item Default 5 To set this type as the default to be used when adding New serials select the checkbox Serials Default 6 To set this type as the default for textbooks select the checkbox Textbook 7 To switch to another type after so many days specify the number of days and the type change to For example this is done wi
215. ion in the title Set the value to O to not display 245NP information in the title Simplified Subject Interface Set the value to 1 to display the simplified subject interface in the catalog feature Set the value to O display the detailed subject interface in cataloging Tag 852 Subfield a Set the value to O for the 852 tag subfield to be circ type Set the value to 1 for the 852 tag subfield to be library name Set the value to 2 for the 852 tag subfield a will not be exported Warn Inferior Quality MARC During MARC Import Set the value to 1 to enable a warning prompt when an inferior MARC record is replacing a better MARC record Set the value to O to hide the warning prompt when an inferior record is replacing a better one Circulation 131 191 Allow Check In Other Library s Book Set the value to 1 to enable item s from other libraries to be checked in Calculate On Loan Fine Page 248 of 291 220 271 39 118 Custom Settings Set the value to 1 to enable fines to be calculated continuously slows the system Set the value to 0 for fines to be calculated upon check in of the item Checkout Receipt Additional Msg The value entered here will appear at the bottom of checkout receipts Circ Limit School Based Set the value to O for the local school limits to apply Set the value to 1 for both local limit and global limit to apply Circulation Notice Set the value to 1 for an email to be automatically sent when
216. ipment to be added to the kit has been selected click on the left arrow to add Click Save E 01 IN To delete a Kit Click on Assets gt Find Add Kits Use the search options to find the kit you want to delete and then click Find Highlight it and then click the delete button to remove it Confirm deletion P w Pa Find Add Rooms Rooms can be added into the library system with their room capacity The system will track usage using assets circulation features To search for a room 1 Click on Assets gt Find Add Room 2 Enter search criteria 3 Click Find gt Rooms 10 F 4 To view detailed information about a room select the item and click the rro TES Detail tab To add a new room ma 1 Click on Assets gt Find Add Room Avaliable 2 Click New Available 3 Enter the information for the new ee room Available 4 Click Save o To delete a room 1 Click on Assets gt Find Add Room Enter search criteria and click Find Select the room to be deleted Click delete Confirm deletion WP wn Page 136 of 291 Media Equipment Booking To book Media Equipment 1 Click on Assets gt Media Booking 2 Enter the patron 3 Specify search criteria by clicking on the dropdown lists 4 Select the operator starts with any match exact match 5 Enter search term 6 Click Find 7 From the results list select the Media Equipment to be booked and the time period 8 Click
217. ired information 4 Click Submit Log out English BeO88 4B Help Register a Welcome To Buffett Elementary Logout English Ml as E arc Se Search Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Buffett Elementary X Gu Enn 1 1 arm Register First Name Middle Name Last Name Nick Name Gender 9 Male Female Patron ID Library Buffett Elementa Email Country Canada y Province Alberta City Edmonton Postal Code Address Phone No Password Confirm Password Expire Date 02 08 2012 511 3 KIN Book Book Book Book 1999 2012 Insignia Software Web Portal 5 2 0 Database Version 5 2 0 Help Menu The Help menu can be accessed by clicking on the help feature at the top of the Web OPAC window A window will open allowing you to browse the index search for a feature or view a table of contents To select a help topic click on the link to be taken to the help window you selected To access the Help Menu in the OPAC 1 Goto the library URL Click on the Help option in the top right Choose either the content index or search tab Search for or select a help topic When help is obtained close window aoe wN Page 283 of 291 Index A About Insignia Library System 12 access Computer Booking 45 Acquisition Module 143 Acronyms 12 add a homeroom 113 add a new global type 170 add a New Kit 136 add a
218. is to begin This feature is for a print sheet not fully used Select the number of copies to print Click on the Order by dropdown arrow to select the barcode print order Choose a label sheet layout pick one from the dropdown list Or Click on the Layout button and scroll to find the desired layout 8 1 Click on the desired layout the selected layout s description will appear in green 8 2 Click Set Default to select the layout as default 8 3 Check the box Use system default margin to print labels using the default margins or adjust the margins if needed 9 Click Preview to view the labels 10 If the labels preview correctly click on the print icon to print the labels 11 If the Serials Only has been selected the option to have the Volume Issue and Magazine Date will be accessible 12 To limit selections by library this can be done by checking the Library box and then selecting the library NN y Tip If the Preview does not appear hold down the Control Key This may be due to popups being disallowed in the browser Page 85 of 291 Change Library Catalog Module This function allows a district administrator to change the current library without having to log out of the system and then log back in To change a library 1 Click on Catalog gt Change gt Library i To change the library select the library name on the grid and click Save 3 Now the system will treat the login user as belonging to the selected libr
219. itional Information tab The Additional Info tab tracks additional patron information This feature can track deposits for items custom fields if loan history is tracked and autodialer phone settings The custom field names are customizable by logging in a district administrator and then click on menu Administration gt System Setting gt Custom Settings To enter a new deposit 1 SU ee a Click on Patrons gt Find Add Patron Use the search tools to locate the patron Double click on the patron name Click Additional Info tab Click Edit Enter deposit amount Click Save Tip To refund the deposit repeat steps 1 to 3 Then when clicking Edit enter the refund amount and click save To enter a patron custom field 1 pt Oo Pe IY Click on Patrons gt Find Add Patron Use the search tools to locate the patron Double click on the patron name Click Additional Info tab Click Edit Enter the values in the appropriate patron field Click Save UY Mock Additional Info AMLO ESA e T E Deposit Amount 0 00 La Enter date User Domain Lily Bernard W Refund Amount 0 00 _ Enter date m User Name Clone Loan History Tracking Depends On System Setting _ Always Disable Tracking _ Always Enable Tracking Edit Autodialer Voice Setting Depends On System Setting _ English _ French _ Spanish V Reserve Media Online Delete LDAP Auto Login Based On Configuration _ Y
220. ized Field Review MARC Code MARC Expert Copy Information Copy B 5 ion ics C mn T Edit Delete First Previous Next a Last Material Type a Language material Collection Type Close Pub place Publisher Pub Date icia mension Series Title Volume _ joac No L Non Searchable _ Incomplete Moka Editing History a Preview Created Times Checked Out Created By Times Overdue Last Modified Times Renewed Last Modified By Times Reserved OwnAR Own Lexile OwnRC Own BA Save As Template 5 To enter multiple ISBN click on button Enter the ISBNs clicking Add after every entry When all ISBNs are added click Save R Select a material type and collection type from the dropdown menus 5 Fill in the provided fields e g Title Subtitle Pub Place etc Page 49 of 291 Catalog Module Tip To mark an item record as Incomplete to follow up on it later check the Incomplete checkbox Tip Incomplete items can be searched by selecting Incomplete in the dropdown parameter list in Find Add item 6 To mark an item not searchable from the OPAC select the checkbox Non Searchable Non Searchable items can be searched from catalog interface but not from OPAC 7 If this record should not be modified during the import process click on the checkbox Locked 8 Click on Notes tab this screen allows the user to add additio
221. k out books Set the value to 1 to enable check out tab in the OPAC Require Login Set the value to 1 to enable login only access to OPAC Set to 0 to allow access to OPAC without login Show Audience Set the value to 1 to enable the audience search filter in the Advanced search in the OPAC Set the value to 1 to hide the audience search filter Show Cover Image Set the value to 1 to enable the cover image to be viewed in the OPAC Set the value to 0 to hide the cover image in the OPAC Show Published Date Set the value to 1 to display the publication date in the OPAC Set the value to O to hide the publication date Show Rating Page 253 of 291 Custom Settings Set the value to 1 to enable all features related to rating in the OPAC Set the value to 0 to hide all features related to rating in the OPAC 205 Show Target Audience in OPAC Set the value to 1 to display the target audience in the OPAC Set the value to O to hide target audience information in the OPAC 200 Subscription Page Enter the URL for the web page that will be launched when E Services is enabled and selected on the OPAC 284 User Kids Webopac Set the value to 1 to enable the Kids tab in the OPAC Set the value to O to hide the Kids tabe in the OPAC 176 Web OPAC Login Prompt Set the value to a message to appear on ILS log in prompt 208 Web OPAC Logo Ratio Set the ratio of the logo in the OPAC The default value is 1 243 Web OPAC Main Page Set the value to 1 t
222. l Delete all selected patrons Subset Allows you to add selected patron to a subset Subset All Allows you to add all selected patrons to a subset Un archive Un archive the selected patron Change Library Change the library of the selected patron Preview Print out a list of all patrons in the current search Show Me Play Show Me video related to the Find Add patron window Remove Will remove the selected patron from the subset Clear Will clear the subset of all patrons Change Will allow you to change patron s expiry date Grade Homeroom or Status Important patron fields and check boxes Internet Usage Agreement If checked this patron will be able to book computers Family If checked this card becomes a family card and can have other family members attached Reset barcode during checkout This will force the patron to change their barcode the next time they are checking out books Once scanned in they will be prompted for a new patron barcode Allow 3M Checkout If selected this will enable the patron to use 3M checkout stations Can use Desktop and Silverlight This field needs to be checked for the selected patron to login to ILS Page 101 of 291 Adding a new patron Unlimited patrons can be added to the system To add a new patron manually 1 Click on Patrons gt Find Add Patron 2 Click New 3 Enter the infor mation available Patrons Module Tip If the barcode field is left
223. le selecting the copies for the subset Click Subset To include all the copies displayed in the grid click Subset All Tip Copy subsets can be used in printing barcode spine labels Page 88 of 291 Catalog Module Merge Titles When items have been duplicated by ISBN LCCN or title they can be merged to eliminate redundancy To merge titles 1 Click on Catalog gt Change gt Merge Titles 2 Select matching criteria for duplicate titles e g ISBN LCCN Title 3 Specify the Search Criteria and click Find Tip By leaving the title field blank while selecting ISBN LCCN or Title all matches will be returned Select the titles that are to be merged by checking the box in the top grid Select the title that will serve as the record for the merged titles from the bottom grid Click Merge The items will now become merged into a single title with the appropriate number of copies NOW SP Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Search for title cat Duplicates by LJ tecn _ Title tad Close Batch Merge L ISBN Authority Classification Select items which will be merged This is an union process Control Call No gt 3159 16606 16555 16432 16578 3345 13701 E MIL J 813 6 133 5 E BRI CALL NO E COF 423 SEU DOBDODOO ISBN Title Author 053104127 Cat and dog take a trip 006444126
224. lear My Favorites button and pick one of the options shown in the following screenshot NA DN A Search Module Remove Current Selected Item From Current Favorite List Remove All Items From Current Favorite List Delete Current Favorite List OK Cancel MA If the library is part of a union the local library or the entire union can be searched by selecting the appropriate box in the upper left corner of the Simple Search window In Advanced Search specific libraries can be searched by selecting one or more libraries from the list of libraries 8 g up window provides the ability to Reserve the item by a patron s name barcode and view the current Reserve list list of current reserves on the item The search results can be printed by clicking the Preview button on the bottom left of the search window after conducting the search The print preview will appear in order to ensure the appropriate form is being printed To continue with the print process click on the print icon The Favorites list and copy information can also be printed by first clicking on the Show Favorites button Page 17 of 291 Search Module Simple Search Simple Search allows patrons to search for an item by keyword title author subject and barcode To Use Simple Search Click Search gt Simple Search from the menu Type the search query in the search field Select the search criteria by clicking on the relevant icon on the left si
225. lection Analysis By 10s Consumable Items Copies With Checkout Notes Dewey From Copies Without Call No Dewey To Subset Copy Subset Current Catalogue Statistics Copy Status Damaged Items Duplicated Titles Inventory Missing Items Items to be weeded Items Without Call No List of Copy Titles List of ILL Titles List of Item Titles Lost Items Lost Missing Items as Percentage Order By gt Description Add to Favorites Preview _ Show Export Options Schedule Close Show Me 1 Authors List Lists name of selected authorities 2 Bibliography Bibliography of selected items 3 CCISD Inventory Report Lists copies by Dewey classification ranges cassette tapes CD Rom Total Copies Total Titles Accelerated Reader information magazine subscriptions lost and paid and items checked out and not returned Collection Analysis by 10 s Lists your Dewey call number ranges in 10 s Consumable Items Lists all items that are labeled as consumable Copies with checkout notes Lists all items that have checkout notes attached Copies without call Number Lists copies that have no call number Current Catalog Statistics Lists circulation types and number of copies OR titles in circulation types 9 Damaged Items Lists books that have a damaged status 10 Duplicated Titles Lists duplicate book titles within the system 11 Inventory Missing Items Lists items whic
226. lick on the Copy Barcode field and scan the barcode Repeat above steps for each item on the list Continue until rebarcoding is complete Page 90 of 291 To add copies N oo ue w N a Click on Catalog gt Change gt Rescan Barcode Select Add New Copy Select the call number range for copies to be added to Select the title that copies should be added to Click on Copy Barcode field Scan in additional copies Repeat steps 4 6 until the process until all copies have been added Rescan Barcode Add New Copy _ Do Not Normalize Barcode Call No From To L_ search Call No Volume Price Condition Location Vendor Budget V Move To Next Row After Scan E 0 00 Replacement cost 0 00 Grada e A Copy No Circulation Date Status L Hold Value _ Hold Value vam _ Hold Value 29 02 2012 a In P O Number V Allow Inter Library Loan Page 91 of 291 Catalog Module Catalog Module Global Changes Important Global changes cannot be reversed It is strongly advised that a backup of the database is completed prior to using this feature Heading Global Change Global heading change makes global changes to author subject title fields in the MARC record This feature provides the opportunity to correct tags and subfields that are not consistent Tags and indicators can also be modified during this proc
227. linked incorrectly to a record the relink button allows the user to link the barcodes to the correct title This button is used when a barcode is on the wrong item Tip Any barcodes used to relink must exist in the system This feature is best used when the barcodes are linked to the incorrect items Rebarcode Button To assign a new barcode click on the rebarcode button and scan the new barcode Cloning Button The cloning button enables a record to be copied This is useful if one record is very similar to another record This saves time because the user only has to edit the fields that are different between the records Barcode Button Click on the Barcode button on the right side of the window to print barcodes or spine labels This button opens the Barcode Spine Labels window This will automatically limit the range of barcodes to be printed to the single item selected Choose the required layout and print the barcode label for this copy Export Button This feature exports a record to a file To export record of a copy 1 Click on the Export button on the right side of the Copy Information window 2 This will open Export screen and allows the selected record of a copy to be exported 3 Multiple copies or other relevant information can be exported to a file by specifying different criteria in the export screen Apply to Multi Copies Button By clicking on the Apply Multi copies button from the Copy Information window changes
228. lisher name listed in the New box Page 64 of 291 Catalog Module Create Authority Records To create authority records Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Authority Select the Authority tab Click New Select the desired tag and click OK To add additional tags click on New Tag To save the record as a template click Save As Template Enter a name for the template or select a template from the dropdown list Click OK Enter the required information to create the record 10 Click Save 11 Specify the type of index to create for this authority record e g author or subject or both 12 Click OK 0 A E OS Tag Indi Ind2 Sub Value bool save nz 22 n 4500 _ Cancel 008 120228n ac nnaabn 22222222 Falae22 Edit 010 Delete First 014 Previous Next Save As Template New Tag New Subfield To create an authority record from a template Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Authority Click on the Authority tab Click on New From Template Select desired template Click OK Update the record as required SU AN a E Page 65 of 291 Catalog Module 7 Click on Save 8 Specify the type of index desired for this authority record author subject or both 9 Click on OK Authority Bibliographic Templates There are two templates that can be edited in the Catalog Module These templates are the authority template and t
229. llaneous OPAC OPAC II Silverlight Max upload capacity 4 MB Default Themes Green m Homeroom Checkout Picture Layout 8 Column X 4 Row Shrink Picture Silverlight Search Move Copies During Checkout Maximum records returned from query 2000 Default Source Library Item Copy Patron Columns Customization TwitterID FacebookID Library Information The Library Information window provides a profile of the library When logged in as a library administrator admin only the local library can be modified Information can be modified on any library when logged in as administrator To quickly switch locations while logged in as admin go to Cataloging gt Change Library to change library General information about the library address phone number etc can be recorded and saved in this window This information is automatically retrieved when placing an order or sending overdue messages Each year the office hours holidays and if necessary the semester block must be defined Page 205 of 291 Administration Module To make changes in library information 1 Click on Administration gt Library Settings gt Library Information 2 Search for the library 3 Select it and click on Detail 4 Click on Edit to modify the profile 5 Fill in the information needed 6 Select the checkbox District if the Library being modified or being created is a district office This will
230. lp file click on Help gt Show Help Online Meeting If the Insignia Technical Support team requests for an online meeting click on Help gt Online Meeting When prompted click on Run Open Once the link is established a meeting ID and 4 digit password will be provided please provide these to the Insignia Technical Support OPAC Link To open the OPAC from the ILS click on Help gt OPAC Release Notes Release notes can be retrieved by clicking Help gt Release Notes Release notes can be filtered by date module and version number Spell Check ILS has an integrated spell check when data is entered in the form of notes When a word is identified as misspelled the text colour of that word will change to red To correct the spelling right click on the word and suggested spelling corrections will be listed In order to correct the misspelled word left click on a selection from this list Printing To print a list or report from a window click on the button labeled Preview This will provide a print preview of the form to print From the preview window the option to print will be available at the top of the window in the form of a printer icon Page 15 of 291 Search Module Search Module Insignia Library System provides various search engines to meet the needs of customers Records can be retrieved from the local library catalog a union catalog and any library that is 239 50 compliant Search Engines Available 1 Adv
231. lt MARC Edit Type MARC Code _ MARC Expert Barcode Default Type _ Start With End With _ Exact Match Page 193 of 291 Administration Module 2 Catalog Configuration Barcode Spine Label Settings Automatically generate copy barcode Check this box to automatically create new barcodes to newly cataloged items Spine Label return key Set these options to select where call numbers will break on the spine labels Maximum Call Letters per line Set the number of call number characters to print on each line Barcode Format Enable to automatically normalize barcodes to a 14 digit barcode when entered Spine Label Select this setting for the call number to print on spine label only Collection type barcode This setting allows duplicate barcodes in different collections Barcode Default Type Specify the default barcode search format in Find Add item Prompt barcode during cataloging Turn on to be prompted to enter a barcode when entering new items Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPACII Silverlight Catalog Y Catalog temporary book during checkout V Use Authority Control Spine Label Return Key v Apply basic punctuation rules _ Capitalize call number gt No Break Break On Space Y Add copy when importing or creating a new bibliographic record Break On Period _ Keep material type when importing bibliographic records Break On Space And Period Keep audience
232. n Barcode Find Patron l Cancel Preview Items To Check Out Items To Check In _ Finished Bookings Show All Grand Total 0 00 Amount Paid 0 00 Time Fr Time To Booked By Date Start Comments Pickup __ Deliver Mal Technician Required Paid Rental Charge Delivery Charge Technician Charge Total To view outstanding bookings for all patrons do the following 1 Click on Assets gt Media Booking List 2 Find the patron and then click on List to see Media booked for that Patron Media Barcodes To print equipment barcodes Click on Assets gt Media Barcode Select the Category Select the layout from the dropdown list Search for the equipment to be barcoded Select how the labels are to be sorted Check the union check box if you are printing barcodes for the whole district Click on Preview Click on the printer icon to bring up the printer selection window E W N Ha Tip On the printer selection window you need to make sure to set the following settings for your barcodes to line up correctly Page 139 of 291 9 Page scaling Needs to be set to NONE 10 Auto Rotate and Center needs to be UNCHECKED 11 Then click OK to send the barcodes to the selected printer Managing Computers Insignia Library System comes with an integrated computer booking module that enables computer tracking This feature also manages printing from the compute
233. n be used by searching by title or copy barcode Booking Tab The Booking tab lists all the items booked for the patron The booking feature enables a specific copy or copies to be held for future dates Items that are available for pickup are shown in green To book a copy click on the Find button to find the title select the copy of the title and click on Book and specify the date To cancel a booking click on the checkbox for the item and click on Cancel Collect Fines Tab From the Collect Fine tab fines from lost or overdue items can be viewed In addition fines can be waived or collected in full or partial amounts Also ad hoc fines can be assigned to a patron Receipts documenting payment withdrawal and deposit can be printed from this tab To collect fines 1 Scan the patron card or enter the name 2 Click on the Collect Fine tab 3 Click on the Checkbox for the item s for which fine will be either collected or waived 4 Click on Collect or Waive button 5 Enter the amount 6 Click Ok k Out gt Collect Fines Alic Patron Name Barcode P0001000000546 Patron Info Patron Notes Find Patron Notify Checkout Receipt Name Alicia Wick 995 1567 Type Staff Homeroom 1 A Copy Barcode Temporary Computer Booking New Patron Copy Notes Items Overdue 5 L Current Library Books Only Fine Due 222 85 pm Books Lost o Library Textbook _ Show a Books Damaged 0 Amount T
234. nable the kiosk module Set the value to O to disable the kiosk module Only Show Title With Copy Set the value to 1 to retrieve only titles with copies in search results Set the value to O to retrieve titles without copies too Precise Search Set the value to 1 to enable search to of exact word Set the value to O to enable search of word as a wild card e g s catastrophe will be retrieved for search term cat Show Barcode In Search Set the value to 1 for the barcode to appear in search results copy grid Set the value to O to hide the barcode Show Collection Type Set the value to 1 to show the collection in OPAC advanced search Set the value to one to hide the collection in OPAC advanced search Show ISBN Search Set the value to 1 to display the ISBN in the search results in the OPAC Set the value to 0 to not display the ISBN in the search results in the OPAC Show Library Search Set the value to 1 to display the library name in search results Set the value to O the hide the library name in search results Show Subject Search Set the value to 1 to display the subject in OPAC search results Set the value to O to hide subject in OPAC search results Title Search No Series Set the value to 1 to disable searching a series title within a title search Set the value to O to enable series title to be searched within a title search What Is New Time Page 256 of 291 Custom Settings Set the value to O to search for new items
235. nal information about the item insignia Library 1 NR RW ee o SSN YL e a me tecnico D Find Item Basic Info Notes Reading Program Subjects Item Customized Field Review MARC Code MARC Expert Copy Information Copy B Advanced General Note Keywords Spell check Categories gt LJ Animals gt JAR Reader gt J Professors gt J Religion J Science Classification Content Notes Spell check J Sports L Test Kiosk Show Me Summary Notes Spell check Preview Save As Template Language eng English m Version 5 1 3 Database Version 5 1 3 100 9 General Notes Tag 500 Any information for which there is no specific tag 10 Content Notes Tag 505 Titles of separate works or parts of an item or the table of contents 11 Summary Notes tag 520 Unformatted information that describes the scope and general contents of the materials This could be a summary abstract annotation review or only a phrase describing the material Tip These tags have spell check enabled 12 Select Target Audience and the Language 13 In the Kiosk Categories list on the right side of the screen check the checkboxes next to the categories into which this item should be linked Tip Selecting a broader category does not link the item to the narrower categories in the hierarchy Ensure that all categories
236. ned Missing New Damaged and Used By selecting the Include item books checkbox regular items can be included in the statistics TextBook Inventory Status Class Statistics Textbook Copies Textbook Statistics Title Chemistry 20 Find UnionL_ Include Item Books Category Publisher Class Teacher A mA Date Created From 02 06 2012 ja Date Created To _ 02 06 2012 m List of Teachers and Their Classes Tab Select a Class Teacher Class or Course and search either the district or local library to generate a list of Teachers and Class Titles the teachers currently have Page 133 of 291 Assets Module Asset tracking allows staff to trace assets in the school such as audio visual equipment kits rooms computers calculator etc Assets Insignia Library System allows staff to keep track of additional resources such as equipment rooms and kits Detailed information about equipment including reoccurring maintenance schedules can be recorded in this module Booking information to these resources can be updated and tracked according to blocks time periods or a weekly schedule To View and Add Assets To search and add assets open the Find Add Assets window under Assets To add a new piece of Equipment 1 Click on Assets gt Find Add Equipment DOs ON A 109 9 Click New Enter the number of equipment to be added Enter all relevant information including m
237. new library in Z39 50 search 215 add a new parameter 226 add a new parameter value 226 add a new piece of Equipment 134 Add a New Room 136 add a new serials 80 add a Summer Reading program 213 add an event 213 214 add online databases 229 add Textbook copies 120 Add Delete Course 123 Add Update a Budget 146 Adding a new patron 102 Adding a Tag to the Keyword Search 97 Adding Copy 55 Adding Copy Information 55 Adding Patron Group 116 Adhoc fine 30 Admin Circulation Types 166 Admin Configuration 172 Admin Parameters 226 Administration 165 Advanced Search 19 266 Advanced Search Options 20 26 27 Alerts 41 Allow 3M Checkout 101 Analysis By Age tab 78 Apply Current to All Found 229 Apply to Multi Copies Button 57 Archived Items 62 Assets Menu 119 134 Assets Module 119 134 assign pictures to material types 227 Assigning Permission to Patrons and Groups 218 Assigning Permissions to a Patrons Group 217 Attaching Media 52 Audience Global Change 94 Authority See Search Menu Authority MARC Template 66 Authority Records 65 authority search 21 Auto Dialer Voice Setting 105 Automation Configuration 189 Insignia Software Technical Support B Barcode See Recan Barcode Barcode Button 57 barcode labels 85 Barcodes Media 139 Barcodes Spine Labels 85 Barcodes Spine Labels 85 Bibliographic MARC Templa
238. newed simultaneously To renew items 1 Click on Circulation gt Renew 2 Scan the barcoded of items to renew or click on i button to locate the items through search Tip To change the renewal due date check the box to the left of renewal due date and type in the new date or click on the calendar icon to choose a date from the calendar Booking This feature is used to reserve an item in the future For example a patron may want to reserve material they will need at a later date for a specific time period This can be done through the booking function Once an item is booked ILS will not allow that item to be checked out for the date it has been booked If the checkout due date overlaps the booking date range it will not be able to be checked out and renewing the item will not be permitted if it overlaps with the booking date range Search ulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Change Password Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 gt Patron Name Barcode PO001000000546 Patron Info Patron Notes Find Patron Notify Checkout Receipt Name Alicia Wick 995 1567 Type Staff Homeroom 1 Items Loaned 11 Copy Barcode Loo Temporary Computer Booking New Patron Copy Notes Items Overdue 10 ABC 4 Credit 12 57 Fine Due 36 30 mt Authority Internet Agreement Signed Books Lost 1 Library Check Out D Textbook Check Out _ Show Tex
239. ngs To set patron security 1 Click Patron gt Find Add Patron 2 Find or create the patron whose security permissions need to be set 3 Click Set Security 4 Click Edit Page 110 of 291 5 6 are assigned to a group initially permissions 7 Click Save Administration gt Security Maintain Security for a given Patron Patron Dallas Gurgens _ Member Of Assistant Computers Group 6 Lan Party Librarian Public School Staff Student TestGroup Setting Patron Passwords Patrons Module Select the groups this patron belongs to by checking the box under the Member of list Permissions can be set for this patron at an individual level but it is recommended permissions and then make the patron a member of that group to set Assets Catalog Change System Settings Circulation Inventory Kiosk Maintenance Media Manager Patrons Print Reports Purchase Search Web OPAC View who is checking out the book Self Check out ONLY CHECKIN AND CHECKO If the library has been configured to allow patrons to change their personal information each patron will have a login password The library system can be configured to set a default password for each patron To change the patron password Set password for Dallas Gurgens X_ Click on Patron gt Find Add Patron Find the patron Double click on the patron Reset amp Send Change Cancel Click Set Password Type in
240. ngs Select the booking dates to be listed Click on the List button Bow oP a Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Window Help Logout Password Buffett Elementa Show Outstandings Bookings _ Show Finished Bookings Booking Between 02 03 2012 and 02 03 2013 Authority Classification Version 5 2 0 Database Version 5 2 0 Page 42 of 291 Circulation Module Reserve List The Reserve List displays the all of the reserves for specific dates To view a Reserve List Click on Circulation gt List gt Reserve List Select by reserve date available date or show all Select a date range Limit by grade or homeroom if needed Then click on search Nn IONEp Tip Reserves can also be reordered and deleted from this window Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Buffett Elementar Bw i Welcome Admin 0001 Search By Reserve Date From 02 03 2012 02 03 2012 Show All search By Available Date From 11 03 2011 02 03 2012 Grade All Homeroom Search Refresh 2 Amanda Appelle E MIL Cat and dog take a trip 5 2 L0001000000152 Reserve Order 3 Middleton Junior Alicia Wick 995 PB CUS Catherine called Birdy 0 1 LO002000002353 So Delete Show Me Close Copy Barcode Sen
241. nia Library 1 7T0001000002848 Psychology Today Insignia Library 1 70001000003049 Psychology Today Insignia Library 1 TO001000003050 Psychology Today Insignia Library 1 70001000003051 Psychology Today Insignia Library 1 Qaaaao Page 127 of 291 Textbook Module To receive textbooks Click on Textbook gt Transfer Textbook Copies Click on Receive tab Select the transfer from the dropdown list Either scan the barcodes to receive them or select the top checkbox to select all textbooks and click on Receive PINE Barcode Transfer Name Y T0001000002848 Psychology Today Hamilton Carey Outbound TO001000003049 Psychology Today Hamilton Carey Outbound TO001000003050 Psychology Today Hamilton Carey Outbound TO001000003051 Psychology Today Hamilton Carey Outbound Tip To see if textbooks have been received by the other school click on Transfer Status and pick a transfer from the dropdown lists Tip To see what transfers have been created click on Transfer List Tip To see what has been received click on Receive Status Tip To see if any other school has made a request for textbooks click on Request List Page 128 of 291 Textbook Module Textbook Inventory Status The Textbook Inventory Status feature displays the shortages and overages of textbooks based on class enrollment For this feature to work student schedule data must be imported To check Invento
242. nia Software 070 NATIONAL AGRICULTURAL LIBRARY CALL NUMBER R Circulation v Catalog v Patron v Repot v Administration v Assets v Acquisitions v 5 s Insignia Library System For Silverlight Database Version 4 5 32 A Done but with errors on page p P Internet R10 Page 66 of 291 Catalog Module Bibliographic MARC Template To edit the MARC tags displayed when creating a bibliographic record Click on Catalog gt Templates gt Bibliographic Select an Item Type from the drop down list and then click on Edit Select the tags to appear in the MARC Code tab for items of that type Click Save PuoNpP 6115 for Silverlight fh gt El Cl dm y Page Safety y Tools gt Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 Set MARC Template Item Type Books mj Save Advanced Tag Description Cancel Y 006 Additional material characteristics R 007 Physical description fixed field R Preview Authority Y 010 Library of congress control number NR le 013 Patent control information R LJ 015 National bibliography number NR Clainn LJ 016 National bibliographic agency control number R O 017 Copyright registration number R _j 018 Copyright article fee code NR v 020 International standard book number R J 022 International standard serial number R v 024 Other standard identifier R ry System
243. nicode format Page 234 of 291 Administration Module Rename Tag This is used if only one to two tags need to be renamed during import If the Item Being Imported Already Exists Select the radio button skips the item to stop duplicate records from being imported select update the item to update duplicate items with imported information and create new item will add an additional item if the record is a duplicate Include Copy Information This checkbox is selected to import copy information Add Prefix If this checkbox is selected to add a prefix onto the barcode usually to create a centralized 14 digit barcode Skip the Copy If this checkbox is selected duplicate copies will not be imported Update the Copy If this checkbox is selected duplicate copies will be updated Mapping This dropdown menu is used to select Copy Mapping Format after Copy Mapping has been completed Holding Format This dropdown menu concatenate the subfields k h i m Multi Copies Select multi copies to import multiple 852 tags Textbook MARC Data Select this checkbox to import the data as a textbook Only replace these tags when update item Lists the tags in this field that will be updated Data Unique By Select how the system will determine if the data is unique If it is system defined the system will first look at ISBN s then title and author Collection Type Selecting a collection type from this dropdown menu will import the d
244. nnanononnonconnannanononncnnonnannnnona 145 MAKEA PAYMENT oieri iee aia A AORERE TAREA KOORE LARA EAEE 146 A AE A EEE NE E CN CCA 146 VENDORS ra sao nona ada li AE AAA a A Ad ii des 148 MERGE VENDORS cocido tc A dit 149 To merge vendors follow these Steps ocoococoococonononooaonancnnonnnnnnanononnoncnnnnnnnnononnnnconnnnnnononnoncnnnannnnono 149 QUOTES a EE E T 149 REPORTS MODULE cuco cicooiosocionicon encajan cio Sros an ies Erns Oriki ceeds 150 FAVORITE REPORTS neiii r r A ERE EA OOCR E EER N ER E ORCA 151 SAVING REPORT CRITERIA cn varrr E EEE EA EEEE NNE ESEA EEEE EAEE EEE RAE AEE AEAEE E AEE 151 DESCRIPTION AND IMAGE BUTTONS irsin oirrese i NA EEEREN A OAE EA NARA E 151 SEHEDULED REPORTS airera AEE EEE EEEE AE EATE EA RAEE EAE ERSE 152 CATALOG REPORTS coto ita E O E E NAER 153 Page 6 of 291 CIRCULATION REPORTS a a aa ASSETS REPORT Sai a A A A A AAA A A MISCELLANEOUS REPORTS coca A ed nes PATRON REPORTS ci a A TEXTBOOK REPORTS A A nanats Danes DISTRICT STATE REPORTS cti inn nara iii dd ta ea dadas USER DEFINED REPORTS O sastdercaaaeeenades ADMINISTRATION MODULE ccssssceccssssceccesssceccesseees 165 CIRCULATION TYPES cocaina Secuutecessetunncecuutilecd ia E T VE T Item CIPCUlATION TY DOS asii Ari eS ae Item Circulation Type Terms rrecn a iE einer aet esai a Taani eaoaai eSt Patron Circulation TV Pest de atendida deidad dista Patron Circulation Type Term Ssenari arri ereo e eE aaa Teati oroita ai eanes Gl bal
245. nt state reports 163 Insignia Software Technical Support Custom Setting 245 Custom Settings 245 Customize Captions 228 D Damage Limits 169 See Patron Circ Types Default Barcode 190 Default Search Settings 195 Delete 101 delete a Copy 59 delete a homeroom 114 delete a Kit 136 Delete a Patron Circulation Type 168 delete a piece of equipment 135 delete a room 136 Delete a Textbook 121 Delete All 101 delete an item 58 Delete an Item Circulation Type 167 168 169 Deleting a Patron 109 116 Deleting a Patron Group 116 Description and Image buttons 151 District State Reports 163 Due Date Settings 175 E Easy Search 268 EDI 196 EDI Configuration 196 edit a homeroom 114 Edit a Patron Circulation Type 169 edit an existing patron 103 Edit an Item Circulation Type 167 edit mode 113 Editing a Patron 109 116 Editing a Patron Group 116 Editing System Message 212 Email me what is new 105 Equipment 134 Events 213 274 Export See Copy Information Screen Export Button 57 Export Data 232 export item information 232 Export Items 232 export patron information 233 Export Patrons 233 F Family 101 favorite list 16 105 Page 285 of 291 Favorite Reports 151 Favorites List 16 Filter Search 18 Filtering Criteria 76 find a piece of equipment 135 Find Textbooks 119 Find Add Budgets 146 Find Ad
246. o N D To generate a serials claim report 1 Click Reports gt Miscellaneous gt Magazine Claims 2 Select Vendor Name From and To Date and the Customized message 3 Ensure that Show Export Options checkbox is checked Page 82 of 291 Catalog Module 4 Click Preview 5 Aprint and email icon will be available in the print preview screen Tip The email icon will attach the Magazine Claim letter to the email with the file name magazineclaim rtf Add the contact email information and send to the vendor Creating a Routing List The ILS has a feature to route serials through a reader list This allows for new issues of a magazine to be checked out to a list of readers as they are received To create a routing list Click on Catalog gt Serials gt Find Add Serials Search for the serial for which reader list is to be created and then select it Click Routing List Click New Enter a title for the list or select Show All Lists and select from the list Select the check box Linked to Current Magazine to link the routing list to the selected serial Au PWN PE Authority h Reader List Informal Show All Lists Classification _ Linked To Current Magazine Check Out To The List Check Out To Individual Order Barcode First Name Last Name Save fp Y 1 PODO1000000546 Alicia Wick Cancel 2 PO001000000482 Samantha Delete Gallant 3 P0001000000472 Samantha Leblanc Clo
247. o Pay 17 90 sirbe pois Amount Accepted Return 2 10 L Keep Return As Credit gt Overdue L0001000000265 11 17 2010 03 45 01 10 2011 10 48 PI Overdue Lo001000002081 01 08 2011 01 06 06 01 2011 07 43 A Overdue Lo001000001300 01 08 2011 01 06 05 13 2011 11 34 A Items On Loan Reserve Booking Co je Fine Type Barcode RIK is Overdue 0001000001880 01 11 2011 01 17 02 11 2011 09 17 A Overdue 0001000001875 01 11 2011 01 17 02 11 2011 09 16 A Adhoc Fine Fine And Overdue 0001000000632 ok cancel f 01 11 2011 01 18 02 11 2011 09 16 A Overdue LO001000000467 FIC BAU Atasteorsmoke 1 30 51 30 01 11 2011 01 18 02 11 2011 09 16 A pa Overdue L0004000000403 609 71 HU Canada invents 20 00 20 00 01 13 2011 11 03 05 23 2011 04 25 PI Repo Overdue 0001000000389 FIC MAR There s something 1 10 1 10 04 28 2011 10 00 05 27 2011 08 14 A Deposit Overdue 0001000000543 E HER Smudge s day out 0 80 0 80 04 28 2011 10 00 05 24 2011 02 19 Pl Withdraw Overdue 0001000000788 ESEU The 500 hats of Bi 0 90 0 90 04 29 2011 08 34 05 26 2011 01 57 Pill Slip Receipt Overdue 0001000002070 793 MUL The great book of 4 50 4 50 _ 04 29 2011 11 37 05 27 2011 08 14 A fig OO Page 29 of 291 Circulation Module Tip Ad hoc fine types can be added in Administration gt System Setting gt Parameters gt Select Fine Types To assign ad hoc fines 1 Click on Ad hoc Fine 2
248. o allow OPAC main page to be customized Set to O to hide main page 229 Web OPAC Use Google Suggestions Set the value to 1 to allow OPAC to provide Google search suggestions for spelling also found in database 221 What Is New Top Specify the maximum number of new items to display in OPAC 276 OPAC Spell Check Set the value to 1 to enable spelling suggestions when no results are retrieved Set the value to O to hide suggestions when no results are retrieved Outreach 62 Outreach Feature Set the value to 1 to enable the Outreach feature Set the value to O to hide the Patron 108 One Group Policy Set the value 1 to only allow a patron to belong to 1 group Set the value to O to enable patrons to belong to multiple groups 63 Inactive Patron Period Set the number of days that a patron has not circulated items becomes inactive 64 Patron Customized Field 1 Name of Patron Customized Field 1 65 Patron Customized Field 10 Name of Patron Customized Field 10 109 Patron Customized Field 2 Name of Patron Customized Field 2 110 Patron Customized Field 3 Name of Patron Customized Field 3 111 Patron Customized Field 4 Name of Patron Customized Field 4 112 Patron Customized Field 5 Name of Patron Customized Field 5 Page 254 of 291 Custom Settings 113 Patron Customized Field 6 Name of Patron Customized Field 6 203 Patron Customized Field 7 Name of Patron Customized Field 7 204 Patron Customized Field 8 Name of Patron Customized Field 8
249. o catalog by ISBN Click Catalog gt Cataloging gt ISBN Cataloging Input the ISBN Set available parameters Click Catalog Input the next ISBN and continue until cataloging is complete wi Pwnhbh Barcode Circulation TYPE NeW BOOk__ _p et Catalog Cancel Page 70 of 291 Catalog Module Templates An unlimited number of MARC templates can be created These can be used to eliminate redundant manual entries while cataloging using MARC interface To create an item template ES E Oe a Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Item Click on New Select the appropriate Bibliographic Item Type Specify the information Click on Save As Template An Item Templates box will appear Select Create New Enter a name for the template and click OK New Request Insignia Library System tracks requests for purchase materials Patrons can make purchase requests using the Web OPAC For more information see Requests in the Administration chapter of this manual Library staff can review and reply to purchase requests To create a new purchase 1 2 3 Title Author Publisher Email Request By Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt New Request Click New Enter the title of the item being requested as well as the author ISBN publisher and email address of publisher if available In the Why Order field enter the reason given for requesting the book Click Save
250. o connect to Syndetics for cover images 154 SyndeticsSearchTime Syndetics Enter the amount of days to wait after a failed cover image search from Syndetics to search again Page 257 of 291 Custom Settings Textbooks 226 TB Circulate District based Set the value to 1 for a prompt to appear upon textbook checkin allowing the user to assign the textbook to their libary Set the value to O for this prompt to be disabled 232 Textbook Customized Field 1 Name of Textbook Customized Field 1 233 Textbook Customized Field 10 Name of Textbook Customized Field 10 234 Textbook Customized Field 2 Name of Textbook Customized Field 2 235 Textbook Customized Field 3 Name of Textbook Customized Field 3 236 Textbook Customized Field 4 Name of Textbook Customized Field 4 237 Textbook Customized Field 5 Name of Textbook Customized Field 5 238 Textbook Customized Field 6 Name of Textbook Customized Field 6 239 Textbook Customized Field 7 Name of Textbook Customized Field 7 240 Textbook Customized Field 8 Name of Textbook Customized Field 8 241 Textbook Customized Field 9 Name of Textbook Customized Field 9 138 Warn TB Checkout By Schedule Set the value to 1 to enable a warning prompt when a patron checks out a textbook that is not needed based on their class schedule Set the value to O to disable the warning prompt when a patron checks out a textbook that does not fit with their class schedule 132 Allow Check In Other Librarys TextBook Set t
251. o patron records Computer Usage Lists computer usage by computer and by time frame Computer Usage Detail Lists computer usage in further detail Computer Usage Summary Gives a summary of computer usage Custom Message Prints custom messages for patrons The report can be further limited by message type patron group homeroom and subset Further the report can narrow down results by checking the box Show Inactive Patrons and From List and scan the barcodes to be included on the list e g Reserve Book report with item barcodes Holidays Displays the holiday schedule as listed in Library Info This report can be further limited by date range Library Hours Lists library hours as specified in Library Info Magazine Claims Shows serials that have been claimed User can limit by vendor date range or customized message Order Details Provides details on orders in process This report can be further limited by date range vendor order status dollar value range budget name and who it was created by Order Summary Provides a summary on orders This report can be further limited by date range order status budget name vendor name created by and budget amount range Overdue Order Displays orders that are past due Override History Displays a history of when the override password has been used Printer Usage Detail Displays details of printer usage Page 158 of 291 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Admini
252. o view the Item Information including the Basic and MARC record for that copy 6 The Authority Search enables browsing authority terms previously searched by clicking the Forward and Back buttons IS Author C Subject nuclear Advanced Nuclear astrophysics 2 Titles Nuclear astrophysics Authorized 0 Titles P Nuclear astrophysics Congresses 1 Titles Authority NUCLEAR ASTROPHYSICS 1 Titles Nuclear disarmament 1 Titles Classification Nuclear energy 3 Titles Nuclear engineering 1 Titles Authors Subjects Copies 621 48 CAR L energie nucleaire Arnold Guy Energie nucleaire NUCLEAR t 1 Version 4 5 38 Database Version 4 5 38 Page 21 of 291 Search Module Classification Search The Classification Search enables browsing through both the Dewey Decimal and Library of Congress classifications Items are assigned to the classification search index according to the item s Call Number Finding an item using Classification Search Click on Search gt Classification from the menu Select the Classification Type from the drop down at top of the window Select either the Local or Union option at the top left of the screen Expand the levels by clicking on the arrow Select the desired Classification level Click on Search or press the Enter key ILS will list all the items in the library in the given classification SO he IS Search Circulation Catalog Patron Re
253. odel price serial number and manufacturer Optionally setup a specific maintenance schedule for each item that is entered Enter any notes or special instructions Check the fixed box if the equipment is fixed in place in the library Click Save A Ms Detail Title Barcode Price Replacement Cost PO Number Model Serial No Manufacturer Date Manufactured Check Out By Last Check Out By Circulation Type Technician Charge Special Instructions Meeting Room 3 Save 0 00 0 00 C os 03 2012 New Book _ Inter Library Loan Media Type Vendor Condition Status Date Purchased Location Checkout Date Time Due Date Time Kit _ Non Searchable Combination Room Cancel Edit New Delete First 05 03 2012 Previous Main Next Last Close Show Me _ Fixed Preview Weekly How Often 0 Monthly _ In Maintenance J Annual 0 00 E Rental Charge 0 00 E Delivery Charge 0 00 e In Maintenance From In Maintenance To Last Maintenance Date v 05 03 2012 Y 05 03 2012 m i 05 03 2012 To find equipment 1 2 Click on Assets gt Find Add Equipment Enter search criteria and click Find The ALL option from the initial dropdown menu will display all equipment
254. odify existing title find the title and click on Edit Fi nd Item Basic Info Notes Reading Program Subjects Item Customized Field Review MARC Code MARC Expert Copy Information Co V Union and Or And Not Quick _ And Or And Not _ Show Archived Items _ Refine Search Detail Add Copy Subset Subset All Kiosk Kiosk All Clear Kiosk Clear All Kiosk Close Preview New Multsite Copies Recall ISBN 23950 Cataloging Print Copies J l Recommend Web Links Show Me _ 3 Select the format of the record being cataloged as shown in the following image Tht Basic Info METE Reading Program Subjects Item Customized Field Review MARC Code MARC Expert Copy Information Copy 1SSN_ Lccn _ A Edit Delete Manuscript language material First Archival Control Mixed material Previous Computer Files Computer file Next Maps Cartographic material Last Manuscript map Music Notated music Manuscript music Nonmusical sound recording Musical sound recording Visual Material Two dimensional nonprojectable graphic Kit Projected medium Three dimensional artifact or natural object Page 48 of 291 Catalog Module 4 A drop down list will appear for data which is considered authority data such as the Main Entry cataloging gt Ac x ARR ue Basic Info LES Reading Program Subjects Item Custom
255. of the Kiosk are selected that the item record should appear in 14 To enter reading program information click on the reading program tab Then simply enter the data for the required reading program into the boxes provided Page 50 of 291 Catalog Module 15 Values can be added for Accelerated Reader Reading Counts and Lexile reading programs This is visible only if it is enabled in Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration and catalog tab Further this information can be imported on a regular basis Please contact Insignia on how this process can be done A TN A E E A E Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 ESO MESS Reading Prog rene its Interest Level Reading Level Bando a Costs sey Classification Test No Points Reading Level Close Q value Show Me Simple Grade Preview New From Template Version 5 1 2 Database Version 5 1 2 R10 16 To enter additional authors and subject headings click on the Subjects Tab k de n5 for Siveright A D A EP y Toss Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 id New Titl a Subjects u Subject 1 saver Topical Term Cats Birds Fiction Cancel Geographic Su Fiction Edit Authority General Subd v Delete Chronological
256. ojects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Buffett Elementary hd Kiosk Search gt Animals B hal ea Back Birds Dinosaurs Mammals Marine Animals Pets Reptiles 108 Record s Found Under Animals at Buffett Elementary History Search 50 Per Page Page It 4 1 2 3 gt gt Matches 108 Displaying titles 1 50 Call No 741 5 BAR Author Barr Steve 1958 Published 2002 Subject Animals Caricatures and cartoons Cartooning Technique Drawing Search Animals Refine Your Search ay Re of Material Technique Animals in art o dt es Availability 0 of 1 M Rate This Title Add To Favorite Subjects i Adaptation Biology Availability Detail MARC Reserve Book Item Top Alaska Fiction gt Alphabet i Alphabet books i a American poe Do as rn PPE ET E EN ay Call No 741 5 BAR Author Barr Steve 1958 Published 2003 Subject Animals in art Cartooning Technique Availability 1 of 1 Rate This Title Add To Favorite Authors Adams Pam Amery Heather Amos Janine Acid E Availability Detail MARC Reserve Book Item Top Z39 50 tab The Z39 50 section allows other 239 50 compatible libraries from around the world to be searched This search is helpful as it provide which libraries have a given title To use the Z39 50 search tab 1 Gotothe OPAC URL 2 Click on the Z39 50
257. olumn Library Location Set if to show the Library Location or both in the copy grids Default New Item as Non searchable If this item is selected new items being added will not be searchable online Search Item by In the Find Add item scree n specify the search by default parameter Show Publication data in Search Show the Publication date in the Find add item window Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPAC II Silverlight Catalog Y Catalog temporary book during checkout Use Authority Control Spine Label Return Key Edit v Apply basic punctuation rules _ Capitalize call number gt No Break Break On Space Save Y Add copy when importing or creating a new bibliographic record Break On Period ic _ Keep material type when importing bibliographic records Break On Space And Period Keep audience when importing bibliographic records Maximum Call No Letters Per Linels Close Display previous and next 10 records when browsing shelf list P Show Me La Automatically generate copy barcode e Search By In Simple Ww Default new Item as Non searchable Use AR RC And Lexile Issue waiting days before circ 0 Copy Column Library Location Library _ Location _ Both Ee V Auto Claim Issue After 30 Days X Reclaim issue after 30 Days ILL item Default Price 0 00 Y Default Quick Catalog Item as Complete gearch Item by Barcode Format Spine Label eee l Patr
258. on csscccccccceceseesssscsecccesessessacesecsessessesasaesecsesseseaaaaesecscssessesasaesessenees SILVERLIGHT CONFIGURATION seccccessssecesseecececsencececsenaecessesaecesseaaececeeaaeceseeaaeceseeaaeeeseeaaeeeeseaueeeeeeaueeeeeeaas LIBRARY INFORMATION cscesezevcevscesustdesccnsescatevaeceacevegscdveuedectectseceatnunscedveteas EAEEREN O EAEI RE AREE id A A HON Si ed IT a as Page 7 of 291 A A A A dav eon thas sanctus beg bas ss catanie soos sti as A des ees 209 BIOR A RAN 210 SYSTEM MESSAGES sa oeer i eaa ERE REE CERENA a KET VERETA is 211 Editing System MOSSAG ES rispiri airera e rea Teorainn aTa aaa P erah 212 FIND ADD SUMMER READING PROGRAM ssscessscescesscessceseceeeeeeescesscaeecaeecseecasecsaecsaeceaeceasceasseeesseesseeeseaeesgs 213 LIBRARY EVENTS oa dicest diante ion E A waahavedes Ada ecahadecsaduceas ssabeedensdcoues ceca hades 213 MERGE PARAMETERS nienie re taari adan dueadassahecd cagcuce ASEA ATAARE N AOA R A dansa 214 IELE LIBRARY INEO oc dd a aa 215 A A 215 To add a new library in Z39 50 Search cssssessssscececssessesnnaececssssnsnenassesecssssneneaasesseceseseenuaasesssceseseeaaas 215 OOO A tee 216 Assigning Permissions to a Patron Group ssseseseseseseserererererererererererererererererererererererererererererereree 217 Assigning Permission to Patrons and Groups sssscscscccceseseessnscsececesssnesnssesesscesesseasaesesscssnsnesasassesscnees 218 GLOBAL CHANGES sesaosan o E EAA SE aao A idad
259. on click Preview TextBook Inventory Status _ Class Statistics book Copies MO E SA Chemistry 10 Find Barcode Class Teacher All rs Chemistry 10 7T0001000000608 Chemistry 10 0001000000610 Chemistry 10 70001000000611 Chemistry 10 T0001000000612 _ Chemistry 10 T0001000000614 Chemistry 10 T0001000000616 Chemistry 10 7T0001000000617 Chemistry 10 0001000000618 Chemistry 10 0001000000619 Chemistry 10 7T0001000000620 Chemistry 10 T0001000000621 Chemistry 10 T0001000000622 Textbook Statistics Tab Search by Title Publisher Vendor Category Budget Class teacher and Class to get a list of Textbooks to view their circulation statistics The bottom grid will list each title that meets your criteria and give you the following statistics In Out Lost Lost and Paid Claimed Returned Missing New Damaged and Used Clicking preview on this window enables printing TextBook Inventory Status Class Statistics _ Textbook Copies Textbook Library Statistics List of Tea EJ Chemistry 10 A Page 132 of 291 Textbook Module Textbook Library Statistics Tab This window is a union based feature It will list all libraries that have items that meet the search criteria and provide the information Library In Out Lost Lost and Paid Claimed Retur
260. on Quick Barcode __ Print Call No on Spine V Copy Quick Barcode Label only _ Ignore Leading Zero Default Marc Mapping Format NONE Default Condition Move Copy Classification System _ Send Email After Move Default Currency Dewey O Lc Copies Catalog AS _ Copy Default Allow ILL Set connection time out seconds 5 greater than 10 less than 60_s conds _ Collection Type Barcode _ Show Publication Date in search Prompt Barcode During Cataloging MARC Edit Type _ MARC Code _ MARC Expert Both Default MARC Edit Type MARC Code _ MARC Expert Barcode Default Type _ Start With End With _ Exact Match Page 195 of 291 Administration Module EDI amp SIF Configuration The settings for EDI and SIF communication can be specified EDI is used when placing orders with vendors SIF is used when importing student information from an SIS EDI Identification Specify the EDI Identification number for library in this field Identification agency Specify Identification Agency from the dropdown list EDI Message outbound directory Specify the location where outbound files will be saved EDI Message inbound directory Specify the location where inbound files will be saved Email profile Specify the email profile used on the SQL server E Mail server Specify email server for email notification SMTP Password Set your SMTP Password SMTP User Set SMTP user Enable SI
261. on the record on the grid 3 Click on Edit 4 Click on Attach 5 From this window files can be attached by locating them in a folder scanning them into the system or linking them to the record via WebLink 6 If itis a file click on browse and select the file 7 Click on upload 8 Inthe grid below specify the title 9 If file being attached is a graphical file and it is to be the default cover image in OPAC select Cover Image checkbox 10 If a web link is to be added click WebLink and enter the URL 11 Enter the title and the URL in the grid below 12 Repeat above steps to attach more file or links 13 Click on Save Find Ite nfo ISBN 9781597710534 Scan E Dewey 636 8 _Meblink_ Delete Save Cancel Show Me _ Fit Size Extent p cm Series Title Owning a pet Conroe rs710 S L Locked L_ eBook Created Created By Last Modified Last Modified B Attach Type Cover Image Page 52 of 291 Catalog Module Catalog using MARC Interface MARC interface is the recommended cataloging interface for more control on the tags being used To catalog using the MARC Interface 1 Click Catalog gt Find Add Item gt MARC Code 2 Click New 3 Place the cursor and click in the value field corresponding to the MARC tag and subfield to enter the desired information 4 Toadd a New tag click on New Tag 5 Select the desired tag and click Ok 6 To Add a sub field select
262. onfiguration and select the checkbox under the OPAC tab To view the computer bookings 1 2 an Pw Go to the library URL Click on the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted Click on the Computer Booking tab The bookings are listed here To cancel a booking simply select one of the booked time slots and click Cancel To make a booking please select a time slot and click the Book button Page 278 of 291 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC Patron Reserves Loan Fine Loan History Fine History Med 3108 Reading Program Communication Notification Date 16 03 2012 Patron Danika Bernard Password A A TN 10 00 11 00 AM 12 00 01 00 PM 01 00 02 00 PM 02 00 03 00 PM 03 00 04 00 PM 05 00 06 00 PM 06 00 07 00 PM 07 00 08 00 PM 08 00 09 00 PM 09 00 10 00 PM Reading Program This tab enables a patron to participate in the Reading Program To view the reading programs available 1 Goto the library URL 2 Click on the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 3 Click on Reading Program tab In the program name box select the reading program Enter the Title and Author into the respective fields select the reading date and then click on add Repeat these steps for all items you will be reading Once a book is read select it in the list and click Read systems tracks this i
263. or textbooks To create semesters Click on menu Administration gt Library Setting gt Library Information Click on the Semester tab Click on New and enter a name for the category Specify the number of semesters Specify date ranges for semesters Click on Save AN PWN EP in gt Library Setting Find Library Library Information Office Hours Holidays Semester Block Library Card 208 ooo Category No of semesters in one academic Year New Copy Date From Date To Edit Semester 1 25 08 2016 30 01 2017 Delete Save Semester 2 02 02 2017 26 06 2017 Show Me Page 209 of 291 Administration Module Blocks The amount of blocks or periods and the times of these blocks can be specified The times will be used in the library system for Asset bookings To create blocks Click on Administration gt Library Setting gt Library Information Click on the Block tab Click on Edit Specify the number of blocks Specify the times for the blocks Click Save O01 9 NE Find Library Library Information Office Hours Holidays Semester Block Library Card No Of Blocks In A Day lock Start Time End Time Block 1 9 01 AM 10 05 AM Block 2 10 07 AM m 11 10 AM Block 3 11 15 AM E 12 00 PM Block 4 1 05 PM 2 07 PM Block 5 2 11 PM 3 20 PM Page 210 of 291 Administration Module System Messages Insignia Library System allows staff to cr
264. orders The budget shipping costs conversion rate and tax rate can all be managed by this module The order can be recorded as paid for ahead of time upon receipt of the items or at a later date To create a purchase order 1 Click on Acquisitions gt Find Add Order 2 Click New Find Order P O Number Save Purchase Order Order Date 3 6 2012 Cancel A L For Textbook Editing History Edit Created Created By a Last Modified Last Modified By Previous Next Author ISBN Price Ord Qty Rec Qty Shipping Fei Total Library Budget Status Last Close Show Me Pay Bill Delete Preview Add Item Remove Item Send Tax Rate 7 00m Tax 0 00 Conversion Factor 1 Message to Vendor Total Amount 0 00 Notes Select a vendor from the list to order from If this is a textbook order select the checkbox For Textbook Assign the P O Number if any If this field is left blank the system will generate a P O Click Add Item If the ISBN number is known the title details can by populated by entering the ISBN number and clicking Z39 50 by ISBN Alternately the title details can be entered manually If the item exists in the catalog the item information can be found by clicking Find SO Oe Tip To change the Z39 50 hosts being searched by default click Administration gt Other Libraries gt Z39 50 hosts and the hosts to be searched must have the Default box checked in the Details
265. ourses taking If courses have been uploaded into ILS the patron s courses will show here Notice The Notice feature allows a user to send a popup message to patrons through the OPAC These messages appear upon the patron s login to the OPAC Page 105 of 291 Patrons Module Patron Family Links Family links can be added to link patrons of a specific family together This allows one barcode to be used to track all circulations for one family To create a family card and link family members Click on Patron gt Find Add Patron Click New Enter the name of the family into the first and last name boxes Make sure to select the Circ type and group information correctly Now check the family card check box Click save Select the Family links tab Click Add Using the search box find family members to add 10 Find each patron select them and click apply 11 Click Ok 12 Click Save COPADA Notes History Use this tab to view all notes added to patron record These notes are internal and are added in the Notes section of the Find Patron tab Page 106 of 291 Patrons Module Outreach This feature recommends items to patrons through their preferences This feature is commonly used in outreach programs where items are delivered to patrons unable to come to the library By entering titles authors and subjects that a patron likes ILS can generate a list of items from the catalog appropriate to their listed pref
266. ous search during the current session click on the search in the search history list Page 264 of 291 Welcome To Insignia Library 1 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC English MM D0000 OW Help Register e History Search 2 What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk 239 50 Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Search Keyword x Any Match Bj dogl E Sort Results By Author E Rating F Result in grid Matches 67 Displaying titles 1 50 50 Per Page i Page 14 4 1 2 gt gt I Search dog Keywords Refine Your Search OB Type of Material book A 1 the dog Call No 636 7 DOG Availability 1 of 1 Rate This Title Add To Favorite Availability Detail MARC Reserve Book Item Save MARC Subject Puppies BGG breeds BOG breeds Pictorial works Topi Subjects 4 Favorites Academy Awards Motion Title 0 pictures Fiction Accidents Prevention H Alaska Fiction a 2 In the doghouse Alphabet i Alphabet books Call No FIC LIZ Author Banim Lisa Published 2005 Subject Television tie ins Dogs Fiction Authors Availability 1 of 1 Banim Lisa Rate This Title Add To Favorite Barkly Bob Availability Detail MARC R k It MARC Top Ben Ami Doron H wailability Detail Reserve Book Item Save op Bond Felicia ill i Bonsall Crosby Newell Series a stepping ston
267. parameters 2 1 To see the inventory for entire district select the Union checkbox 3 Inventory status for each school is given in the bottom grid 4 Tosee the detail of a textbook select the title and click on Detail tion Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Change Password Insignia Library 1 Welcome Admin 0001 Find I union Advanced Publisher Call No Copyright EN 10 Chapper Charlie Schoalstic o o CHE10 2003 Authority Chemistry 30 Chapper aema ges a Schoalstic jmo jao jen CHE30 2003 Classification Preview Copies Out Available Lost Status CheckOut By ee 0002 Lib 2 70001000000704 T0001000000705 To00 1000000706 _ TOOO1000000707 ES 1000000709 T000100000071 1 Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 21 Textbook Module Catalog New Textbooks To add a New Textbook Click on Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks Click New Enter the relevant information on the textbook title Additional information can be added to the record such as Adoption dates Grade Range and loading a cover image by clicking Add Picture PS Tip If the fields for Material Type and Category are not listed in the drop down menus then these will have to be set up in Administration gt System Setting gt Parameters Select the eTextbook checkbox if this textbook is an online or digital copy 5 When the record is complete click Save Search Circulation Catalog Pa Window Insignia Li
268. patron can enter their patron password this can be set or changed at Circulation gt Checkout gt Patron Info Logging in to a booked computer as a guest 1 On the access computer click on Random Password 2 Enter Random Password as provided on booking screen A A SER Insignia Library 1 Date 12 01 2012 m _Refresh Book Cancel Finish Book by time Find Patron Name Alicia Wick Type Staff Booking Time Computers HB c3 09 00 10 00 AM 10 00 11 00 AM Gabriel Paradis 11 00 12 00 AM Garrett Buschert 12 00 01 00 PM Gemma Ridley 01 00 02 00 PM George Smith 02 00 03 00 PM George Soika 03 00 04 00 PM Alicia Wick Giulia Sala 04 00 05 00 PM Glen Gladue 05 00 06 00 PM Graeme Jones 06 00 07 00 PM Graham Flamant 07 00 08 00 PM Grant Taillefer 08 00 09 00 PM Gregory Collins Griffin Burke Guest 1 Guest 2 Version 5 1 3 Database Version 5 1 3 R10 Page 46 of 291 Catalog Module Catalog Module The catalog module includes the following features Cataloging Collection Analysis Barcode Spine Label Templates Bibliographic amp Authority Serials Change Status Library Circ Type Global Change Setting Keyword Tag Definition MARC Display setting amp MARC Import options ADAN Cataloging Insignia Library System provides a variety of methods to catalog items ILS offers 1 The ability to create records using M
269. pecified The prefix column will take any desired alphanumeric prefix up to six characters This will be the prefix that is automatically assigned when barcodes are generated for new item copies and new patrons In the AutoNumber Start From column specify the number of the first item or patron barcode subsequent numbers increase by an increment of 1 The barcodes may be set to a fixed length A maximum of 14 characters including leading zeros is permitted Tip Additional barcode settings are under the Catalog tab Lock Unlock OPAC Workstation Specify the password to unlock public workstations without booking To use this feature on a public access workstation select the Unlock radio button and enter the password This will be used when setting up computer booking workstations Windows Envelope Adjustment When this setting is selected the address of patrons on the overdue message report Reports gt Circulation is formatted to fit envelopes with windows Share Subset Subsets are attached to individual logins Enable this setting to share subsets with other users Autodialer Voice Setting Set the language for the Auto Dialer program Page 190 of 291 Administration Module Follett barcode Settings These settings will remove extra characters from barcodes that the Follett system added This setting allows barcodes from old Follett systems to be scanned into the system AMM dde Miscellaneous Me JLo 70d i EEE Laa Media
270. pment Checkout The Assets module enables staff to Checkout equipment rooms and kits in advance by a time period or block or on a weekly schedule To Checkout a Media item follow these steps 1 Click on Assets gt Media Checkout 2 Enter the patron 3 Scan the barcode Tip If the barcode is unavailable search for the item by using the drop down menus 4 Click Checkout Patron Barcode po001000000779 Find Patron Lily Bernard Equipment Barcode Not Available items Nintendo Wii Booking time is not within office Check In Lost Check Out Close 05 03 2012 E 4 38 PM El MOOO1000000008 Out Dana Taillefer 31 01 2012 Asmara Te Mo0001000000009 Out Mark Vass 06 01 2012 4 38PM m Pickup _ Deliver _ Technician Required Comments Page 138 of 291 Media Equipment Booking List The booking lists for all patrons or for a specific patron are available within this feature Additionally outstanding bookings checked out bookings and finished bookings can be viewed To view the media equipment bookings list 1 Click on Assets gt Media Booking List 2 Specify a date range and then select the correct radio button for Items to Checkout Finished Checkout bookings or Show All 3 Click List AA Booking List Ree Search Criteria mme a Booking Between 05 03 2012 ja And 05 03 2012 E Check Out Check In Patro
271. port Administration Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Change Password Insignia Library 1 3 Welcome Admin 0001 Local Union Classification Type Dewey Search Close Showme Advanced p 000 Generalities apo p 100 Philosophy amp psychology un Authority p 200 Religion 4 300 Social sciences 300 Social sciences Classification 310 General statistics 320 Political science 340 Law 350 Public administration gt gt gt p 330 Economics gt gt gt 360 Social services association 380 Commerce communications transport OS 390 Customs etiquette folklore p 500 Natural sciences amp mathematics p 600 Technology Applied sciences Version 4 5 38 Database Version 4 5 38 Page 22 of 291 Search Module Kiosk Search Kiosk Search provides a visual search using pictures that correspond to categories This search is fully customizable Users are able to build categories and select the corresponding images The categories can be leveled following broad categories to more specific Information about setting up Kiosk categories is available in the Administration section Finding an item using Kiosk Search 1 Click on Search gt Kiosk from the menu Click on a picture that best represents the topic being searched 3 Continue to click on images to further specify the search or click on the underlined topic in the pathway displaye
272. pport Only Set to 1 to enable a database sync Set to 0 if no sync is required Favorite Email Address The value entered here will be listed as the sender of outgoing emails listings Favourites in the OPAC Keep Sip Connection Set the value to 1 to maintain one connection for all messages Set the value to O to assigne new connections for each message Key Down Speed Time Enter the time in milliseconds between key strokes to select a value Log Web Error This setting is for Insignia Technical Support Only Set to 1 to log a web error Total Grades Maximum number of grades in the system leave it to 15 Use SQL Mail Used by Insignia to setup email notification Display Debug Message This setting is for Insignia development team only The default value is O Reload Custom Settings Custom Settings Set it to 1 to reload custom setting in OPAC Date Format Date Format Set the value to O enables the format DD MM YYYY and 1 enables the format MM DD YYY USA Captions Set the value to 1 to display USA caption such as of states and zip codes Set the value to 0 to display Canadian captions such as provinces and postal codes Library Auto Email Address This email address is used to send emails when there is no email address in the library profile OPAC Link Page 252 of 291 142 29 OPAC 35 167 30 278 21 67 23 285 286 70 193 74 115 218 294 130 Custom Settings Enter the OPAC link he
273. price to be displayed on items in circulation report 270 Report Designer Reports Set the value to 1 to enable Report Designer Set the value to O to hide Report Designer Reserve 194 Allow Reserve Copy Set the value to 1 to enable the Reserve Copy button to be available 145 Auto Assign Copies To Reserved Item Page 255 of 291 222 164 175 Search 215 45 61 66 198 174 24 25 27 88 153 123 Custom Settings Set the value to 1 if a specific copy will be assigned to a patron when a reserve is placed on it Set the value to 0 if no specific copy will be held Auto Print Reserve Info Set the value to 1 to enable a receipt to be automatically printed for items with reservations upon check in Reserve Available Prior Months Enter the time in months for reserves to show in the reserve list Shows the reserves in the reserve list for the time period Reserve Order Set the value to 1 to make the order of reserve list on a first come first serve basis Set the value to 2 to base the order of the reserve list on available copies at pickup location Colorado Swift If the value is set to 1 the copy status In Available in the the 239 50 results If the value is set to O copy status In In Default Result Display Mode Set to O to change the search results in the grid Display Local Call No Set the value to 1 to display local call numbers in the search results list Kiosk Set the value to 1 to e
274. r AdvSearchMinChar AllowAutoEmailPassword AllowCheckInOtherLibrarysBook AllowCheckInOtherLibrarysTextBook AllowMoveTextbook AllowRenew Minimum characters required for search from Web OPA Set to 1 to allows Check in other library s Book Set to 1 to allows Check in other library s Textbook Set to 1 to shows Move Textbook Feature Set to 1 to allows to Renew books from Web OPAC AllowReserveCopy Set to 1 to show the reserve copy button Set to 0 to hi AllowWalkinUseComputer ComputerB y Set to 1 allow walkin use computer without booking Archiveltem ArchivePatron AttachmentPath AutoAssignCopiesToReservedltem Set to 1 to enables Archive Feature for items Set to 1 to enables Archive Feature for patrons Humayc y ILSWeb Attachment File Path Reserve y Set to 1 to Auto Assign Copies To Reserved Item if ther Set to 1 to Print the Reserve receipt Automatically wher Set to 1 to Auto Refund Lost Fine if it has not been paid AutoPrintReservelnfo AutoRefundLost mMl OlRID O O O O mlm 1O O O r me BarcodePrefixFilter Cataloging y Set to any non empty letter to ignore the garbage Prefi Description Set to 0 to hide everything that is related to patron review Custom Setting Explanation by Category Acquisitions 149 Display Order Status Online Set the value to 1 to show items on the OPAC that have been ordered with the status On Order To hide ordered items prior to being received set the value to 0 150 Duplic
275. r and can link printing charges to patron accounts To setup a new computer 1 Click on Assets gt Computer Click on the Computer tab Click Add Add the computer information to the next line available Select the check box to make the computer available for use Continue to add computers Click Save NOM PWN Date 05 03 2012 Cancel Finish Book by time Find Patron Name Alicia Wick Type Staff Password Booking Time Computers HB c3 10 00 11 00 AM 11 00 12 00 AM 12 00 01 00 PM 01 00 02 00 PM Garrett Buschert 02 00 03 00 PM Gemma Gidley 03 00 04 00 PM 04 00 05 00 PM 05 00 06 00 PM Gabriel Paradis Knee George Smith George Soika 06 00 07 00 PM Giulia Sala 07 00 08 00 PM Geca 08 00 09 00 PM Graeme Jones Graham Flamand Grant Taillefer Page 140 of 291 Computer Booking To use Computer Bookings an application needs to be installed on all workstations used for public access Once the application is installed only patrons who have booked the computer can use it for the time slot All printing charges during this time slot will be automatically assigned if any To book a computer 1 Click on Assets gt Computer 2 Click Find Patron and search for the patron wanting to book a computer 3 Select the patron 4 Select the time slot the patron is requesting Tip To book a specific time frame other than the time slots provi
276. rary Request Pickup At Patron CallNo Title Authority ln Progres David Tingley 8 599 75 SAI The African cats Matt Dube 865 599 75 SAI The African cats Amanda Bunnin 599 75 SAI The African cats Jeff Adams Classification In Progres In Progres In Progres In Progres loljolniojolo Amanda Bunnin Johnathan Redr In Progres In Pr Allie Bingleyx 2 599 752 SH In Progres Alice Danis 252 599 74 KAL Big cats John Lake 435 599 74 KAL Big cats Benjamin Kerry 599 74 KAL Big cats Emily Ball 864 i 599 74 KAL Big cats John Ringette 599 74 KAL Big cats Brandon Flynn i FIC HOW Bunnicula strikes again Amatia Barnard FIC HOW Bunnicula strikes again Caine Harrison FIC HOW Bunnicula strikes again In Progres Copy Barcode Send Receive uisitions EM Eon Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 2 In Progres In Progres ojojo n nh in RB In Progres ojolooo o In Progres In Progres ln Progres In Progres AS Page 41 of 291 Circulation Module Lists There are three lists available in the Circulation Module These lists are Booking Reserve and Temporary list Booking List The booking list displays the number of bookings in circulation for a specific time period To view a Booking List Click on Circulation gt List gt Booking Select Outstanding Books or Finished Booki
277. rcodes from the handheld scanner 6 If user has finished for the day but have not completed section click on the Close button The information will be saved 7 Next day press the Refresh button The information from the day before will appear on screen Do not click on the Initialization button 8 To finalize the inventory process and change the status to Missing click on the Change all un scanned items to Missing button 9 To delete missing copies choose an inventory date range and then click the Delete button Tip Items without copies can be deleted by selecting the check box 10 The system will treat items that are currently checked out as accounted for in the inventory so there will be no need to re scan these items Page 241 of 291 Administration Module Kiosk Categories Insignia Library System allows the addition of new kiosk categories and deletion of existing ones New pictures can be added to kiosk categories To add a kiosk category 1 Click on Administration gt Kiosk Categories To add a subcategory select the parent category Click New Type in the name of the new category To assign a picture Click on Icon and select the file Click Save O 0 1 fiiCategory gt Wanimals Edit Arts and Music gt Awards and Medals Icon history Holidays Clear Icon Save Close o obs Show Me amp Actor amp Army A Astronaut 2 Athlete a Business
278. re if not standard for ILS login link Use AR RC Lexile Set the value to 1 to enable AR RC and lexile reading program features Show ARInfo Without Value Set the value to 1 to show AR labels even when there is no AR value Add Review From OPAC Set the value to 1 to enable patron review features in OPAC Set the value to O to hide patron review features in OPAC Adv Search Min Char Set the minimum characters required to search the OPAC here Allow Renew Set the value to 1 to enable items to be renewed from the Web OPAC Browse Index Library Based Set the value to 1 and searching the the current library in the Web OPAC will only show that library s index Keep Favorite After Logout Set the value to 1 to maintain Favorites after logout Set the value to O to disable this feature Reload Captions Set it to 1 to reload captions in Library WebSite Enter the library s website here Media Manager Set the value to one to enable the media manager module in the OPAC Set the value to 0 to hide the media manager module in the OPAC My Account Set the value to 1 to enable patrons access to their account information on the OPAC Set the value to O to deny patrons access to their account information on the OPAC OPAC CIRC Check in When the network connection is slow OPAC can be used to check in books Set the value to 1 to enable check in tab the OPAC OPAC CIRC Checkout When the network connection is slow OPAC can be used to chec
279. rent user so no other user can modify the same record at the same time Read Mode Read Mode allows for viewing window information Important points to remember about Read Mode 1 Changes cannot be made in Read Mode 2 New or Edit must be selected to make changes Search Mode Search Mode enables for search throughout the system or outside sources such as Z39 50 hosts Searches can only be conducted in certain windows Important points to remember about Search Mode 1 Search terms are entered into the search fields 2 Press the Enter key or click Find or Search to begin the search Escape Key Important points to remember about the Escape key Page 14 of 291 Getting Started 1 In New Edit mode pressing the Escape key will prompt a message asking the user if they want to save or lose changes for the current record 2 In Read mode pressing the Escape key will close the current screen 3 In Search mode pressing the Escape key clears the current criteria Pressing the Escape Key for a second time closes the current window Show Me Videos Insignia Library System provides instructional Show Me videos for all features in the system To view a video simply click the Show Me button in a window Show Me videos are a self paced learning tool designed for new users to learn the system or refresh training Help Menu ILS provides an on line context sensitive help file for all the features in the library system To open the he
280. rict Based Set the value to 1 for textbooks to be district based Set the value to O for textbooks to be site based Z39 District Based District Set the value to 1 for Z39 50 settings to be district based Set the value to O for Z39 50 settings to be site based Indicator Allow During export of items set the value to 1 to enable signs in the indicator field Set the value to 0 to hide signs in the indicator field Show Export Delete Item Set the value to 1 to show the Delete Item in export Set the value to O to hide the Delete Item in export Auto Refund Lost Set the value to 1 to automatically refund a fined patron if the item claimed lost is found Set the value to 0 to not automatically refund the fined patron In Touch Export Path This setting enables the ability to share data with In Touch fines application To export from ILS enter pathway e g C ILSFine txt here In Touch Import Path This setting enables the ability to share data with In Touch fines application To import from ILS enter pathway e g C InTouch txt here In Touch Log Path This setting enables the ability to share data with In Touch fines application Enter pathway to log here e g C InTouchLog txt Lost Fine Take Replacement Without Formula If Price Not Set Set the value to 1 so that if there is no price assigned to an item and a price is required the replacement cost will be applied Page 250 of 291 Custom Settings Homeroom 192 H
281. rint to apply the changes and print the list E ee On Class Teacher pem Class V Auto Assign Student Page 39 of 291 Circulation Module Patron Traffic amp Inquiry The ILS can track how often a particular patron visits the library and asks for help This information can be used to schedule staff or for funding Patron Traffic Patron traffic tracks how often each patron visits the library This can be displayed on an annual report To track patron traffic 1 Click on Circulation gt Patron Tracking gt Patron Traffic 2 Enter the patron barcode in the Traffic tab or enter the name of the patron in the Search tab as shown in the following image Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Change Password Insignia Library 1 LEUD h RO O eDi y Welcome Admin 0001 Y Advanced ABC 4 man Authority Scan your Barcode Classification Administration Acquisitions Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 21 Patron Inquiry Patron inquiries can be tracked and displayed in an annual report To track patron inquires Click on menu Circulation gt Patron Tracking gt Patron Inquiry Click New Enter the patron barcode or enter the name of the patron Enter the question the patron asked Enter the answer given to the patron Click on Save E a a a E Tip To view the history of patron inquiries for a given date speci
282. ron s name will provide results E g typing ali smi and pressing enter retrieves the patron information for Alicia Smith Checkout Window Buttons amp Checkboxes Checkout a Kit When scanning an item cataloged as part of a kit a reminder will appear to confirm all items in the kit are being checked out If an item is missing from the kit there is the option to cancel before completing the checkout process Checkout Receipt The button labeled Receipt Printer will print a receipt for items being checked out To print overdue items as well select the overdue checkbox To print all items currently checked out to the patron select the all checkbox These selections are provided beneath the patron photo Page 26 of 291 Circulation Module Copy Notes To add notes to the copy record click on the Copy Notes button The history of notes will be linked to the copy barcode The notes will appear in the copy information screen under the Notes History tab Library Checkout Textbook Checkout Options This default option is checkout library books and specifies that library books are being checked out The textbook checkout option when selected specifies that textbooks are being checked out Tip If barcodes for textbooks and library books are unique there is no need to select the checkbox to identify the barcode being scanned is a textbook or library book Temporary Items Button Click this button to quickly catalog a book and check
283. roup title and From List Textbook Overdue Message Lists overdue textbooks This report can be limited by patron group and by date Individual patrons may be selected by using the from list option and entering or scanning in the patron barcodes Textbook shortage Student List Report listing patrons that have not received a textbook yet for a current course Textbook Statistics A list of Textbook titles and Circulation and Catalog statistics Textbook Status Summary Lists all textbooks in the system and their status Textbook Titles Lists all textbooks in the system Page 162 of 291 Administration Module 18 Textbook Transfer list Lists textbook transfers that happened and the books involved in those transfers 19 Textbook Year End Statistics Lists textbook circulation activity for a year broken down by month This report can be limited by date range 20 Value of Collection Lists the items within a given range and provides the material type value District State Reports There are customized state reports in the reports module for existing customers If you are in need of a state or district report please contact Insignia Support Current state reports are 1 CCISD Inventory report 2 New Mexico State Annual report User Defined Reports Insignia Library System enables reports to be designed
284. rs an item belonging to this type can be checked out for Grace Period This is the grace period allowed for patrons for overdue items when calculating fines To remove the graces period set this value to 0 Renew Period This is the number of days hours weeks months or semester s patrons can have particular items renewed Fine Rate The rate at which overdue fines are calculated for the item type Hold Period This value represents the number of days the item type will stay on reserve for Recall Period This value represents the number of days set for a recall If the item is not returned by the recall period it becomes overdue after that period Page 167 of 291 Administration Module Patron Circulation Type In addition to creating Item Circulation Types Insignia provides the ability to create Patron Circulation Types Multiple patron Circulation types only need to be created if there are different loan parameters for different types of patrons To create a New Patron Circulation Type Click on Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types Click on Patron Circulation Type tab Click New Enter the New patron type Select default checkbox if the current patron circulation type settings are to be the default when creating a new patron circulation type Specify all the parameters for this patron type Click Save Double click on an item in the grid below The Loan Trap window will appear Specify the p
285. rs can set different circulation parameters from this interface Parameters in Circulation 1 Tab Configuration Fines Due dates Circulation Traps Reserves Checkout Check In Reserves Computer Booking 00 SO OTe Ne Configuring Fine Settings Fine settings appear in configuration on both Circulation Tab amp Il Page 172 of 291 yl Administration Module Fine Settings gt Circulation Tab Setting Lost Charges This setting determines what amount a patron pays for a lost item They can pay a fraction of the cost of the book or the entire replacement cost A Processing fee is also added here Overdue fine should be included if a book is lost If this checkbox is selected the overdue fines accrued on a lost item will be included in the patrons charges for that item Maximum Overdue or Damage Fine should be less than This setting is used to specify the maximum overdue fine as a function of the price Setting the Value of Items without a Price The Take Amount As Book Price field enables a price an item when one is not recorded in the record If there is not a price given for the item then it is set to the value set to the one in this field When to Declare an Overdue book as lost Fill this field with how many days a book is overdue for the status to change as lost If Fines Include a Grace Period amp Holidays Staff can determine if the system should charge fine for holidays and grace period Disa
286. ry Status Click on Textbooks gt Textbook Inventory Status Select Library Name Select the Course Click on Show Shortage and or Overage Click Search TS AS Textbook Al V Show Overage Threshold 1 Page 129 of 291 Textbook Module Textbook Change Status To change textbook status Click on Textbook gt Change Status Scan in the barcodes or select the copy status to be searched Checkmark the titles to be changed Select the new status in the dropdown box Click Apply US ORA Tip The textbook location can also be changed by selecting Change location Tip The status of these items can be changed to Destroy Once the status is set to Destroy the program will prompt you if you would like to delete these items Barcode A Search By Copy Status To be deleted y Modified From 3 5 2012 E I To 3 572012 E Change Status To ln Delete Textbook without copy Change Location To Main Page 130 of 291 Textbook Module Textbook Analysis The Textbook Analysis module is a multi tab window that provides analysis to ensure textbooks are being efficiently used To view the textbook analysis window click Textbooks gt Analysis Textbook Analysis Tabs Analysis Textbook Inventory Status Tab This window provides a quick view of the In Out and Total Copy Count for each library in the district The transfer feature i
287. s Find Patron Notify Checkout Receipt Name Alicia Wick 995 1567 Type Staff Homeroom 1 Items Loaned 11 Copy Barcode Lo Temporary Computer Booking New Patron Copy Notes Items Overdue 5 _ Current Library Books Only Fine Due 222 85 Authority _ Set Due Date to 02 17 2012 V Current Patron Only Internet Agreement Signed Books Lost o L Cverdut i Library C Textbook _ Show Textbook v Show Library Books Credit 0 00 Books Damaged 0 Y Auto Focus Items On Loan EXE MA EI SETS A E LEMA o Title Due Date Renew Price Volume Issue No Find Classification Renew L0001000002218 Consumable Notebooks 01 01 2075 5 00 List L0001000002217 Consumable Notebooks 01 01 2075 5 00 Claim Return L0001000000435 FIC KEE The secret of the old clock 02 07 2012 15 00 Check In LO001000002216 Consumable Notebooks 01 01 2075 5 00 Lost LO001000000666 FIC RYA Robin s case file 02 03 2012 15 00 Refresh 0114000200302 394 2663 B Christmas season of peac 01 27 2012 23 99 Preview 0001000001696 E BRI The snowman 10 25 2011 15 00 Consumable Looo1000000008 E BUE Snowmen at night 10 20 2011 15 00 Show Me 10 L0004000000403 609 71 HUC Canada invents 10 18 2011 0 00 _ 11 0001000000257 FIC COL Artemis Fowl the opal dec 06 15 2011 15 00 COON aw blu n MATH JENIS Version 5 2 0 Database Version 5 2 0 Tip When typing the patron name first or last just the first few letters of the pat
288. s 220 MARC Template 67 Material Type Global Change 93 Max Fine See Patron Circ Types Max Renew 167 Media 272 Media Barcodes 139 Media Booking 137 Media Booking List 139 Media Check in 137 Media Checkout 138 Media Manager 134 Media Manager Reports 157 Merge Parameters 214 merge patrons 117 merge publishers 64 Merge Textbook 126 merge titles 89 Merge Titles 89 Merge Vendors 149 Miscellaneous Configuration 190 Miscellaneous Reports 158 move copies 90 Move Copies 90 Multicopies See Copy Information Screen My Account 198 199 262 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 N Navigator Toolbar 13 Need phone call service 105 Network Tab in My Account 282 new deposit 104 New Request 71 New Requests 71 Non MARC Cataloging 47 Insignia Software Technical Support Notes History 106 123 Notice 105 Notification 222 Notifications Tab 31 O Office Hours 207 Offline Adding Patrons 260 Offline Check in 259 Offline Checkout 259 Offline Circulation 259 Offline Inventory 261 Offline Upload Data 261 Online Databases 229 273 Online Patron Access Catalog 262 OPAC 262 OPAC Configuration 198 OPAC Connection Configuration 204 OPAC Features Configuration 201 OPAC Search 264 OPAC Search Settings 199 Order Receiving 145 Outreach 38 107 Outreach Checkout 38 Overdue Limit 169 Overdue Limits
289. s Allow Print Receipt In Self Checkout _ Show Homeroom Checkout In Self Checkout Lost Charge Percentage Y Show ILL in checkout Show Communication In Checkout Book Condition Percentage Y Show Notifications in checkout _ Allow Floating Collection _Show me Undefined 100 _ Send Notification when ratio of holds to copies exceeds 3 Y Show patron homeroom information on the reserve list New 100 Good 100 Smart Barcode Checkout Fair 100 _ Enable _ Local Patron Only Poor 100 Damage 100 Configuring Checkout Settings Checkout settings appear both on Circulation Tab amp Il in configuration Checkout Settings gt Circulation Tab Catalog during checkout Selecting this checkbox allows a record to be cataloged at checkout if the item is not found when scanned Ignore warning when checking out from other library Checking this will suppress the pop up message when checking out other libraries items When checking out a book that has not been checked in If this checkbox is selected when a book is being checked out when it has not been checked in first the system will check it in for the first user and then check it out If it is not checked then system will give a popup message to confirm to check in for the last user Homeroom Checkout sort by Specify sort by order in homeroom checkout Page 177 of 291 Administration Module Circulation Date is from today plus How many days to
290. s Hill FIC ECK Eckert Allan L0001000000290 Wick Alicia 995 1567 27 08 2010 09 09 00 27 08 2010 1 Stars 523 8 SIM Simon Seyr L0001000000459 Wick Alicia 995 1567 27 08 2010 09 09 00 Wetland animals 591 768 GAL Galko Franc L0001000001200 Wick Alicia 995 1567 27 06 2010 12 05 00 27 06 2010 1 Payment Version 4 5 53 Database Version 4 5 53 Page 36 of 291 Circulation Module Inter Library Loan ILS comes with a comprehensive inter library loan component How to set up an ILL for patron Click on Circulation gt Check Out gt Reserve Scan in patron barcode or enter the name and press enter Click on Reserve tab Click on Find Select Other Libraries option at the bottom left Search for the title Select the title and click on Reserve Specify the library from which the item is being requested and the library from which the item will be picked up 9 Click Ok 10 The patron s name will now appear on the Reserve List for this item OOS Or Gre eS ES Tip The loaning library will be prompted of new items on the Reserve List by the alert screen when library staff logs in Sending an ILL item to the Borrowing Library 1 Confirm the items to be sent by viewing the Reserve List 2 Click on Circulation gt Reserve gt Reserve List 3 Scan the barcode of the items on reserve Receiving ILL Items from the Loaning Library 1 When the ILL item is received it is scanned in and the status
291. s afraid of the dark 11 To view items available on the shelf surrounding this title select the shelf list tab Page 265 of 291 Who s afraid of the dark Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC Displaying Title 1 Of 67 al Re lt gt A Ba J E yupPpien E B gt ye 5 i Al lt 4 f i E Y EPI ir Library Library Simple Search Advanced Search Tab Advanced Search allows the patrons to define more parameters for their search To use Advanced Search 1 2 3 4 Go to the OPAC URL Click on the Search tab Click on the Advanced tab Select the library to search by default system will detect library based on patron IP address or the last library selected To select more than one library use the Ctrl key or user can choose All Libraries Enter search terms and choose the desired search criteria and Boolean operators AND OR AND NOT to limit the search The Sort Result By option will sort the search results by preferred choice Patron can refine their search by specifying any of the following 7 1 Language 7 2 Medium Type 7 3 Audience Level 7 4 Collection Type 7 5 Publication Date 7 6 Rating Enter search criteria and click Search Page 266 of 291 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC a Welcome To Buffett Elementary sellers 3 What s New Easy Kids Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Find cat By Keywor
292. s lent to other libraries Items in Circulation Lists items that are in circulation Items on Reserve Lists items on reserve Items Overdue Historical Lists all overdue items with the name of the borrowing patron Least Circulated Items Lists least circulated items Library Statistics by Date Provides a snapshot of library activity in all modules for a given date range Monthly Circulation Statistics Lists monthly circulation statistics The report can be further limited by check in date range subset classification material type and subject Most Circulated Items Lists most circulated items Other Libraries Items checked out at Our Library Lists items received from other libraries in the union Overdue Message Creates a report listing overdue items for patrons asking them to return their overdue books Patrons Checked out Multiple Copies for Same Title Lists patrons who have multiple copies of the same title checked out Reserve Message Generates messages to alert patrons when a reserve has come in Serials Circulation This report shows serial circulation totals by month Students have not checked out Textbooks Based on Schedule List of patrons who have not checked out textbooks based on their schedule Top Circulating School Statistics List of top circulating schools Top Circulating Patron List of patrons who borrow from the library most often Top Circulating Patron Types List of patron types who borrow from the
293. s used to request items from a library To use this feature select a library and a quantity of the textbook to be transferred Add notes to the transfer for tracking purposes as needed MH Class Statistics Textbook Copies Textbook Statistics Textbook Library Statistics List of Tea EJ Il search By Title Starts with ch find _J union Close Title Call No Chemistry 20 Chipper Charlie TXT CHE20 Chemistry 30 Chapper Charlie TXT CHE30 Class Statistics Tab This window displays imported classes the number of textbook copies borrowed by students and the number of students who do not have a textbook checked out yet Once a class from the list is selected the bottom left grid will show the students who currently have not checked out a textbook for that course yet The right hand grid will display the barcodes of the textbooks and titles that are checked out TO Class es Textbook Copies Textbook Statistics Textbook Library Statistics List of Tea EY None Loan Students List On Loan TBCopies List Barcode Title Page 131 of 291 Textbook Module Textbook Copies Tab Use this window to bring up a list of Textbook copies by a variety of search criteria such as Publisher Vendor Category Budget Condition Status Class Class teacher and course It lists information such as Title Barcode Location Condition Status Checked out by and checkout date in the bottom grid To print this informati
294. sa Bony back th Brachiosaurus Cam Jansen ai The case of th s Ripley Esther Dahl Michael Riehecky Jane Adler David A Preller James Relic 567 915 DAH 567 9 RIE FIC ADL FIC PRE Fossils Book Book Book Book 1 1 Library Library Library Library Clifford digs a Crocodilians demo test Dinorella a pi Dinosaur Fry Sonali Piqu Josep Smith Jr Char Edwards Pam Norman Davic EFRY 597 98 PIQ M Custom Mi See Also EEDW 567 9 NOR M Thesaurus Ml Spelling Check Book Book Book Book Book 1999 2012 Insignia Software Web Portal 5 2 0 Database Version 5 2 0 OPAC Kids Search The Kids Search engine allows young patrons to search by specifying the most common parameters such as title author keyword subject or series Simply enter a term and click on search by icon To Kids Search 1 Goto the OPAC URL 2 Click on the Kids tab 3 Enter a search term and click on search Page 269 of 291 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC 4 Click on the refine option on the left hand side to further limit the search results in the window gt Welcome To Buffett Elementary A ee e What s New Search Kiosk Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account 5 i mem MELE Buffett Elementary X y Keyword Titles Authors Subjects Series History Search Results 1 10 OF 52 Search cat keywords Narrow Search Target Audience Accelerated
295. schedule Confirm wee Delete Temp Item After Checkin Self checking time out _ Delete ILL Item After Checkin Book times per dav V Change Library When Book Checkin From Mobile Times per month 30 Check receipt Print All Play sound after checkin W Play sound after checkout Print today s checkouts _ Play sound after scan patron Page 173 of 291 Administration Module Fine Settings gt Circulation Tab II Allowing a Fine to be Waived with a Password Click Edit and input the password here in both the Password and Confirm field and click Save Setting the Lost Charge Based on Item Condition A percentage of the original item price can be set to be charged if the item is lost This amount can be based on the item s condition This feature allows items that are damaged to be worth less of their original price than those that are new To use this feature Click Edit enter the percentage amount according to the condition and click Save MET Circulation II KA EMO Leo Le el Circulation Setting Reset Patron Barcode During Checkout Show Kit Detail Edit Delete Loan History After 0 Days Ignore Circ Constraint When Checkout Textbook Y Allow Collect Waive Fine with Password Confirm Auto Waive Reserve Charge Waive Charge if Cancel Reserve within 60 Minutes Allow Print Receipt In Self Checkout Show Homeroom Checkout In Self Checkout Lost Charge Percentage Vi Show ILL in checkout V Show Communication In Checkout
296. se Refresh Show Me Add Patrons Move Up Move Down Version 5 2 2 Database Version 5 2 1 7 Add patrons to the list by clicking on the Add Patrons button and then searching for the patrons 8 Once patrons have been added to the list click Save 9 To change the Routing List and link it to another serial select Edit unlink the reader list and select the new serial to be linked Tip Once a Routing List for a serial is created the system automatically reserves the new issue for the patrons in the order they are listed Page 83 of 291 Catalog Module Tip The serial can be checked out to the list This is where each patron gives the serial to the next patron on the list without the serial having to be checked back in after each patron s use Additionally the serial can be checked out to the first patron on the list then checked back in by the library checked out to the second patron on the list and so on These selections are made by selecting the radio buttons Check Out to the List or Check Out to the Individual Routing Once the Routing List has been created the Routing feature can be used to route issues of that serial To route an issue of a serial Click on Catalog gt Serials gt Routing Scan or manually enter the barcode of the issue to be routed Select the Routing List desired from the dropdown box The list will be visible in the grid below Click on the Routing b
297. show in the OPAC under the projects tab Patrons can then search for the project and find the relevant information in one screen rather than searching for the items individually To create a project E E a a bea E On bh YNRO Click on Catalog gt Cataloging gt Find Add Projects Click New Give the new project an appropriate title and a relevant description To add an item from the library catalog to the project click on Find Item Search for the desired item and select it from the results list Click Apply Repeat above until all desired items are added To add a URL multimedia object to the project click on Attach Click New Select the attachment type from the dropdown menu URL Video Or Audio or Picture Enter a title for the attachment To attach a web site enter the URL into the Location field To attach a multimedia file browse for the file by clicking on the button Click on Save to save the attachment Repeat above steps for all attachments Click on Save to save the project mn Authority Classification Clone Editing History _ Created Feb 05 2010 09 35 10 Edit Created By Admin 0001 Delete Last Modified l _ Last Modified By First Call No Author Weather and climate 551 6 MAS Mason John Delet View Item Attachment Title Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Assets Acquisitions
298. sswords in the OPAC and Silverlight login 69 Enable NCIP Set to 1 to enable NCIP feature in Silverlight 256 Remember Last Login Set the value to 1 for the last user ID s login to be remembered in ILS login Set the value to O to clear the login user ID after logging out 127 Silverlight Login Message A message entered in this field will appear on the ILS Login Screen in red Page 251 of 291 Custom Settings Media Manager 168 Advanced Media Manager Set the value to 1 to enable advanced media manager interface in ILS and OPAC Set the value to O to hide advanced media manager interface in the ILS and OPAC Miscellaneous 169 170 171 250 146 148 144 261 173 245 283 252 188 134 44 187 213 275 Code 39 Shrink Pixel This setting is for Insignia Technical Support only The default is 0 9 for code 39 ILS Code 39 Wide To Narrow Ratio This setting is for Insignia Technical Support only The default is 2 0 DM Number Position Set the location of the DM Number the number of the in customized field DM URL Set the URL for the DM for e g http dmxlink1p cyberdocs quickstart asp altentry Y8 papi bypass8 Show View DMNumberg8 user guest_public guest amp noframes Enable ECommerce Set the value to 1 to to enable payment with credit cards and debit cards Set the value to O to disable the credit cards and debit cards payment options Enable Sync Feature Insignia Technical Su
299. st day of this term The media section allows for the borrowing and reserving of media and equipment from the library Log in to use this feature To view media in the OPAC 1 10 00 E Ry G0 erer NF Oo Go to the OPAC URL Click on the Media tab In the first dropdown menu select Equipment Kits or Rooms Select the equipment type if applicable using the dropdown on the right side This will cause the items to show in the grid below Next select an item or items by checking the check box to the left to be borrowed Select the time frame that the equipment is needed If a technician is required select the Technician Required checkbox Select if these items are to be picked up or delivered Enter comments if needed Click Book Repeat for as many items as you need to book Tip By clicking Check Availability the availability of this media for the selected time frame will be displayed Tip To add media click on Assets gt Find Add Equipment Page 272 of 291 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Z39 50 Projects media Request Online Databases _Events My Account Equipment 2 Projector E Y Book By Individual Item 7 In 13 Total TEE r a Overhead Projector 96 1 E0001000137085 2 Week s Overhead Projector E0001000136343 In 2 Week s Overhead Projector Bell and Howell E0
300. stration Module Printer Usage Summary Displays a summary of printer usage Search Statistics Displays a pie chart graph of successful and unsuccessful searches by search type Search Statistics 2 Provides a text report of successful and unsuccessful searches by search term and count Subscription Costs Displays the amount spent on serials subscriptions Summer Reading program Lists all summer reading programs System Message Displays system message for printing purposes Union Libraries Provides basic information on the libraries that form the Union Vendors Provides basic information on vendors that supply assets The report can be further limited by vendor name range Page 159 of 291 Patron Administration Module Reports Following reports are available under Patron section A OS Insignia Library NOA RS O ELO NS dl e o voter in oc Search gt Advanced ABC nee Authority Classification Circulation My Favorite Patron Catalog Circulation Textbook Miscellaneous Media Manager Schedule Caption Local Union Image Save Criteria Delete itena gt gt Activity Date From 13 01 2012 m Birthdays Activity Date To O 13 01 2012 ml Circulation Types Renew Date From ai 13 01 2012 Fine History j Homeroom List Renew Date To _ 13 01 2012 Items checked out single patron Group By Patron Group List of Expired Inactive Patrons Non Active Patron List
301. t Tip To Add RSS feed click on the RSS feeder icon gt ae gt Results 1 10 Of 20 Bunnicula strikes ac Kids Kiosk 239 50 Projects Media Request Insignia Library 1 El Caring for your cat Cat Hoare Ben Cat and Fish Subt Online Databases Wild cats Howe James 1946 Ring Susan Grant Joan 1931 Batten Mary FIC HOW 636 8 RIN J 813 6 LEVEL 4 _ Book I The big dinosaur di Book Getting the facts Book video Library If your cat could tal Cat and dog take a Face to face with t Ripley Esther King Andrew 1961 Fogle Bruce Miller Elizabeth Frattini St phane FIC RIP PB 511 3 KIN 636 8 E MIL 636 8 Book Book Book Book Book Page 263 of 291 A Title 0 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC OPAC Search Within the Search tab there are three search engines Simple Advanced and Power This interface provides patrons the ease Simple and Power search engines and power Advanced search engine to search the library catalog Tip Selecting the Results in Grid check box will change the view when records are returned to a grid view What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Z39 50 Projects Media Request Online Databases Events My Account Reading Program Search Keyword x Any Match Search K Sort Results By Author x E Rating E Result in grid ES
302. t Status Input or scan in the barcode or select a subset Check the box beside the copies to change Change the status selection The location can also be changed by selecting the Change location radio button Click on the Apply button to save changes Tip Items can be made visible or invisible in the OPAC using this window Select the items and click on the visible or invisible buttons to change their visibility in the OPAC Search ago Classifica Advanced UE OS i AAA authority lt Change Copy Status show me Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Barcode L_____ O search By Copy status To be deleted O subset I Modified From 06 02 2012 m To 06 02 2012 Change Status To Enen Delete Items without copy Visible Invisible Change Location To Main tion V Barcode Call No Title Author Date Modified Status Location i ABC of Canada Bellefontaine Kii 10 06 2010 3 0 In Main Y 0001000000600 EBEL Create Copy Subset Copy Subsets are like item subsets but refer to copies not item records To crea 1 2 3 4 5 te Copy Subsets Click on Catalog gt Change gt Copy Subset Specify the criteria and click on Find to locate the copies for the subset To select multiple records click the first record and hold down the Control key whi
303. t Barcode Checkout Fair 00 _ Enable _ Local Patron Only Poor 100 Damage 100 Page 182 of 291 Administration Module Configure Circulation Passwords Setting Circulation Passwords gt Circulation Tab Override Password Set override password Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPACII Silverlight Fine Lost Charges 1 50 times of book price Processing fee 5 00 E Edit Replacement Cost Take amount la as Book Price if that book price is not set or is zero Cancel Y Declare an overdue book as lost if it s not returned after another 30 days Default Due Date _ Due Date Shouldn t be beyond the Card Expiry date Term due date 09 03 2012 Due Date After Renew Today Renew Period Due Date Renew Period _Show me Circulation Traps e E la Disable Overdue Fine module V Display overdue message Y Show Overdue Time _ Catalog During Checkout Track loan history _ Disable Loan Trapping module _ Ignore warning when checking out from other library Fine Due Fine Rate x Overdue Time a 5 Overdue Time Check In Time Due Time Y Grace Period v Library Holidays When checking out a book that has not been checked in Homeroom check out sort by Automatically Check in First Name Give information and let user make choice Last Name V Reserve automatically expire after 30 days Override Password ME Override Ps
304. t Patron Default checkbox sets the default patron search to the union ton Drary Setting Co Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron IET Miscellaneous OPAC OPACII Silverlight Library Card Expiry Date Default Expiry Date Same as Issue Date Edit i 1 The End of Academic Year i Save m Valid Period Default Value 1 Year s Cancel Base on grade 14 Student Grade Default Close Pictures V Show Picture Default Picture Name Patron Barcode _ Patron ID Show Me _ Save patron picture in following path Search Patron by Sort the Patron By Cire Type Constraints 1 FirstName Family Based Search By FirstNam seee 7 LastName Patron Based Default Patron ID Patron Default Password Default Patron Barcode _ Barcode HomePhone Auto number First Name Last Initial User ID _ Student ID C First Name Last Name Default Value Provincial ID Le First Initial Last Name Ri ded It O Last Name First Name Recommended Items 59 Last Name First Initial _ Find District Patron Default lt Page 188 of 291 Administration Module Automation Configuration The Automation Configuration window provides access to settings related to warning sounds email communications spell check and other library login settings Warning Sounds Determines when a warning sound is played Enter the name of the warning sound file into the field belo
305. t groups of patrons This allows the system to display only relevant information on the screen For example if the group is Teachers then the patron record will not display fields relevant only to students such as student ID grade etc Now when a patron is moved from one group to another a prompt will ask to keep old security settings use the new ones or both Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password mun may New Add Patron z Edit Refresh AGS Student Staff _ Others Delete Close i Save Show Me Cancel Authority Computer Default v Include in repor Remove Selected Patron Advanced V Warn Textbook checkout by schedule Notes Nick Name Classification System m i Created Created By Last Modified Last Modified By Apr 23 2009 01 07 00 PM Admin 0001 Caitlin Jordan Calum Cummings Cameron Faulkner ignia Software Homeroom 4 Homeroom 6 Homeroom 1 J Library Waukee Public Tracey Charlie Version 5 2 2 Database Version 5 2 1 Page 115 of 291 Patrons Module Adding Patron Group How to add a New Patron Group K Click on Patron gt Groups Click on New Enter the name and security level Tip Users cannot modify permissions for patrons with a higher security level For example a typical setup would have patrons at a level 50 and library s
306. t patron information Click Patron gt Find Add Patron Search for the patron using the search fields Double click on the patron to open their information Click Edit Edit the required fields and click Save The Patron screen enables the ability to clone patron information delete a patron scroll through the patron search results and print barcodes by clicking barcode Oy Ur BW Nia Find Patron Patron Additional Info Family Links Notes History Outreach Communication P0001000000779 Patron ID Bernard Student ID AAA Lily Homeroom r A Penelope Homeroom Teacher Patron Delete LC Gre Add Picture First Male Female Jurisdiction ID Clear Pichis Previous Y Student 2 Graduation Date E Loan History Next Y Lan Party Issue Date Y Set Security Last staff Expire Date Y 02 13 2026 E Set Password i F E Cancel Library Insignia Library 1 _New From Template V Internet Usage Agreement Family plata _ ReBarcode EEE er Fax No Allow 3M Check Out _ Barcode sii Code 76 2N7 Email Warning Information __Show Me Close 78 Catfish Lane State Alberta Reset Barcode During Checkout ii Created Feb 13 2012 03 40 00 PM Created By Admin 0001 Last Modified Can Use Desktop And Silverlight Notify Credit 0 00 Last Modified By Page 103 of 291 Patrons Module Patron Add
307. taff at 90 4 Select if the group is a Student Staff or Other group This will add a Student ID field in for the student groups and leave it out of the Staff and Other groups Select the Computer check box if you want this group to appear in the computer booking quick list Select Default if this is the group you use for most of your patrons As setting this default will cause that group to be selected by default when adding a new patron or importing Unless a group field is included in import file Select Include in Report to have the patrons in this group be included in statistical reports Select Warn Textbook Checkout by Schedule if you want to be prompted when a patron tries to check out a textbook for a course they are not in For this feature to work you need to have imported in a student s course schedule In the Nickname box please enter a group nickname This is usually a shorter name that gets displayed when program is unable to display full group name 10 Click Add Patron to open a window to add patrons to the current group 11 Click on Save Tip Clicking Remove Selected Patron will remove all patrons from the currently selected group Deleting a Patron Group How to delete a Patron Group 1 2 3 Click on Patrons gt Groups Select the group you want to delete in the dropdown menu Click on Delete and confirm your deletion Editing a Patron Group How to edit a Patron Group
308. tal Read Total Imported and Total updated will be indicated at the bottom of the import screen once the patron import has been completed Tip If the patron file is not recognized the following message will prompt Index was outside the bounds of the array This indicates that the imported file is not in the format selected To check open the patron file in Excel Excel will convert the file for user to view in column format based on the selection either fixed tab delimited to check the correct number of fields and the field order is the same as the format created Re import once this is complete Page 237 of 291 Administration Module Import Textbooks To import textbook records from MARC file uw PwWNneP File Name Format _ Skip First Line 9 Skip the Textbook _ Update the Textbook Create new Textbook Skip the Copy 1 Update the Copy Click on Administration gt Import Export gt Import Select the Textbook tab Use to find the file with MARC records in it Select the options for importing data Click on Import Import Reading Programs Reading program information can now be imported for a variety of reading programs To import reading programs 1 2 3 4 Click on Administration gt Import Export gt Import Select the Reading Program tab Use to find the file with MARC records in it Select the format Tip If the format does not exist call
309. tbook Y Show Library Books Books Damaged 45 Items On Loan Reserve Booking Collect Fines Fines E ILL Claim Returned Require From Require Until Date Availz Cancel Advanced Classification _ 467 L0002000000905 818 7 HAL 101 cat and dog jokes 472 0001000001619 E NOR The Christmas sled 07 12 2010 00 00 21 12 2010 00 00 Show Me Select All Deselect All siti Version 4 5 53 Database Version 4 5 53 How to Book an Item Click on Circulation gt Check Out gt Booking Scan in patron barcode or enter the patrons name and press enter Click the Find button in the right column and find the item patron wants to book Select the copy of the item preferred Click the Book button Specify the date range required and click OK AM PWN Pp To Change Bookings 1 Double click on the item to be edited 2 In the Booking Detail dialog box click on Edit 3 Specify new Required Date From and Required Date Until Page 35 of 291 Circulation Module 4 Click on Save To Cancel Bookings 1 Select the item to be canceled 2 Select the checkbox to the left of the item 3 Click on Cancel 4 Confirm it Lost Claim If a patron has lost the book it can be marked as lost in the ILS This will result in a specified preset charge To declare an item lost 1 Click on Circulation gt Check Out gt Checkout 2 Scan in the patron card or enter
310. te 67 bind serials 84 Binding Serials 84 Blocks 210 book a computer 141 Booking 25 29 35 42 45 137 139 184 199 202 See Circulation Menu Booking List 42 Booking Media 137 Booking Tab 29 Bookings See Check Out Screen See Check Out Screen See Check Out Screen See Check Out Screen See Check Out Screen See Check Out Screen See Check Out Screen Budgets 146 C Can add review 105 Can Change password 105 Can upload file 105 Can use Desktop and Silverlight 101 Cancel Bookings 36 Captions See Customized Captions Catalog a Temporary Item 69 Catalog by ISBN 70 Catalog Configuration 191 Catalog Interlibrary Loan 68 catalog items 47 69 catalog items manually 47 Catalog New Textbooks 120 Catalog Reports 153 Catalog using MARC Expert 54 Catalog using MARC Interface 53 Change 101 Change Bookings 35 Change Circulation Type 87 Change Library 86 101 change or create a Holiday schedule 208 Change Status 88 130 check in 27 33 34 124 125 137 155 156 177 191 Check In 33 123 124 Check In Damaged Books 34 125 Check In Settings 180 Check Out Screen 26 Page 284 of 291 Checkout 25 26 27 36 38 68 108 116 138 139 155 156 177 179 188 259 Checkout a Media item 138 Checkout Receipt Button 26 Checkout Settings 177 Circ Type Changes 87 Circulation amp Il Tab Configuration 172 Circula
311. tem as being read To view the gifts available click on the Gift tab Clicking on the history tab will show a history of all Summer Reading programs the patron has participated in v po OND Page 279 of 291 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Z3950 Projects Media Request E Services Online Databases Events ILL Fine Loan History Fine History Computer Booking Mi TA cm Communication Notification Networking Program Name SRP 2013 x Gift Title Books and T shirts Gift Value 20 Reading Count 10 End Date 12 23 2013 Gift Title Author Reading Date 03 20 2012 Add History la Title Author Reading Date Patron Name Y Danika Lee Bernard Communication This interface lists communication between the patron and the librarian How to view Patron communications 1 Gotothe library URL 2 Click on the My Account link 2 1 Enter login information if prompted 3 Click on Communications tab This feature logs communication between the patron and library staff 5 Toreply select the communication and enter a message into the reply message field and click reply P Page 280 of 291 Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC What s New Search Easy Kids Kiosk Z3950 Projects Media Request E Services Online Databases Events Date Time Created By Replied Reply Date 1 Lost Keys In Person 03 16 2012 Admin 0001
312. tems 44 70 191 Temporary List 44 Textbook Analysis 131 Textbook Apply Multi copies 122 Textbook Barcodes 125 Textbook Change Status 130 Textbook Check In 124 Textbook Check Out 123 Page 288 of 291 Textbook Copies tab 132 Textbook Inventory Status 129 Textbook Inventory Status tab 131 Textbook Library Statistics tab 133 Textbook Reports 151 152 162 Textbook Statistics tab 132 Textbook Titles and Courses 122 To access MY Account in the OPAC 275 To access the Help Menu in the OPAC 283 To add a new patron manually 102 To add a new serials record 80 To add a report to favorites 151 To add icons to the Quick Tool bar 243 To approve book reviews added by patrons 62 to assign adhoc fines 30 To attach any type of media file 52 To bind serials 84 To Catalog a Temporary Item 69 To Catalog an Interlibrary Item 68 To change personal password 242 To change the Order of a Reserve on the Reserve list 43 To check in an items in offline circulation 259 To checkout items in Offline circulation 259 To claim a serials issue 82 To clear a Kiosk Category 60 To collect fines 29 To create a family card 106 To create a favorite list 16 To create a new publisher profile 64 To create a project 63 To create a reader list 83 To create a shelf list 73 To create a subset 59 To Create an Item Template 71 To create an Outreach Profile 107 To cre
313. ter booking blocks Time Difference Use to match time difference between the server and the workstation E g If the server is in MST and workstation is in EST set the value to 2 System Settings 46 Decentralized District Set the value to O to create a centralized cataloging system all items belong to all schools Set the value to 1 to create a partially centralized system items belong to schools but Page 249 of 291 93 139 196 128 251 94 260 Export 248 141 Fines 296 295 297 291 15 Custom Settings parameters are shared Set the value to 2 for a decentralized system items belong to the school that cataloged it and parameters are not shared District Based District Set the value to 1 to enable a district based environment Set the value to O for an independent environment This affects the item circ type and group settings This is for initial setup only Holiday District Based District Set the value to O to disable district based holidays Set the value to 1 to enable based holiday district Kiosk District Based District Set the value to 1 to make the kiosk district based Magazine Library Based Set the value to 1 if serial cataloging is system based Set the value as to 0 if serial cataloging is site based TB Barcode District Based Set the value to 1 for the textbook barcodes to be district based Set the value to O for the textbook barcodes to be site based Textbook Dist
314. terial type and location 3 Equipment Kits Lists all the kits available in the system 4 Equipment List Lists all the equipment in system Page 157 of 291 Administration Module Miscellaneous Reports The following reports are available under miscellaneous section My Favorite Patron Catalog Circulation Textbook Miscellaneous Assets Schedule Budget History E From O 08 03 2012 Budget List 7 Card Expired Message Circulation Warning Information Call No From e Computer Usage Call No To e Computer Usage Detail Computer Usage Summary Custom Message Holidays Library Hours Magazine Claims Order Details Order Summary Overdue Order Override History Printer Usage Detail Printer Usage Summary Local JD Union Image Subset All To 08 03 2012 m Order By gt Description Add to Favorites Preview _ Show Export Options Schedule Close Show Me NS OTO On e 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Amount Recovered on Lost Items Lists amounts charged paid and waived for lost items Budget History Lists budgets and provides a transaction summary for each order This report can be further limited by budget dollar value range Budget List Lists budgets with value summaries Card Expired Message Prints notices to send to patrons with expired memberships Circulation Warning Information Prints warnings attached t
315. th New Books being transferred to Book status 8 Click Save 9 Repeat step 2 8 for as many types as needed PWNEP Patron Circ Type Global Circ Type Grade Mapping During Patron Import Name After iz Day s New Edit Grid _ Item Default _ Allow self checkout Change to Edit Refresh _ Textbook _ Serials Default Save Preview Notes Editing History Cancel Close Created Delete Show Me Created By Last Modified Last Modified By Patron Group Loan Limit Max Renew Loan Period Grace Period Renew Period Hold Period Fine Rate Recall Period Page 166 of 291 Administration Module To Delete an Item Circulation Type 1 Click on Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types 2 Select an item circulation type from the list you would like to delete 3 Click Delete 4 Confirm the deletion To Edit an Item Circulation Type follow these steps 1 Click on Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Types 2 Select an item circulation type from the list you would like to Edit 3 Click Edit 4 Make any changes needed 5 Click Save Item Circulation Type Terms Loan Limit This is the maximum number of items of this type that a patron can checkout at a given time This number cannot exceed the overall loan limit set in Patron Circulation Type Max Renew This is the number of times an item of this type can be renewed Loan Period This is the number of days hours weeks months or semeste
316. the Subject tab Click Edit Version 5 2 2 Database Version 5 2 1 Select the subject headings Not to Be Imported this option is system based Click Save Page 99 of 291 Patrons Module Patrons Module Insignia Library System maintains updated profiles of all patrons using the library This includes general information about the patron loan history circulation type and security information Insignia Library System can be configured so that patrons can manage their profiles themselves from the OPAC Patron information can be imported from any Student Information System or can be added manually If Insignia Student Information System is in use then patron information is automatically loaded and updated in real time from the Student Information System Restricting circulation activities to other library staff members can be done by setting permissions to patrons in Administration gt Patron Circulation Types Patrons Module Find Add Patron Window The Find Add patron window is a very powerful window Patron information can be added edited and deleted using this feature Additionally a variety of settings can be modified as shown below Find Add patron additional buttons Loan History Provides the loan history for the selected patron Set Security Provides the ability to limit access to various features in ILS Set Password Set the password for the selected patron Delete Delete the selected patron Delete Al
317. the name and press enter 3 Select the checkbox next to the item to be declared lost 4 Click on the Lost button Loan History Loan history allows staff to easily see the history of a specific patron or a specific item or a title Tip In order to enable this feature the Track Loan History option must be enabled on the Circulation tab in Administration gt Library Setting gt Configuration To view a loan history for an item follow these steps 1 Click on Circulation gt Loan History 2 Enter the copy barcode the patron barcode or the title of the item 3 Click on Find or press Enter II TN E A tose Insignia Library Weld me Admin 0001 Y Title _ With Fine advanced Fin Patron Al Wick union Show he Show Textbook Checkout From Current Library _ Books From Current Library _ Show All Preview Authority Show Library Books ques CallNo Author Copy Barcode Patron Classification a x g The one hundredth thing abo FIC LOW Lowry Lois L0001000000360 Wick Alicia 995 1567 24 10 2010 08 49 00 24 10 2010 0 Now you see them now you FIC KOR Korman Gor LO001000000267 Wick Alicia 995 1567 27 08 2010 11 20 00 27 08 2010 1 Tagged For Terror FIC DIX Dixon Frank LO001000000489 Wick Alicia 995 1567 27 08 2010 11 20 00 24 10 2010 O At the seashore 577 69 HIC Hickman Pal 0001000000230 Wick Alicia 995 1567 27 08 2010 09 09 00 27 08 2010 1 Incident at Hawk
318. tion Tab 172 Circulation Menu 25 Circulation Reports 155 Circulation Trap Settings 176 Circulation Type 61 87 93 160 166 167 168 169 182 220 Circulation Types 166 Claimed Returned Tab 31 Claiming Serials 82 Class statistics tab 131 classification 22 78 155 156 192 Classification See Search Menu clean patrons 117 Clear 101 clear a Kiosk 60 Clone a New Patron 110 See Find Add Patrons Cloning 57 110 Cloning Button 57 Collect Fine Tab 29 collection analysis 76 Collection Analysis 76 Collection By Decade tab 78 Communication 109 179 computer booking 45 116 140 141 190 Computer Booking 45 141 Computer Booking Settings 184 Computer Booking Assets Menu 141 Configuration 172 Configuring Patron Pictures 186 Copy Default Values See Copy Information Tab Copy Listing 16 Copy Notes 27 Copy Subsets 88 Copy Subsets Creating 88 Courses taking 105 create a New Item Circulation Type 166 167 168 169 create a New Patron Circulation Type 168 create a new purchase order 144 create a project 63 create a reader list 83 create a subset 59 create a vendor 148 create an office hour schedule 207 create authority records 65 Create Authority Records 65 create blocks 210 Create Copy Subset 88 create Notification messages 222 create semesters 209 Creating Authority Records from a Template 65 Curre
319. title 3 Select the title Tip Deleting a title will delete all the textbook copies linked to it to delete individual copies follow step given in the next section 4 Click delete 5 Confirm your deletion To delete a single Textbook Copy 1 Click on Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks Search for the title Select the title of the copy to be deleted Click on the holdings tab Select the barcode to be deleted Click delete Confirm deletion 0130 NES TS To Delete Multiple Textbook Copies by Barcode Click on Textbook gt Delete Check the Union button if the textbooks are from more than just one location Scan the textbook barcodes Once all the Textbooks are scanned in click Delete PuUNp gt Search Circulation Catalog Patron Report Administration Textbooks Assets Acquisitions Window Help Logout Password Advanced Delete Close ARE Total 2 Selected 2 Call No Title Author Date Modified Status T0001000000650 TXT CHE1 Chemistry 10 Chapper Charlie In T0001000000700 TXT CHE1 Chemistry 10 Chapper Charlie In um Authority Classification Version 5 2 2 Database Version 5 2 1 Page 121 of 291 Textbook Module Textbook Apply Multi copies The Apply Multi Copy button can be used to set values for all textbook copies for this title These fields are Price Replacement Cost Vendor Circulation Type and Call Number To use Textbook Apply Multi Copies 1 NOV0pPO0N
320. try 30 Chapper Charlie English 10 T English Ernie ool Version 5 0 21 Database Version 5 0 21 Page 122 of 291 Textbook Module Add Delete Course To add a new course fill in the information on the bottom left corner title and course code and click Add To delete a course select the course and click Delete Patron Status Patron status allows staff to see textbooks that have been checked out by a patron To see the status of a patron 1 Click on Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks 2 Click on the Patron Status tab 3 Enter patron information and click Find Notes History Notes history displays all notes added to the textbook To view the Notes History of a textbook 1 Click on Textbook gt Find Add Textbooks 2 Select search by barcode 3 Scan the barcode 4 Click on the Notes History tab Textbook Check Out Textbooks can be checked out using the Circulation gt Checkout feature by selecting the Textbook radio button Additionally textbooks can be checked out in the textbook module To check out Textbooks 1 Click on Textbooks gt Checkout 2 Scan in the patron or look them up by clicking on the Find Patron button 3 Scan the Textbook barcode 4 Repeat step 3 to check out other textbooks Tip For a comprehensive listing of check out fields and other features please see the Circulation Module for Checkout Items Patron Name Barcode Patron Info Patron Notes F
321. ts 15 Request for new titles 16 Search online database A w a The OPAC can be accessed from any computer with Internet Explorer Firefox Google Chrome or Safari ILS OPAC has search engines for every type of knowledge seeker For example a simple keyword search a pictorial search and an Advanced Search with Boolean terms are available to fulfill patron needs The librarian has the option to enable or disable any of those features Some of these features are system based others are site based Important Before providing patron access to My Account it is important that patron security is enabled with unique passwords for each patron s account Otherwise patrons may inadvertently have unauthorized access to another patron s confidential information What s New Online Patron Access Catalog OPAC What s New provides a snapshot of what is going in the library A Most Searched Lists the most searched for items Most Circulated Lists the most popular circulated items New Titles Lists the new items cataloged Top Rated Lists the most highly rated books by patrons Recommended Lists the items recommended by the librarian see Catalog gt Cataloging gt Recommended List in the ILS Tip To view basic record information hover the cursor on the image To view more detailed information on the record click on More or Click on the image Tip To create favorite list drag the image and drop it in the window on the righ
322. ts in the following categories plus the ability to produce fully customized reports Catalog Circulation Assets Miscellaneous Patron Textbook User Defined A E Each report has multiple limiting criteria allowing staff to create reports based on the information they require Most reports can also be applied to a patron or item subset that has been previously created and saved Tip Clicking Image will provide a quick view of the report setup prior to generating it Tip Selecting Show Export Options will provide the option to save to other programs as well as e mail the report in Preview Administration Module Favorite Reports Frequently used reports can be saved to a Favorites Tab for easy accessibility To add a report to favorites 1 Gotothe reports menu and choose a report type you want to add 2 Select a report and then click Add to Favorites 3 This will then add an entry for that report on the Favorites Tab Saving Report Criteria The Insignia reports have a variety of settings and limiting fields that can be set when generating reports The settings and limiting fields can be set up as a template when generating reports of the same nature in the future To save report criteria Give a name to the Report Criteria created Click OK to save 1 From the reports menu select a report type 2 Select limiting criteria 3 Click Save 4 Select New 5 6 To apply criteria Go to the reports menu and
323. ttings gt Circulation Tab II Auto Waive Reserve Charge If there is a charge for reserving an item set in menu Administration gt Library Setting gt Circulation Type gt Patron Circ Type tab the system will waive the charges if reserve is cancelled within the time specified Allow Floating Collection If this feature is selected when an item is returned in another library the book stays there if there is no reserve in the owning library Send Notification when ratio of holds to copies exceeds Select this setting to alert library staff when the ratio of holds to copies exceeds the limit set here Show patron homeroom information on the reserve list Homeroom will appear on the reserve list Circulation Setting _ Reset Patron Barcode During Checkout _ Show Kit Detail _ Delete Loan History After 0 Days _ Ignore Circ Constraint When Checkout Textbook Y Allow Collect Waive Fine with Password eeee Confirm eeee _ Auto Waive Reserve Charge Waive Charge if Cancel Reserve within 60 Minutes _ Allow Print Receipt In Self Checkout _ Show Homeroom Checkout In Self Checkout Lost Charge Percentage Y Show ILL in checkout v Show Communication In checkout P Book Condition Percentage Y Show Notifications in checkout _ Allow Floating Collection Undefined 100 _ Send Notification when ratio of holds to copies exceeds 3 100 Y Show patron homeroom information on the reserve list New Good 100 Smar
324. ual Report Lists the online databases circulation counts internet usage traffic serials events and ILL as well as relevant funding for these resources This report includes copies in the collection by material type Number of Titles by Material Type Lists the number of titles by material type Publisher Summary Lists the number of books per publisher and total cost of items Publishers Lists a detailed description of each publisher and contact information in system Reading program detail Lists items and their reading program information Shelf List Lists library holdings in the shelf list order with bibliographic and holdings Subject List Lists subject headings used in the library Titles List with notes Lists titles in A Z order with bibliographic information including notes Title without Authority 1xx headings List of item titles without Authority 1xx headings Titles without Copies Lists titles that have no attached copies Value of Collection by Collection Type Material Type Lists the items within specified range and gives their collection value This report can be limited by call number range publication year purchase date material type location and subset This report requires that information entered in to the Copy Information Price field to be accurate Page 154 of 291 Administration Module Circulation Reports The following reports are available under the Circulation Tab SA Me Y Circulation AS EE TES E ME
325. ue After This setting will set a claim that an issue is missing if not received within the days set here Reclaim Issue After If this selection is checked a Reclaim letter will be created after so many days of the items being claimed and not received ILL Item Default Price This field allows a default price for all ILL items to be set Default Quick Catalog Item as Complete If this checkbox is selected cataloging done through quick cataloging will be marked as complete Default MARC Mapping Format Specify MARC mapping used during import Default Condition Specify default condition for new items being added Classification System Select the type of classification used in library Important during importing MARC records Page 192 of 291 Administration Module Move Copy If this setting is enabled an email will be sent to the user when the move copies feature is used 23950 Search Set connection time out seconds Specify how long the system should try to connect to 739 50 servers before timing out MARC Edit Type Specify the preferred cataloging interface Copy Default Allow ILL Turn this on to have all copies added have Allow ILL text box selected by default Default Currency Specify the Default currency type when placing orders Circulation Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPACII Silverlight Catalog Catalog temporary book during checkout Use Authority Control Spine
326. ue Time Y Grace Period x Library Holidays When checking out a book that has not been checked in Homeroom check out sort by gt _ Automatically Check in First Name Give information and let user make choice Last Name V Reserve automatically expire after 30 days Override Password E Override Pswd Circulation Date is from today Plus lo days Conf _ Allow check out textbook not in schedule een _ Delete Temp Item After Checkin Self checking time out 30 s 4 _ Delete ILL Item After Checkin Book times per dav 5 V Change Library When Book Checkin From Mobile Times per month 30 gt Check receipt _ Print All Y Play sound after checkin v Play sound after checkout w Print today s checkouts _ Play sound after scan patron Page 178 of 291 yy Administration Module Checkout Settings gt Circulation Tab II Circulation Setting _ Reset Patron Barcode During Che _ Show Kit Detail Edit Delete Loan History After 0 Da _ Ignore Circ Constraint When Checkout Textbook Save Allow Collect Waive Fine with Password eeee Confirm esse Cancel _ Auto Waive Reserve Charge Charge if Cancel Reserve within 60 Minutes _ Allow Print Receipt In Self Checko __ Show Homeroom Checkout In Self Checkout Lost Charge Percentage IV Show ILL in checkout V Show Communication In Checkout Book Condition Perce Y Show Notifications in checkout _ Allow Floating Collection _Sho
327. ueeecsesaececsesaeeeceesaeeecseaaeeeseeaueeeeeeaaes 95 KEYWORDS TAG DEFINITION ssccccssssccecessececseuececeesueeeceesueeecsesaeeeceeaaeeeceesaeeecseaueeeceeaaeeecseaaeeecseaaeceseeaaeeeeneaaes 97 Page 4 of 291 Adding a Tag to the Keyword Search ccccconcocononnonocononeononennonnnnnononnononnonnonnnnnononnnncnnnnnnonononnnnconnannnnnos 97 MARC DISPLAY SETTINGS 2 0 cvciccacusesetecnceschevanesabeacis sota Bone do aan ai edad da ARARA NRA AETA aii aida 98 MARC IMPORT OPTION S oordie aioe REEE canada atinada adn aaa caida caida 99 PATRONS MODULE isc ccioni socconivocnncojasococnidandacodaccdo ona tacna ci 100 FINDVADD PATRON WINDOW 00 aan 101 FindVAdd patron additional buttons ocooononcccnonanononnononanononanonnnnonanconnnnocnnnr ono crono onnrnronnn nro nnnnnns 101 Important patron fields and Check bOXES coconcococooncnonononoonanonncnnonnnanonononnnonnnnnanononnonconnennnonenncnnnnnns 101 ADDING A NEW PATRON iai sesei Cerpen AERAN ONARE EEIE EREA ERETI cdveslecedussedecdveuitcedebunaceaveuitecdastebesdevuibecdebuetes 102 PATRON ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TAB s cccsssscceceessececeesaececeeueeecseaueeeceesueeecsesueeecseaueeeceesaeeesesaaeeeceeaeeeeeea 104 Additional Features in the Patron Information WindoW cccocoococononnnnonononoonanonnononnnonaanononncnnnnnns 105 PATRON FAMILY LINKS vacio onene anann ene REAA da cenar Rda cae KASA A AAAA AERA cach KASOR AAAA AA KERA T AAE SNA RESTERA 106 NOTES HISTORY aii
328. ulation Date is from today Plus lo _ Allow check out textbook not in schedule Delete Temp Item After Checkin _ Delete ILL Item After Checkin Y Change Library When Book Checkin From Mobile Check receipt _ Print All days Check In Time Due Time Grace Period v Library Holidays Homeroom check out sort by First Name 1 Last Name Override Password Override Pswd Confirm Self checking time out Book times per dav Times per month 30 v Play sound after checkin Play sound after checkout Print today s checkouts _ Play sound after scan patron Page 180 of 291 Administration Module Configuring Reserve Settings Reserve settings in configuration are split between Circulation Tab Il Reserve Settings gt Circulation Tab Reserve automatically expires after If this checkbox is selected the item on reserve will only stay on reserve for a maximum amount of days If the item is not available for the patron within that time the reserve will expire To set the amount of days an item can be on reserve for enter it in the field Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPACII Silverlight Fine Lost Charges 1 50 times of book price Processing fee 5 00 E Ri rdue fi LA ES book is Overdue fine shou included if a is lost 2 times of book price Maxi Overdue or Damage Fine should be less than Take amount 10 00 E as Book Price if that book
329. up to a month old Alternatively set the value to the number of days that an item is considered new Show Me Video 17 Hide Show Me Set the value to O to enable Show Me video buttons Set the value to 1 to hide the Show Me video buttons 90 Show Video Method Set the value to 1 to download Show Me video before playing Set the value to O to stream video while downloading SIF 254 SIF Staff Library ID Type For Insignia Technical Team Only 255 SIF Student Library ID Type For Insignia Technical Team Only Silverlight 211 Enabled Silverlight Desktop Set the value 1 to enable installation of ILS Silverlight desktop 288 Enabled Manual Memory Garbage Collect This is for the Insignia Development team only The default value is O 274 Online Meeting Link Enter the Link to Team Viewer here SIP Il 230 SIP Use Password For Msg 63 Used by Insignia for SIP II message 231 SIP Use Patron Barcode Set the value to 1 for the barcode to be used for authentication Set the value to O for the patron ID to be used for authentication Social Networking 272 Facebook ID Insert the Facebook ID of the district Facebook page here This information is in the URL of the page and is the text appearing after http www facebook com 277 Twitter ID Enter the Twitter ID in this field for the district The Twitter ID is the part of the URL for Twitter following Twitter com Syndetics 126 SyndeticsCustomerlD Syndetics Enter the Syndetics Customer ID t
330. utton IS Tip If the item is being signed out to the List a pop up message will inform user that the issue status has been changed to Routing If the item is being signed out to individuals user will be asked to confirm which patron the item will be signed out to first Binding Serials Insignia Library System allows staff to bind serials and move selected volumes and issues to a bindery To bind serials 1 Click on Catalog gt Serials gt Find Add Serials 2 Search for and select the serial title i that is to be sent to the bindery O A oe l Issue 2 3 5 12 Cancel 3 Click on Binding macio Price m EA Circulation Type i e 4 Select the items in the grid to be i eaat pans ageznesmmmnr bound 5 Enter the barcode for the bound serials or the system will 0001000000462 automatically generate a barcode 3 10001000000463 n as P d 0001000000493 6 Click on Bind this prevents the 10001000000700 selected issues from being circulated 7 Print the barcode label for the bound volume and apply to the cover for circulation instructions for printing barcodes is in the section following Tip Additional reports for serials are found in Reports gt Miscellaneous and include Subscription Costs Page 84 of 291 Catalog Module Barcodes Spine Labels Barcodes and spine labels can be printed by clicking on Barcode Spine Label in the
331. uvoubadesnansdecebossudevebddecunostecevnabcaucebeses 232 Export ICONS esnean calcd isa A a id dan acid 232 EXPOrt PQIONS A E E 233 IMPORT DATA iecccessssccevvescaccusencccensobcecivvscacevvsbekecesencucetsobcdccenoscecevvabsdecehececcuvobsdecvnossecevvebebucehesceccevebcaccvnasce 234 IM POrt SCULINGS a E a Atenas da ada 234 Import Patron Files coito dias catas 236 To import Patron information ccscccccccccesessessssssecscssssnesascececscesseeaassesecsseseesaassesecsseseesasessscesesnenaes 236 Import TOXEDOOKS cocaina ii ae EREE EEEE E e T adi catas 238 Import Reading PLOGICIMS sssssccccceseseessnsssececesesuesussesesecssesnesassesesscusesneaasaesecsseseeaaaaesesscsseseesasaesessenees 238 Importing Authority RecordS cocomocconoonnncnononeonanonnnnnnnnennnnonnnnonnnnnnnnononnnnnonnnnnononennonnnnnen nro nnnncnninnns 239 Importing MARC records from a Fil ccscccccccseseessssscecccssesnesassesesscsensnenasaesecssssseaasesesscesesneasaesessenees 239 Importing MARC records from a Web Site ccsssssssssecccesessesnssececscsensneaasaeseceseseeasecesscesesneaasaesessenees 239 INVENTORY cvs ssccecesserscdvsoscacchssatecdvesncddcasusciccvnobsdc E E A A 240 KIOSKCATEGORIES ispirarsi airian aa en REEE ECA EAS edi nad Edad a E Aei Et Al DA TEANA 242 PASSWORD cissscadcessacscdvvoscdechvvscudeVuobcdscavoscudcveescdecubestacevvascde cvbosciduveobddccbvouceceVvobcdvcvboscadcveescdechbestadevnebedscatecs 242 INSTANT MESSAGE cccccsssctccussaced
332. validating authority for author and subject is bypassed This setting should be disabled if the library has authority records Apply basic punctuation rules Page 191 of 291 Administration Module MARC punctuation rules will apply if this checkbox is selected Capitalize call number All New call numbers will be displayed in upper case if this checkbox is selected Add copy when importing or creating a new bibliographic record The system will prompt to create a copy record after creating a MARC record if this checkbox is selected Keep material type when importing bibliographic records The material type will be imported with the associated MARC record if this checkbox is selected It is recommended that this setting is not enabled Keep audience when importing bibliographic records The audience type will be imported with the associated MARC record It is recommended to uncheck it this setting if this checkbox is selected Display previous and next records when browsing shelf list This field provides the ability to select the number of records shown in the shelf list screen Use AR RC And Lexile The system will show the Reading Orogram tab in Catalog gt Find Add Item window if this checkbox is selected This tab includes Accelerated Reader Reading count and the Lexile programs Issue Waiting Days Before Circulation This field allows the number of days to wait before the issue can be circulated to be set Auto Claim Iss
333. vastenddins iseteuseaeaeets 124 Check In Damaged BOOKS iseni sis iiaia e a e bat Puede eaaa aeaa aea Sha dae ed a eaaa 125 TEXTBOOK BARCODES ois c eset cecsace used edcnvcesceveusuchdadhcascavenscedechevschchbadeteaheeccasenawdedea cenceceuavdndesbcuccasensiddeateadd 125 MERGE TEXTBOOK a aieas eta AARE AESA dd A ad ada cdas 126 TRANSFER TEXTBOOK COPIES oaeee n ohean r cdabeccessaccdad eaahade es incest teaheddcsaacedad ecahadevsaduceas euanasdessdccgay ADRESES 127 TEXTBOOK INVENTORY STATUS cocos edabscecssdeeadaccahecd cascuce dy edanceecsaduceadssahaaaeed shes decanos inicien do dansa suecia 129 TEXTBOOK CHANGE STATUS esis toes eee a aona da sated dete 130 TEXTBOOK ANALYSIS coord iio cacerola cdancseenadusedsssabacecaaageedh ASNA css ducedsesabsadundaueeds sdabcetevenee 131 Textbook Analysis TODS sssssccccccesessesssscsecccesesnesssececscsseesesasaesecscesseenasaesecsseseeauaaesessesesseeaaaassesscsseeeeaaes 131 Analysis Textbook Inventory Status TOD ccccscsesssceccceseseesssccesecsssssesaaaesececssssnesasaesesscsensneaasaeseseenees 131 Class Statistics TOD tidad di E E sdaindassuhueees scgis cds suhhives stats cas dd ia 131 TOXtbOOK COPICS Ta AEEA A NN 132 Textbook Stot stes TOD ves eO ANO 132 Textbook Library Statistics TOD ccssscccccccssesssssscsececssessesscesecscsseeneaasaesecsseseenusaessssessesecaaaessssessesneaaas 133 List of Teachers and Their Classes Tab cccoconoooononncnnnononaonanonnnnnonnnnnononnnncononnnonononnoncnnn
334. ve Advanced search O o4 Cancel authority o E zm Classification a MS Kiosk Search O of Simple Search yw AA 239 50 Search Fal C 2 4 a 2 Circulation Alerts oO o E pl Booking List Oo Lo Check In Mi 3H Check out wi E A Check Out Booking o of Check out collectrines g Of Check Out Reserve Oo Lo Homeroom Check Out Pal L sH Inquiry oO oF 3 Check the enable box beside the features to add it to the toolbar 4 Provide the order that the icons should appear in 5 Click Save Page 243 of 291 Administration Module Tip Shortcut keys can also be setup here To remove icons from the Quick Toolbar 1 Click on Administration gt Quick Toolbar 2 Click edit 3 Select the feature to remove and click clear 4 Click Save SIF Log You can use this window to view the SIF log It will show you a full log of errors and other messages to do with SIF Page 244 of 291 Custom Settings Custom Settings The Custom Settings tab is only available when logged in as an administrator This feature allows features to be customized enabled or disabled based on library s needs Descriptions of the custom settings are provided at the bottom of the window when the setting is selected tion tem Setting gt Ci Custom Setting Normalization EDI Code Stop Word Parameter Value eae Locked Description a A en t m aean Advanced Media Manager v Set to 1 to enables advanced media manage
335. w Automated Email Notification Schedule automatic email notifications to be sent to patrons Create Warning Message to a Patron A warning message can be selected to be sent out under certain conditions set here These conditions are based on the fine amount number of items and card expiry Spell Check Language Specify spell check language used Currently Canadian or American English Insignia Library These fields specify the login information for other libraries to allow them to connect to the library to search for items Email patron when reserve items become available Enables automatic emailing to patrons when an item on reserve becomes available to them Email Librarian when a reserve is made Enables automatic emailing to library staff when a reserve has been placed online Warning Sounds When Over Check Out limit Edit Play Sound 51682 wav seve Cancel Automated Email Notification n Every day at 11 44 AM p execute daily check program se Show Me Every 3 day s send email to patrons and their home room Create Warning Message to a Patron If Patron s Fine Exceeds 30 00 If Number of Overdue Items exceed 5 If patron s card expires in 14 days Update Path http www insigniasoftware com all Auto Update Spell Check Language Insignia Library Use Canadian English Patron ID demo1 C Use American English Password eve Email Address Confirm eve
336. w me Undefined 100 _ Send Notification when ratio of holds to copies exceeds 3 IV Show patron homeroom information on the reserve list Default New Good Smart Barcode Checkout Fair _ Enable _ Local Patron Only Poor Damage Reset Patron Barcode During Checkout Allows a new patron barcode to be assigned at checkout Smart Barcode Checkout Check this button to enable the system to differentiate item patron barcodes during checkout Show Kit Detail When enabled the details of a kit being checked out will show in the checkout window Ignore CIRC constraint when checkout Textbook Select this feature to allow automatic override of circulation type settings when checking out textbooks Allow Print Receipt in Self Checkout Select to enable the Receipt Printer option available in Self Checkout mode Show Homeroom Checkout in Self Checkout Select to display Homeroom checkout in Self Checkout mode Show ILL in checkout Select to display ILL tab in the checkout window Show Communication in Checkout When enabled communication tab appears in the checkout window Show Notification in Checkout When enabled Notification tab appears in the checkout window Page 179 of 291 Administration Module Configuring Check In Settings Check in settings in configuration appear only on Circulation Tab I Check In Settings gt Circulation Tab I Delete Temp Item After Check in If this checkbox is
337. wait before a newly cataloged item can be checked out Play sound after check out Have a sound go of when checking out an item Check Receipt Choose if you want receipts to print everything out or just current check outs Play sound after Scan patron Have a sound go of when successfully scanning in a patron Self Checkout Time Out Enter the amount of time in this field that a self checkout machine will maintain information before timing out Circulation II Catalog EDI Patron Automation Miscellaneous OPAC OPACII Silverlight Fine Lost Charges 1 50 times of book price Processing fee 5 00 Edit Ri me A eo wa inched a boda Overdue fine shou included if a is lost x Save Maxi Overdue or Damage Fine should be less than 2 times of book price Save Take amount as Book Price if that book price is not set or is zero Cancel a de Y Declare an overdue book as lost if it s not returned after another 30 days Default Due Date _ Due Date Shouldn t be beyond the Card Expiry date Term due date 09 03 2012 Due Date After Renew Today Renew Period Due Date Renew Period _Show me Close Circulation Traps Disable Overdue Fine module v Display overdue message V Show Overdue Time _ Catalog During Checkout Track loan history _ Disable Loan Trapping module _ Ignore warning when checking out from other library Fine Due Fine Rate x Overdue Time Overdue Time Check In Time D
338. wd Overdue fine should be included if a book is lost x F Save V Maxi Overdue or Damage Fine should be less than 2 times of book price 10 00 I Close Circulation Date is from today Plus lo days Confi _ Allow check out textbook not in schedule leh one Delete Temp Item After Checkin Self checking time out 30 s _ Delete ILL Item After Checkin Book times per dav 5 V Change Library When Book Checkin From Mobile Times per month 30 Check receipt _ Print All Y Play sound after checkin Play sound after checkout Print today s checkouts _ Play sound after scan patron Setting Circulation Passwords gt Circulation Tab II Waive Fine Password This password enables fines to be waived Enter the password twice once in the Password field and the again in the Confirm field brary Setting gt Ci MET Circulation 11 RA A EMO 7 OM Om OES alle a Circulation Setting Reset Patron Barcode During Checkout _ Show Kit Detail Edit _ Delete Loan History After 0 Days _ Ignore Circ Constraint When Checl ook Save Y Allow Collect Waive Fine with Password eeee Confirm noes Cancel f z ithin 160 z _ Auto Waive Reserve Charge Waive Charge if Cancel Reserve within Minutes Default Allow Print Receipt In Self Checkout _ Show Homeroom Checkout In Self Checkout lose Lost Charge Percentage Y Show
339. y a subfield of Old Tag to New Tag subfield if Override Existing value is selected then it will override rather than adding it 4 2 2 To base the change only where old value matches a given string then specify the string and how it should be matched Exact Match Start With or End With 4 2 3 Specify the new value to be changed to 4 2 4 To keep the old value select Keep Old Value 4 2 5 To change the old value specify what it should change from and to what value and how it should be changed Change Left Change Right Append At The End or Insert In The Beginning 4 3 Delete Tag 4 3 1 To Delete a tag select Delete Tag and also specify if needed what value should be matched when the Tag is deleted 4 3 2 If there are multiple tags to keep only one select the checkbox Keep One 4 4 Delete Subfield 4 4 1 To Delete a subfield select Delete subfield and also specify if needed what value should be matched when the subfield is deleted 4 4 2 To keep only one select the checkbox Keep One 4 5 Add Subfield 4 5 1 To add a subfield to a Tag specify the tag and subfield and the value To skip subfields select checkbox for Skip 4 6 Change Subfield Value 4 6 1 Change the value for a subfield for a given tag Page 95 of 291 Catalog Module 4 6 2 For this change to be based on only where old value matches a given string then specify the string and how it should be matched Exact Match Start With or End With 4 6 3 Specify the new
340. ypes 166 Item Fine Limit 169 Item Status Changes 88 Items of Loan See Check Out Screen Items on Loan Tab 29 K Keywords Tag Definition 97 Kiosk See Search Menu Kiosk Button 60 Kiosk Categories 242 Kiosk search 23 Kiosk Search 270 Kit Button 56 Kits 135 L LDAP Auto Login 105 Library Checkout Option 27 Library Events 213 Library ID Change 86 Library Information 205 Library Profile 205 Library Statistic tab 77 List of My Account Tabs 275 List of Teachers and their classes tab 133 Loan History 30 36 61 101 105 110 202 278 282 Loan History Button 61 Loan History Tab 30 Loan History Tab in My Account 278 Loan History Tracking 105 Loan Limit 167 169 See Patron Circ Types See Item Circ Types Loan Period 167 See Item Circ Types Lock Unlock OPAC Workstation 190 Login History 231 Lost Claim 36 Lost Limit 169 Lost Limits See Patron Circ Types Page 286 of 291 M Make a Payment 146 make changes in library information 206 Manage Orders 144 Managing Computers 140 Managing Equipment 134 Managing Kits 135 map grades 171 map homerooms 171 MARC Bibliographic Global Editor 95 Marc Cleanup 221 MARC Code tab 53 MARC display settings 98 MARC Display Settings 98 MARC Expert Cataloging 47 MARC Global Changes 219 MARC Import Options 99 Marc Item type changes 221 MARC Power Global Change

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

  RAMPAS DE FILTRACIÓN (circuito simple/doble  BMR100 - werkzeuge  取扱説明書 - オットーボックジャパン  Samsung SGH-D980 Hướng dẫn sử dụng  Freescale Semiconductor DRM079 User's Manual  PRONOVA*  - Oracle Documentation  千曲市一般廃棄物処理基本計画(970KBytes)  none PP300CBR Instructions / Assembly  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file